<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0">
<channel><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/080726-rosatom-rare-earth-phytomining-plausible-but-commercially-premature-expert</link><description>Russian state-owned atomic company Rosatom has claimed a 65%-85% rare earth element recovery rate with lab-scale phytomining, but an REE expert cautions the company&amp;apos;s self-declared milestone still lacks peer review, detailed public data and industrial performance testing. While Rosatom&amp;apos;s June announcement is scientifically plausible, it is &amp;quot;most certainly commercially premature,&amp;quot; Daniel O&amp;apos;Connor,</description><title>Rosatom rare earth phytomining plausible but commercially premature: expert</title><pubDate>07 August 2026 17:20:21 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Katya Bouckley</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Metals &amp; Mining, Energy Transition, Agriculture, Non-Ferrous, Ferrous, Renewables, Biofuels August 07, 2026 Rosatom rare earth phytomining plausible but commercially premature: expert By Katya Bouckley Editor: Richard Rubin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Rosatom claims 65%-85% REE recovery rates Technology said to require peer review, granular data Russian state-owned atomic company Rosatom has claimed a 65%-85% rare earth element recovery rate with lab-scale phytomining, but an REE expert cautions the company's self-declared milestone still lacks peer review, detailed public data and industrial performance testing. While Rosatom's June announcement is scientifically plausible, it is "most certainly commercially premature," Daniel O'Connor, co-founder and CEO of Utah-based Rare Earth Exchanges, told Platts. "The reported laboratory recoveries of 65%-85% have not yet been independently validated or supported by published mass balances or commercial-scale data. We, of course, need peer review first, even at the academic or experimental stage." Rosatom on June 30 said it had tested a few of the 22 plant species known for their ability to absorb REEs from soil and accumulate them in stems and leaves. It said it focused on identifying those with the highest phytoextraction potential and rapid growth, while also designing chelating agents that could enhance phytoextraction. Using such plants, known as hyperaccumulators, across industrial waste dumps and tailings opens opportunities to obtain additional volumes of rare earth metals with minimal capital investment, it added. Also, unlike conventional mining, which is energy-intensive, disrupts landscapes, and generates toxic waste, phytomining relies on photosynthesis and minimizes land disturbance, it said. Plants were cultivated on tailings of Rosatom's Lovozero operations in Murmansk oblast, the only site in Russia where ore containing rare earth elements is mined, Rosatom said. But the most convincing results have been achieved with phosphogypsum substrate from industrial waste disposal sites across Russia, it added. From plants grown on phosphogypsum, its researchers extracted rare earth elements lanthanum, cerium, neodymium and samarium, as well as rare metals niobium and tantalum, achieving 65%-85% recovery rates, the company said. Constraints O'Connor said many phytomining announcements have surfaced over the years, but headlines have yet to translate into real-world production at scale. He also sees the technology as a promising area of research, but highlights limitations that phytoextraction developers have to overcome to make it economically useful as a complement to the established mine-to-magnet supply chain. "Hyperaccumulator plants can absorb bioavailable rare earth ions from mine tailings, phosphogypsum and contaminated soils, but harvesting the plants is only the beginning," O'Connor said. "The resulting biomass still requires drying, incineration, leaching, impurity removal, solvent extraction, and separation into individual rare earth oxides." The valuable output from the process is small due to constraints such as slow biological uptake, species-specific metal accumulation, land requirements, and the continued need for sophisticated downstream separation, of which China remains the primary center, said O'Connor. He added that studies suggest recoveries measured in tens to hundreds of kilograms of rare earths per hectare annually under favorable conditions â far below the scale required to materially alter global supply. Despite having access to domestic sources of REE-bearing waste, Rosatom said the technology's primary potential lies in deployment abroad, at surface sources of rare-earth metals, and added that collaboration with foreign partners was ongoing, without specifying locations. In the future, recovering value while remediating mine waste or disturbed ion-adsorption clay deposits in southern China, Southeast Asia, Brazil and similar tropical-weather environments could be the most likely application of phytomining, according to Rare Earth Exchanges. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, last assessed neodymium-praseodymium oxide â the core raw material for high-strength permanent magnets â at $112/kilogram FOB China July 31, up $2/kg from June 30. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/080626-factbox-european-drought-snarls-inland-commodity-flows-cuts-power-supplies</link><description>Record temperatures in Europe have left its two busiest waterways â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x93; the Rhine and the Danube â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x93; at critical lows, shutting down key trade arteries and power plants stymied by cooling water restrictions. Rhine water levels hit an all-time low of under 20 cm at Germany&amp;apos;s Kaub chokepoint, where barges make their way from the country&amp;apos;s south into Switzerland, on Aug. 5. On the Danube, water levels in</description><title>FACTBOX: European drought snarls inland commodity flows, cuts power supplies</title><pubDate>06 August 2026 20:57:53 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Coal, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Chemicals, Metals &amp; Mining, Agriculture, Emissions, Grains, Vegetable Oils, Aromatics, Ferrous, Naphtha, Diesel-Gasoil August 06, 2026 FACTBOX: European drought snarls inland commodity flows, cuts power supplies Staff Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Rhine, Danube river levels hit record lows in key chokepoints Inland markets face squeeze on fuel, chemicals, metals and grains Power plants reduce output due to cooling water limitations Record temperatures in Europe have left its two busiest waterways â the Rhine and the Danube â at critical lows, shutting down key trade arteries and power plants stymied by cooling water restrictions. Rhine water levels hit an all-time low of under 20 cm at Germany's Kaub chokepoint, where barges make their way from the country's south into Switzerland, on Aug. 5. On the Danube, water levels in Budapest fell below 10 cm on Aug. 2, another record. To keep traffic moving, shipowners are cutting loads to test the limits of navigable water limits with lower cargo volumes, but congestion is forcing up freight costs and forcing transport onto costlier road and rail routes. In key pinch points, the disruption exceeds previous crises in 2018 and 2022, and comes ahead of what is typically the peak summer crunch point for regional water levels. As a result, inland markets are facing surging costs for energy, chemicals, metals and agricultural goods, compounding existing disruption from the Middle East and Russia-Ukraine conflicts. Trade flows The Rhine typically ships around 300 million mt of goods per year, most of it oil products and chemicals, while ports along the Danube handled 62.7 million mt in 2025, according to the commissions for each waterway. Close to 1.1 million mt of oil products passed through the Upper Danube Hungary-Slovakia cross-border point in 2025, alongside 853,000 mt of ores and metal products and 370,000 mt of grain. Nuclear plants use the water for cooling, but are restricted from excessively raising river temperatures. A lack of a cool water supply to dilute wastewater can therefore force closures. At river levels below 150 cm, barges carrying more than 2,000 metric tons must reduce cargo loads to sail safely, prompting shipowners to impose surcharges to offset lost capacity. Below 80cm, vessels on the Rhine have no legal obligation to transport goods, and 40 cm is normally considered the cutoff to fully halt barge traffic. A small number of super lightweight, modern barges are still sailing shallower depths with little cargo, but few can navigate key pinch points. Navigation of the Danube has been suspended at two points near the border between Austria and Slovakia until Aug. 17, according to the Danube Commission's website. The Danube has provided an alternative exit route for Ukrainian grain and vegetable oil via the ports of Reni and Izmail since Russia began targeting its Black Sea trade. Along the Rhine, diverting to rail transport has been challenged by Deutsche Bahn construction work along the River's right bank, which is taking place from July 10 to Dec. 11. Steel producer ArcelorMittal has adjusted some production from its Duisburg facility, while Tata Steel Nederland is shifting some cargo to rail freight to minimize disruption. Serbia imported only 20% to 25% of planned petroleum product quantities at the end of July because of barges operating at 30-40% of normal capacity on the Danube, its energy minister said. German Chemicals producer BASF declared force majeure on deliveries of certain surfactant products from its European production assets. LyondellBasell declared force majeure on supply from its 170,000 mt/year butadiene extraction unit at Wesseling, Germany, effective July 16 according to a customer letter seen by Platts July 23. Balkans hydropower output hit a 10-month low in July, with signals of further drops to come. Prices Oil product prices in the Amsterdam-Rotterdam-Antwerp barges have been depressed by Rhine congestion that has left product idle at the coastal port hub. Barge prices for FOB ARA ULSD were $1175.5/mt on Aug. 6, down 12% from July 31, according to Platts assessments. In petrochemicals, Platts assessed the European styrene monomer contract price for August settled at â¬1,841/mt (about $2,120.28/mt), up â¬149/mt from the July contract. The August contract for benzene, a key feedstock for styrene, was up by â¬184/mt, having settled at â¬1,277/mt on July 31 amid production disruptions, restricted Rhine barging activity and limited imports into the ARA hub. Grain and corn prices have been supported by Black Sea disruption, low river levels and a deteriorating EU crop outlook. Platts assessed Corn loaded in Constanta, Romania at $243/mt on Aug. 6, up from $228/mt June 30. Ex-Hungarian base day-ahead power prices were $182.42/MWh on Aug.6, up from $142.14/MWh July 30. The price of hot-rolled steel coil loaded in Germany's Ruhr region â the Northwest European benchmark- reached â¬715/mt on Aug. 6, up from â¬680/mt on June 30. Inventories are growing at the ARA hub. Naphtha stocks peaked at 618,000 mt in the week to July 30, their highest level since March 12, Insights Global data showed. Gasoil stocks built for the first time since May in the week to Aug. 6. Infrastructure Power plants in Hungary, Romania, Slovenia, France, Italy and Poland have been forced to reduce or halt operations and turn to neighboring countries for imported supply. Hungary's 2-gigawatt Paks nuclear power plant, which typically supplies up to 40% of its electricity, depends on the Danube for cooling. It has been running at significantly reduced rates since late July and has only one 240-megawatt turbine still operating. Hungarian refiner MOL volunteered to reduce its electricity use by 40% in peak periods, which a spokesperson said would come mostly from its petrochemicals facilities. Romania blew up a rock formation in the Danube to redirect water toward its Cernavoda nuclear power plant and prevent it from shutting down. Authorities are working to sink four barges to further support water levels. In Serbia, the sole refinery in Pancevo is releasing oil reserves to compensate for shortages in August. The country's biggest hydropower plant, Djerdap 1, is running at a third of its capacity. In Romania, automakers Dacia and Ford have paused production until Aug. 19, in a move the prime minister says will cut electricity demand by 200MW. Austria's 192,000 b/d OMV Schwechat refinery has experienced some restrictions related to product distribution via the Danube, and has adjusted some supply patterns within its subsidiary network, it told Platts on July 23. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/080426-factbox-energy-affordability-dominates-us-midterm-contests-as-climate-takes-backseat</link><description>Rising energy costs have taken a central spot in US 2026 midterm campaigns, with candidates prioritizing consumer affordability. Democrats have linked gasoline price increases to President Donald Trump&amp;apos;s foreign policy decisions, while electricity rate hikes emerge as a key voter concern. Data center expansion has sparked debate over grid costs and consumer rate impacts, forcing candidates to</description><title>FACTBOX: Energy affordability dominates US midterm contests as climate takes backseat</title><pubDate>04 August 2026 17:05:05 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Maya Weber</name><name>Zack Hale</name><name>Leah Garden</name><name>Kate Winston</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Refined Products, Coal, Energy Transition, Electric Power, Crude Oil, Natural Gas, Gasoline, Renewables, Emissions August 04, 2026 FACTBOX: Energy affordability dominates US midterm contests as climate takes backseat By Maya Weber, Zack Hale, Leah Garden, and Kate Winston Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Energy costs dominate 2026 midterm races Data centers spark voter backlash over rates Democrats shift from climate to affordability Rising energy costs have taken a central spot in US 2026 midterm campaigns, with candidates prioritizing consumer affordability. Democrats have linked gasoline price increases to President Donald Trump's foreign policy decisions, while electricity rate hikes emerge as a key voter concern. Data center expansion has sparked debate over grid costs and consumer rate impacts, forcing candidates to address infrastructure investment tradeoffs. "This climate-versus-fossil fuels framing of past cycles has given way to affordability [and] electricity price framing for both parties," said Scott Segal, head of Bracewell's Policy Resolution Group. The increased focus on affordability does not necessarily mean that progressive Democrats are lining up to bring natural gas-fired power plants to their states. "But it does mean there's a growing recognition that very strict environmentalist or climate change messages are not being proffered by most Democratic politicians, at least in the runup to this midterm election," Segal said. Rate increases drive voter concerns US residential electricity prices rose 7% in 2025 from the prior year, according to S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence data. Ratepayers in 46 states experienced year-over-year increases, with those in 12 states and Washington, DC, seeing double-digit annual rate hikes. Over one-third of high-increase states are in the data center-heavy PJM Interconnection footprint, while the rest are bracing for demand growth from planned data-center operations. Races to watch Michigan US Senate Utilities seeking residential rate increases of nearly 10% Democrats: Link higher energy prices to Trump foreign policy and Republicans' clean energy rollbacks Republicans: Blame federal/state clean energy policies for price increases; support expansion of domestic conventional fuel production Wisconsin governor Residential rates among the highest in the Midwest as utilities seek increases Democrats: Endorse 100% "bring your own clean energy" approach for data centers Republican: Prioritize new baseload power and delaying coal plant retirements Data center blowback Voters across the country appear poised to respond to unprecedented US data-center growth. In local, state and federal campaigns, candidates' positions on data-center development â including proposed moratoriums in some cases â could directly impact their chances of electoral success. Races to watch Texas governor 56% of voters oppose data-center construction, according to the Texas Politics Project poll, yet the state has 32 proposed gas-fired projects to power data centers Incumbent Republican: Open to rescinding tax breaks for data centers Democratic challenger: Promises to block permits for "unfair" data-center projects Box Elder County, Utah, Commission (two seats) Governor requires new transparency framework and renewable power requirements for data centers Incumbent Republicans: Ousted in primary after approving Stratos data center No Democratic challengers; one seat is unopposed, the other will face an unaffiliated candidate Florida governor Frontrunners agree that data-center development requires stricter regulation Democrat: Supports a one-year development moratorium; wants new rules to cap utility costs and regulate power generation for data centers Republican: Opposes moratorium; wants tighter oversight and data-centers power sourced from private providers instead of the grid Maryland local races Frederick and Prince George's counties imposed data-center construction moratoriums Democrats: Support and want to see more moratoriums across the state Republicans: Focus on gas and nuclear power expansion to power data centers Energy mix pragmatism emerges Incumbent Democratic governors are embracing diverse fuel sources amid rising demand, with an all-of-the-above approach that includes natural gas alongside nuclear and renewable power. "Democrats who once pledged that we're going to totally phase out all fossil fuels are now framing natural gas as part of the broader energy mix," former Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe, a Democrat, said. McAuliffe now co-chairs the pro-gas group Natural Allies for a Clean Energy Future. This trend, however, is not consistent across the entire country. Incumbent Democrats in some states, such as Colorado, drew strong pushback in their primaries for being more open to fossil fuels, said Collin Rees, US program manager at anti-fossil fuels Oil Change International. He noted Senator John Hickenlooper's primary in Colorado, in which he beat the Democratic challenger by a closer-than-expected six percentage points. Races to watch Connecticut governor Fourth-highest retail electricity rates nationally in first quarter of 2026 Incumbent Democrat: Sees natural gas as state's dominant fuel source for foreseeable future Republican challenger: Blames carbon-free policies for cost increases California governor 60% of voters unwilling to pay more for renewables; 96% cite cost of energy as a problem, with 63% calling it a "big problem" Democrat: Emphasizes affordability over climate goals; declined to commit to phaseout of gasoline-powered cars by 2035 Republican: Seeks to end the state's renewable portfolio standard and renewable energy credits; says gas, nuclear and rooftop solar should compete on a level playing field Highest average US residential electric prices (Â¢/kWh), Q1 2026 Hawaii 43.91 California 36.15 New York 32.63 Connecticut 29.47 New Hampshire 28.65 Massachusetts 27.25 Maine 26.33 New Jersey 25.52 Vermont 23.73 DC 21.48 US average 18.70 Data compiled July 28, 2026. Based on best available results for US regulated investor-owned utilities, public power and cooperative energy companies' average Q1 2026 price for retail electric sales by state. Source: S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence Oil price politics US-Iran tensions have driven gasoline costs and campaign messaging. Gasoline prices are almost $1/gallon more nationwide than a year ago, according to AAA. Platts Dated Brent peaked at $144.42/b on April 7 but closed at $85.735/b on July 28 after a recent pause in US strikes on Iran. Race to watch Alaska US Senate Gasoline as of July 28 averaged $4.727/gallon, the fourth-highest state average Incumbent Republican: Wants an increase in domestic oil production to counter price impacts of war; voted against limiting US action in Iran Democratic challenger: Says war drives higher costs: "We're an oil-producing state. We should be benefiting from that at the pump, not footing the bill for endless wars." Party positioning for November Republican strategy Address headwinds as party in power during period of high energy prices Emphasize baseload, dispatchable fossil fuels for reducing costs Remove regulatory barriers to fossil fuel production and delivery Blame Democrats' pro-renewables policies for driving up costs Highlight permitting reform legislation Democratic strategy Tailor approaches by district to regain control of Congress Lean on affordability message and how to bring prices down Expand clean energy production and rebuild transmission infrastructure Simplify permitting processes with added certainty Require data centers "pay fair share" and strengthen consumer protections US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/080426-rare-earth-developers-eye-industrial-residues-as-new-source-of-us-critical-minerals</link><description>Industrial byproducts, once viewed primarily as waste, are attracting renewed investment interest as companies seek alternative sources of rare earths and critical minerals, industry sources told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. A growing group of US companies is seeking to recover rare earth elements, gallium, and other strategic materials from industrial residues accumulated over decades of</description><title>Rare earth developers eye industrial residues as new source of US critical minerals</title><pubDate>04 August 2026 09:00:05 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Liubov Georges</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Metals &amp; Mining, Energy Transition, Chemicals, Non-Ferrous, Renewables August 04, 2026 Rare earth developers eye industrial residues as new source of US critical minerals By Liubov Georges Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Firms target waste for rare earth supply Dysprosium prices surge 91.7% in North America Skeptics question recovery project economics Industrial byproducts, once viewed primarily as waste, are attracting renewed investment interest as companies seek alternative sources of rare earths and critical minerals, industry sources told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. A growing group of US companies is seeking to recover rare earth elements, gallium, and other strategic materials from industrial residues accumulated over decades of mining and metals processing, betting that higher prices, geopolitical supply concerns, and federal support have finally made long-discussed recovery concepts commercially viable. Still, some skeptics argue that while minerals may be present in vast quantities, extracting them with sufficient purity and at scale remains largely unproven. The surging interest in critical mineral waste streams, bolstered by intensifying policy support and skyrocketing rare earth prices, comes amid a global race to secure the increasingly crucial materials, used in robots, weapons, and everyday consumer products. Rather than replacing conventional mining, these secondary feedstocks may occupy a middle ground between recycling and primary extraction: lower risk than developing a new mine, but often more technically complex than processing conventional ore. "The big advantage of using secondary waste material for rare earth production is a faster timeline, easier to permit, lower capital cost, because you're not digging something out of the ground," Chris Young, chief strategy and commercial officer at ElementUSA inc., which seeks to recover metal from mud, told Platts. For the past two decades, the rare earth market has been plagued by low prices and overcapacity in China, according to experts. But that equation has shifted dramatically over the past year. Beijing's export licensing restrictions on selected rare earth products have tightened Western supply chains and pushed prices sharply higher outside China. Platts-assessed dysprosium oxide delivered to North America, a key material used in high-temperature permanent magnets for defense and industrial applications, rose to $2,300/kg on July 31, up 91.7% since the assessment launched March 31. The equivalent Chinese market price remains near $215/kg, creating a premium of more than nine times. The price surge, combined with hundreds of millions of dollars in federal grants aimed at building US critical-mineral supply chains, has boosted developers. Some of them argue that waste-derived rare-earth projects offer faster timelines, lower capital costs and reduced geological risk compared with traditional mining. Red mud's second life ElementUSA, is developing waste-recovery projects in Louisiana, home to the last operating alumina refinery in the US. The facility has accumulated roughly 34 million mt of red mud, a by-product generated during alumina production from bauxite ore. The start-up, working with the Colorado School of Mines, secured a $67 million award from the US Department of Energy to develop a rare earth processing facility in St. John the Baptist Parish, Louisiana. ElementUSA also received $29.9 million through a Department of Defense-related initiative. The attraction is straightforward: Unlike a conventional mine, the material has already been mined, transported, processed, and stockpiled, according to Young. Additionally, the project's economics are based on recovering multiple products rather than relying solely on rare earths. "The beauty of unconventional resources and the co-production model is that it makes business much more viable from an investment standpoint," Young said. "It stands on multiple materials which help to de-risk the market." According to ElementUSA, the residue contains roughly 60% iron oxide, creating a potential revenue stream into steelmaking markets while also hosting titanium, gallium, scandium, niobium, vanadium, and rare earth elements. The feedstock originates from Jamaican karst bauxite, which generally contains higher concentrations of critical minerals than more common lateritic bauxite deposits. That approach is becoming a common theme among companies pursuing secondary feedstocks. Multiple revenue streams can help offset the volatility that has long characterized rare earth markets. Titanium slurry opportunity A similar strategy is emerging in titanium dioxide production. Kunin, based in Chattanooga, Tennessee, is developing processes to recover critical minerals from industrial waste streams, including scandium from titanium pigment slurry, a liquid byproduct generated during titanium dioxide manufacturing. The company recently received support through a DOE initiative focused on recovering gallium from metal-processing feedstocks and is advancing ion-exchange technologies designed to selectively recover critical minerals from complex waste streams. Projects attached to existing industrial facilities face a fundamentally different risk profile from that of stand-alone mines. "The challenge to build a dedicated mine to scandium is that you must build a construction project, put in CAPEX early, and have longer operating cash flows," said founder Daniel Rau. "And you need to go to larger scales and capacities to net IRR payback period." That challenge is particularly acute in the scandium market, a niche with limited demand and few buyers. Instead of developing a dedicated mine, Kunin's strategy is to add recovery circuits to operating industrial facilities. "As a company, we go to these operating mines, smelters, and refineries, and we want to build a co-product circuit for them," Rau said. "Some merits of co-product circuits at operating assets are that they generally have much lower capital intensity, are quicker to build, and in many cases, have much lower unit operating costs." Rau believes recent geopolitical developments have strengthened the case for domestic supply chains. "China's openness and globalization provided an unprecedented period of easy access to critical materials on demand," he said. "That ship has sailed." The widening gap between Chinese and Western rare earth prices, he added, has created market conditions that may support projects previously viewed as uneconomic. Economic reality check Not everyone is convinced. Chris Berry, founder of the consulting firm House Mountain Partners, said enthusiasm for waste-derived critical minerals often overlooks the fundamental challenges of extracting commercial-grade products from low-concentration feedstocks. This can make projects uneconomic, he said. "Recovery of almost any material from secondary feedstocks is notoriously difficult and sensitive to overall commodity prices," Berry said. "This is why you don't see more of it. The processing costs are too high relative to the commodity price." Low concentration of target metals is a key issue. Whether the source material is red mud, titanium slurry, or mine tailings, target minerals typically occur in relatively small quantities, according to Berry. Recovering meaningful volumes requires processing vast amounts of material, while achieving high purity. Purity requirements, he said, often determine whether a project succeeds commercially. It is crucial to users. "If you're producing off-spec material from waste, it's basically still a waste," he said. Peter Cook, a senior climate and energy analyst at the nonprofit The Breakthrough Institute, shares some of those reservations but believes certain waste streams warrant closer scrutiny than others. "Ultimately, feasible waste recovery will vary mineral by mineral, and site by site," Cook said. Still, Cook sees stronger potential in residues associated with commodities that naturally occur alongside rare earth elements. Most importantly, Cook said, economics are not static. "High prices will make lower concentrations feasible," he said. "Mine waste will become feasible on an element-by-element and site-by-site basis, and will likely come into production in waves when prices become exceptionally high." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/080626-india-aims-carbon-emissions-reporting-for-international-flight-amid-2027-saf-push</link><description>India&amp;apos;s aviation regulator plans to introduce a mandate requiring aircraft operators on international routes to report data covering a minimum of 90% of their annual carbon emissions from operations involving all international airports in India, as the country prepares to meet a 1% sustainable aviation fuel blending target by 2027 under the global Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for</description><title>India aims carbon emissions reporting for international flight amid 2027 SAF push</title><pubDate>06 August 2026 20:24:10 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Carbon, Renewables, Jet Fuel August 06, 2026 India aims carbon emissions reporting for international flight amid 2027 SAF push By Samyak Pandey Editor: Marieke Alsguth Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS India mandates 90% carbon emissions reporting Airlines must meet 1% SAF target by 2027 CORSIA compliance begins January 2027 India's aviation regulator plans to introduce a mandate requiring aircraft operators on international routes to report data covering a minimum of 90% of their annual carbon emissions from operations involving all international airports in India, as the country prepares to meet a 1% sustainable aviation fuel blending target by 2027 under the global Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation. The Directorate General of Civil Aviation is expected to require both Indian and foreign carriers operating on international routes to comply with the emissions reporting mandate, aimed at ensuring a level playing field and avoiding economic distortion among operators,according to local media reports on Aug. 6. The move comes as India advances preparations to meet CORSIA requirements, with refineries in advanced stages of readiness for SAF production and the government seeking greater private-sector participation in manufacturing, Civil Aviation Minister Ram Mohan Naidu said following a high-level stakeholder consultation on SAF held in late July. CORSIA compliance timeline India has agreed to the CORSIA mandate of 1% SAF blending in aviation turbine fuel for international flights by 2027, 2% by 2028 and 5% by 2030, Naidu said. CORSIA's mandatory phase begins Jan. 1, 2027, requiring participating countries to offset emissions from international aviation through a combination of carbon credits and SAF use. The 1% SAF blending requirement in 2027 represents the initial step in a progressive mandate that increases to 5% by 2030, creating significant demand for domestic SAF production capacity. Emissions tracking framework The proposed 90% emissions reporting requirement would establish a comprehensive tracking framework for carbon emissions from international aviation operations in India, providing data necessary for CORSIA compliance and enabling verification of SAF blending claims. The emissions reporting mandate would apply to operations involving all international airports in India, ensuring consistent data collection across the country's aviation network. The 90% threshold is designed to capture the vast majority of emissions while allowing for operational flexibility in data collection. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,495/metric ton on Aug. 5, down $45/mt week over week. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/08/picture-this-super-el-nino-economic-impact-scenarios</link><description>A Super El NiÃ±o could slow global growth, drive inflation and disrupt food, energy and supply chains, according to an S&amp;amp;P Global scenario.</description><title>Picture This: Super El NiÃ±o Spurs Stagflationary Impulse in the Global Economy</title><pubDate>05 August 2026 19:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Aug. 5, 2026 Picture This: Super El NiÃ±o Spurs Stagflationary Impulse in the Global Economy What we know In June 2026, the World Meteorological Organization(WMO) confirmed an 80% likelihood of an El NiÃ±o event during the June-August 2026 window, with probabilities of persistence into late 2026 exceeding 90%. El NiÃ±o exerts different climatic responses in different regions. Much of East Asia is considered to be more sensitive to recent El NiÃ±o events. A "super El NiÃ±o" operates as a classic supply-side shock with three simultaneous transmission channels: agricultural output, energy-sector stress and disruption to logistics and port operations. Why this matters A "super El NiÃ±o" would be a macroeconomic stress test for supply chains, inflation management and policy coordination â with the greatest risks concentrated in economies already exposed to food-price volatility, energy insecurity and climate-sensitive infrastructure. The economic transmission channel is clearest in commodity markets. Crops concentrated in Asia and the tropics â including rice, palm oil, sugar, coffee and cocoa â face drought risks that could trigger price spikes. At the same time, El NiÃ±o can bring beneficial rainfall to parts of South America, supporting corn and soybean yields and creating uneven effects across agricultural markets. Energy markets would face a different set of pressures. Hydropower-dependent economies in parts of Latin America and southern Africa could be forced to rely on more expensive forms of generation, while hotter temperatures lift cooling demand. Industrial metals would be affected more indirectly through power constraints at smelters, logistics disruption and freight rerouting. The policy challenge is that the inflation shock comes from essentials rather than discretionary demand. Higher food and energy costs would squeeze household purchasing power, especially in emerging markets where food accounts for a larger share of consumer spending. Weaker output would make it harder for policymakers to respond aggressively without worsening the growth slowdown. What's next? The S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence scenario projects rising global inflation due to food and energy cost pressures alongside weaker global GDP growth through Q4 2027âa mild stagflationary impulse that complicates central bank reaction functions. Asia-Pacific and Latin America will see the most negative effects from agricultural supply shocks, raising the risk of delayed central bank easing cycles. A contraction in global crop production, driven by weak monsoons and droughts, pushes 2027 agricultural price index well above baseline, led by rice, cocoa and wheat. These increases raise the risk of delayed pass-through to retail food prices, keeping headline inflation elevated even as growth slows. âDiana Heger, Damian Tetzlaff, Vicky Ranjan Learn how our data and insights can empower strategic, operational, and tactical decision-making Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. Empower Confident Decision Making The Decisive podcast is here to provide you with the knowledge you need to stay ahead. Listen Now ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/peer-comparison-unpacking-protein-processor-ratings-as-they-feed-on-different-earnings-s101698629</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The operating outlook for protein processors remains mixed as certain segments face challenges like still-weak U.S. beef packing margins and higher Brazilian cattle prices. Poultry and pork processors have a more favorable margin outlook. While ratings performance has remained mostly positive since the unprecedented cyclical downturn in 2023, rating trends will likely continue to vary by issuer as a broad set of credit factors impact each issuer d</description><title>Peer Comparison: Unpacking Protein Processor Ratings As They Feed On Different Earnings</title><pubDate>05 August 2026 20:05:03 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/indonesia-seeks-credit-recovery-in-policy-transition-s101699882</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Indonesian credit indicators weakened over the past year. The sovereign rating outlook, however, remains supported by our expectation that recent policy shifts will yield tangible future benefits. The key lies in the transition from the current state of perceived policy unpredictability to one where positive policy outcomes have become obvious. Indonesiaâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s sovereign credit trend in the next one to two years will depend on whether the administrat</description><title>Indonesia Seeks Credit Recovery In Policy Transition</title><pubDate>06 August 2026 00:55:51 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/030226-vale-sees-strong-iron-ore-demand-despite-china-plateau-low-prices</link><description>Brazilian iron miner Vale expects strong long-term demand growth in emerging markets and high ore depletion rates across the industry to boost growth, Vale CEO Gustavo Pimenta said in a keynote at the Prospectors and Developers Association of Canada conference on March 1. The Brazilian mining company expects urbanization and infrastructure development in markets such as India to sustain strong</description><title>Vale sees strong iron ore demand despite China plateau, low prices</title><pubDate>02 March 2026 16:56:02 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Liubov Georges</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Metals &amp; Mining, Energy Transition, Ferrous, Emissions March 02, 2026 Vale sees strong iron ore demand despite China plateau, low prices By Liubov Georges Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Vale sees solid iron ore demand continuing India, Taiwan post 10% growth on year Supply constraints support long-term pricing Brazilian iron miner Vale expects strong long-term demand growth in emerging markets and high ore depletion rates across the industry to boost growth, Vale CEO Gustavo Pimenta said in a keynote at the Prospectors and Developers Association of Canada conference on March 1. The Brazilian mining company expects urbanization and infrastructure development in markets such as India to sustain strong iron ore demand, even as pockets of weakness are forecast for key regions such as China. Iron ore prices have come under pressure in recent months amid concerns about Chinese steel demand, which accounts for roughly 60% of global iron ore consumption. The Platts-assessed IODEX CFR China reached $100.10/dry metric ton on March 2, down 7.5% since the start of the year. "We are not as negative in the iron ore market," Pimenta told the conference audience. "We continue to believe that demand for iron ore will remain solid and strong. Yes, China has probably plateaued, but it will come back, maybe at a slower pace than people think. ... India is growing at 10%." India's steel production has expanded from 150 million metric tons to 350 million mt, Pimenta said. Supply constraints Vale's bullish demand outlook also coincides with supply-side constraints, particularly high annual depletion rates across the industry and increasing costs for developing new mining projects, Pimenta said. These factors will support pricing over the long term, even as current spot prices remain under pressure from China's demand moderation. "Iron ore is a foundation of a lot of things that we do -- infrastructure, manufacturing, et cetera," Pimenta said, emphasizing the commodity's essential role in economic development. Population growth in emerging markets like India is expected to emerge as a major driver behind growth in the iron ore market. Pimenta estimates Vale can generate significant EBITDA even at current price levels and expects that sustained low prices would force less competitive producers to exit the market. Pimenta anticipates that Vale's high-grade iron ore products will become increasingly valuable as the global steel industry pursues decarbonization initiatives, which typically require higher-quality raw materials to reduce emissions in steelmaking. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/080526-et-highlights-xpansiv-nuclear-australia-singapore-ccs-japan-saf-green-hydrogen</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Xpansiv expands nuclear-backed certificates; Australia, Singapore deepen energy ties; Air Liquide French green hydrogen plant on track</title><pubDate>04 August 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon August 05, 2026 ET Highlights: Xpansiv expands nuclear-backed certificates; Australia, Singapore deepen energy ties; Air Liquide French green hydrogen plant on track Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story Xpansiv expands nuclear-backed certificates trading amid data center demand Xpansiv has been increasing its footprint in nuclear-based emission-free energy certificates, amid emergent voluntary markets in the US and growing energy demand from data centers. Xpansiv CBL launched trading of the so-called emission-free energy certificates, or EFECs, from the New England Power Pool on July 15, six months after launching the same certificates from the PJM Interconnection power pool. "Demand is coming not only from hyperscalers, but from the entire data center ecosystem," said Russell Karas, senior vice president at Xpansiv. EFECs represent the environmental attributes of electricity generated by power plants without relevant carbon emissions. Similar to zero-emission certificates, or ZECs, they are usually related to nuclear power, although renewable sources are also allowed to issue these certificates. Benchmark of the Week $2,530/metric ton Platts SAF HEFA-SPK FOB Straits assessment on July 27, as Japan plans to mandate 5% SAF blend from 2030. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com/energy Australia, Singapore pledge deeper energy ties, eye CCS deal Australia and Singapore have agreed to conclude negotiations on a cross-border carbon capture and storage agreement by the end of 2026, marking a further step in bilateral energy cooperation. The commitment emerged from the inaugural Australia-Singapore ministerial dialogue on energy in Sydney, where both countries pledged to strengthen energy security and support net-zero goals. The proposed pact would create a legal framework for transporting and storing captured carbon across borders. Japan plans to mandate 5% SAF blend from 2030 with 7 airports, levy Japan plans to require sustainable aviation fuel supply at seven major airports from fiscal 2030 as part of efforts to decarbonize aviation. Under the proposal released by Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, SAF would account for at least 1% of jet fuel supply in fiscal 2030, rise to 3% in fiscal 2031 and reach 5% or more from fiscal 2032 onward for international flights. German cabinet approves green energy law reform amid shift to cut grid costs Germany's cabinet approved major reforms to its green energy law (EEG) that will end feed-in tariffs amid a shift from rooftop to ground-mounted solar and link future wind and solar projects to regional grid capacity in a bid to cut redispatch costs, the energy ministry said July 29. Cabinet approved amendments to the EEG 2023 alongside a new grid connection package that introduces market-based incentives to steer wind and solar away from congested network areas. S&amp;P Global Energy Core US bans foreign power inverters for renewables over national security concerns The US Federal Communications Commission has imposed a new ban on foreign-produced power inverters â typically used in solar, wind and battery projects â citing national security concerns. The FCC on July 28 issued a restriction on foreign-made inverters effective immediately. Air Liquide on track to start 200-MW French green hydrogen plant in 2026 LâAir Liquide SA is on track to start up its 200-megawatt electrolyzer in Normandy, France, by the end of 2026, as EU regulations drive refiner demand for renewable hydrogen, the French industrial gas producer said in an earnings call on July 28. The Normand'Hy facility will supply up to 28,000 metric tons/year of green hydrogen to industrial customers in the region, including TotalEnergies SEâs Gonfreville refinery. Japan's JOGMEC grants subsidy to Hokkaido Electric for low-carbon ammonia hub Japan Organization for Metals and Energy Security has approved subsidy support for Hokkaido Electric Power Co., Inc.'s plans to develop a low-carbon ammonia supply hub in Tomakomai under the Hydrogen Society Promotion Act. The project will underpin infrastructure for storing and transporting low-carbon ammonia imported from Louisiana by Mitsui &amp; Co. Ltd., Hokkaido Electric, Mitsui, IHI Corp. and Tomakomai Futo Co. will jointly develop and operate the hub, which is intended to strengthen Japan's low-carbon fuel supply chain. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/080326-interview-biomethane-to-play-pivotal-role-in-asia-energy-transition-engie</link><description>Asia is approaching a pivotal moment in low-carbon fuel development, as markets across Southeast Asia and China begin building the commercial and regulatory foundations needed to scale biomethane adoption, unlike Europe, which has spent more than a decade incorporating biomethane into its energy system. Biomethane is poised to become an increasingly important component of Asia&amp;apos;s energy transition</description><title>INTERVIEW: Biomethane to play pivotal role in Asia energy transition: Engie</title><pubDate>03 August 2026 10:03:12 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Donavan Lim</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, LNG, Electric Power, Biofuels, Carbon, Emissions, Hydrogen, Renewables August 03, 2026 INTERVIEW: Biomethane to play pivotal role in Asia energy transition: Engie By Donavan Lim Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Singapore set to drive regional development Energy security fears speed up transition investments Asia is approaching a pivotal moment in low-carbon fuel development, as markets across Southeast Asia and China begin building the commercial and regulatory foundations needed to scale biomethane adoption, unlike Europe, which has spent more than a decade incorporating biomethane into its energy system. Biomethane is poised to become an increasingly important component of Asia's energy transition -- not as a substitute for hydrogen or ammonia, but as part of a broader portfolio of complementary solutions to help decarbonize the gas infrastructure that underpins regional energy systems, Jules Dufournier, vice president for Asia-Pacific and Australia and New Zealand, at French electric utility company Engie, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "Natural gas will remain an important part of Asia's energy mix for many years," Dufournier said. "As renewable electricity expands, the challenge is no longer simply replacing fossil fuels, but decarbonizing the gas that industries and power systems will continue to rely on. Biomethane offers a practical pathway because it can leverage existing infrastructure while reducing emissions." The long-term fundamentals supporting biomethane are becoming increasingly compelling, according to Dufournier. Rising electricity demand, corporate decarbonization commitments and heightened concerns over energy security are driving governments and businesses to explore a broader mix of low-carbon fuels, Dufournier said. However, scaling up biomethane production requires more than just production capacity. "A successful market depends on trusted certification systems, transparent pricing, reliable supply chains and bankable commercial structures," Dufournier said. "These are the market fundamentals that give investors, producers and customers the confidence to commit capital and enter long-term agreements." Engie envisions itself as more than just a biomethane supplier, according to Dufournier. Drawing on decades of experience in global energy trading, the company seeks to help build the commercial ecosystem necessary for the maturation of Asia's biomethane market, Dufournier said. This involves developing market-making capabilities, risk management solutions and pricing mechanisms that enhance liquidity and support investment throughout the value chain, he said. The company's experience in Europe serves as a solid foundation for this ambition, according to Dufournier. Engie currently supplies biomethane to industrial customers such as Arkema, Sanofi, PepsiCo, and BASF under long-term agreements, Dufournier said. With about 1.2 terawatt-hours of annual installed biomethane production capacity today and a target of reaching 10 TWh/year by 2030, Engie believes it can transfer its proven commercial and operational expertise to emerging markets in Asia, Dufournier said. ASEAN challenges In the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, China, and Japan, the sustainable supply of feedstock, certification standards, infrastructure and long-term demand must all advance simultaneously for biomethane to reach meaningful scale, according to Dufournier. "Every emerging energy market follows a similar trajectory," Dufournier said. "Ten years ago, solar power was considerably more expensive than it is today. Innovation, investment and scale fundamentally changed its economics. We expect a similar evolution across biomethane, hydrogen, ammonia and other low-carbon molecules." Instead of treating these fuels as competitors, Dufournier advocates a technology-neutral strategy. Different sectors and geographies require tailored solutions, with biomethane, hydrogen, ammonia and e-methane each best suited to applications where they provide the greatest technical and economic benefits, he said. Japan exemplifies that philosophy. While hydrogen and ammonia remain central to the country's decarbonization strategy -- particularly in the power sector -- Dufournier said biomethane offers a complementary pathway. By utilizing existing gas infrastructure with minimal modifications, biomethane enables emissions reductions without compromising system reliability, he said. Singapore's role Singapore is well-positioned to drive regional market development despite its limited domestic production capacity, Dufournier said, identifying the city-state's most significant role as a demand center, trading hub and regulatory leader. "Singapore has the ingredients to become ASEAN's market-maker for low-carbon fuels," Dufournier said. "Its established LNG trading ecosystem, financing capabilities and commitment to developing certification frameworks can help create the demand signals and commercial confidence needed to unlock investment across the region." Hydrogen also remains an integral part of Engie's long-term outlook, according to Dufournier. He anticipates that hydrogen-derived fuels such as ammonia and e-methane will gain traction first, particularly in hard-to-abate sectors including heavy industry, shipping and dispatchable power generation. Platts assessed the India renewable hydrogen term contract at $3.2429/kg on July 30. Dufournier expects that energy security will increasingly shape investment decisions alongside climate objectives. Recent geopolitical tensions have underscored the importance of supply resilience and diversification, reinforcing the need for locally produced renewable energy and a wider portfolio of low-carbon fuels, he said. "The energy transition is no longer driven solely by decarbonization," Dufournier said. "Security of supply, affordability and resilience have become equally important. The future energy system will not rely on a single technology or molecule. It will be built on complementary solutions working togetherâand biomethane has an important role to play within that portfolio." The war in the Middle East has highlighted the vulnerabilities associated with heavy reliance on a limited number of energy sources and supply routes. "While decarbonization goals, technology costs and regulation remain important drivers of the energy transition, considerations around energy security, sovereignty and resilience are now shaping energy strategies around the world," Dufournier said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/080426-more-than-100-countries-have-adopted-energy-policies-to-adapt-to-hormuz-closure-iea</link><description>More than 115 countries have adopted policy measures like energy conservation, price supports and structural changes to adapt to the energy impact of the Iran war and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, an official form the International Energy Agency said Aug. 4. &amp;quot;Demand-side measures are not enough to replace the sheer size of energy that&amp;apos;s transiting through that strait, but it can dampen and</description><title>More than 100 countries have adopted energy policies to adapt to Hormuz closure: IEA</title><pubDate>04 August 2026 22:19:28 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Kate Winston</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Crude Oil, Natural Gas, Emissions, Renewables August 04, 2026 More than 100 countries have adopted energy policies to adapt to Hormuz closure: IEA By Kate Winston Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Energy conservation, price supports adopted Global oil demand drops 5 million b/d on year EV sales surge up to 150% in some regions More than 115 countries have adopted policy measures like energy conservation, price supports and structural changes to adapt to the energy impact of the Iran war and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, an official form the International Energy Agency said Aug. 4. "Demand-side measures are not enough to replace the sheer size of energy that's transiting through that strait, but it can dampen and moderate the impact," JÃ©rÃ´me Bilodeau, head of analysis for IEA's Office Energy Efficiency and Inclusive Transitions, said during a webinar hosted by the Center for Strategic and International Studies. Since the war began, 58 governments have taken energy conservation measures, Bilodeau said. These measures have mainly focused on limiting oil use, including reducing private transportation fuel use, encouraging working or studying from home, reducing government travel and adjusting cooling temperature set points, he said. In addition, 94 governments have introduced price supports such as price caps, fuel subsidies and tax measures, Bilodeau said. For instance, Japan and South Korea introduced price caps and fuel subsidies, in part because they have the means to do so, he said. And 30 governments announced structural policies to reduce fuel use in the longer term, including energy efficiency programs, electrification plans and renewable incentives, Bilodeau said. For example, Vietnam lowered its taxes on EVs and India is pushing electric stoves, he said. In the first quarter of 2026, sales of heat pumps were up compared to the first quarter of 2025 by 22% in France, 34% in Germany and 20% in Poland, according to a presentation discussed during the webinar. In the first quarter of 2026, sales of electric cars were up compared to the first quarter of 2025 by 65% in India, 150% in South Korea and 80% in Southeast Asia, the presentation said. World liquids demand dropped to 99.2 million b/d in May 2026, down from 105.1 million b/d in May 2025, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA's August Short-Term Outlook. Demand in July 2026 was 102.5 million b/d, down from 107.3 million b/d in July 2025, the data shows. Countries in Asia were the first to implement policy changes, starting in March, to address the energy impacts of the war, Bilodeau said. "It was a bit like a wave or a tsunami, where it started in India and Southeast Asia, especially, and then we started to see this go to other parts of the world," he said. While many of the policies tracked by the IEA are linked to oil use, a few measures target natural gas, according to a list of policies on IEA's website. For instance, Japan has subsidies for electricity and natural gas, and India capped industrial gas usage, according to the website. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/050526-zambia-rejects-us-critical-minerals-deal-over-preferential-access-terms</link><description>The Zambian government has rejected a proposed critical minerals partnership with the US, citing Washington&amp;apos;s efforts to link negotiations to a $2-billion health aid package and the requirement that US companies receive preferential access to Zambia&amp;apos;s mineral resources. The breakdown in talks underscores ongoing tensions as the Trump administration reshapes US engagement with resource-rich African</description><title>Zambia rejects US critical minerals deal over preferential access terms</title><pubDate>05 May 2026 13:55:43 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Euan Sadden</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Metals &amp; Mining, Energy Transition, Non-Ferrous, Renewables May 05, 2026 Zambia rejects US critical minerals deal over preferential access terms By Euan Sadden Editor: Benjamin Morse Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS US ties $2-bil health aid to mineral access Dispute includes citizen health data sharing The Zambian government has rejected a proposed critical minerals partnership with the US, citing Washington's efforts to link negotiations to a $2-billion health aid package and the requirement that US companies receive preferential access to Zambia's mineral resources. The breakdown in talks underscores ongoing tensions as the Trump administration reshapes US engagement with resource-rich African nations, increasingly tying development assistance to economic factors such as strategic mineral access amid intensifying competition with China. Zambia, Africa's second-largest copper producer, also holds significant cobalt reserves -- both metals are essential for electric vehicle batteries and renewable energy infrastructure. In a statement posted to Facebook May 4, Foreign Affairs Minister Mulambo Haimbe emphasized Zambia's concern over the US position that the signing of a new health aid agreement should be conditional on the conclusion of a critical minerals deal. "The Zambian government has been consistent that the agreements must be considered separately on their respective merits and in good faith," Haimbe said. On the proposed minerals agreement, Haimbe said the Zambian government was unwilling to include provisions granting US companies preferential access to the country's mineral resources. Rather, the Zambian government rightfully takes the view, first and foremost, that Zambians must have a say on how [their] critical minerals are used, and second, that no one strategic partner is to be treated preferentially to others," the minister said. Haimbe added that Zambia "remains committed and available for good faith negotiations with all strategic partners, including the US, on critical minerals beneficiation in a value-adding environment for the mutual benefit of the people of Zambia and the strategic partners." Data concerns Regarding the proposed health agreement, Haimbe said negotiations had stalled due to "the incorporation of terms that the Zambian government considers unacceptable," specifically those requiring the sharing of citizens' private health data. "These matters are the subject of litigation in the Zambian courts, and this must be respected, aside from these provisions being unconscionable from the perspective of the people of Zambia," he said. Haimbe's statement was issued in response to recent criticism from outgoing US ambassador Michael Gonzales, who accused Zambia of failing to engage in negotiations surrounding health aid. Under President Donald Trump, the US has adopted a new approach to global health funding that requires recipient countries to engage in direct bilateral negotiations. In February, the US State Department announced it had signed 17 bilateral "global health MOUs" with African countries, including Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, CÃ´te d'Ivoire, Eswatini, Ethiopia, Kenya, Lesotho, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mozambique, Nigeria, Rwanda, Sierra Leone and Uganda. This approach follows the dismantling of the flagship US aid agency, USAID, and the US withdrawal from multilateral bodies such as the World Health Organization. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the CIF China clean copper concentrate treatment charge and refining charge at minus $90/mt and minus 9 cents/lb, respectively, on May 5, down $2/mt and 0.2 cent/lb from May 4. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/08/carriers-forwarders-pile-in-to-africa-trade-as-demand-surges</link><description>Asia-Africa trade is surging as carriers expand services, but port bottlenecks and inland logistics constraints threaten cargo flows.</description><title>Carriers, forwarders pile in to Africa trade as demand surges</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Greg Knowler</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Aug 8, 2026 Carriers, forwarders pile in to Africa trade as demand surges By Greg Knowler Carriers and forwarders are aggressively expanding their footprints across Africa to capture soaring import demand that has made the Asia-Africa trade lane the world's fastest-growing container shipping corridor this year. Around 70% of Africaâs total imports are from China and India, driven by the continentâs demographic growth, rapid urbanization and the development of major industrial projects. But demand is growing faster than the port and inland logistics infrastructure needed to support it, with enormous volumes from Asia flooding into the continent and overwhelming ports and hinterland corridors. âThere are not many routes where container capacity has nearly doubled in two years,â said Stefan Verberckmoes, senior analyst at Alphaliner. Data from Alphaliner shows the spectacular growth of the Asia-Africa trade over the last two years. On July 1 this year, 185 container ships were deployed between Asia and West Africa for a total combined capacity of 1.4 million TEUs, up almost 30% compared to July 2025, which was 40% higher than July 2024. The latest volume data from Container Trades Statistics (CTS) also reflects the rising trade. Asia to sub-Saharan Africa in May was the fastest growing import region for the 13th time in the past 16 months on a year-over-year basis, according to CTS. Over those 16 months, African imports were up 52%, with May's volume of 5 million TEUs an increase of 14.3% compared to the same month last year. Rates have risen in tandem with the growing volume. Average spot rates from Asia to West Africa are up 43% compared to the first week of January at $5,315 per FEU, according to rate benchmarking platform Xeneta. Asia-East Africa rates are up 35% at $5,310/FEU. The trade figures are impressive, but the volume is placing Africaâs developing supply chain infrastructure under severe pressure. Thomas Orting Jorgensen, head of trade management for Africa at Hapag-Lloyd, highlighted challenges generated by the rising demand and the constraints this was likely to place on market growth. "Terminal capacity and especially inland capacity is going to be the biggest bottleneck for continuous growth," he told the Journal of Commerce. "We already see that at key gateways. Most of them are choked, delaying and slowing (the) turnaround of vessels so no other vessels can be berthed. âYou can theoretically add ships, but if they just wait outside ports, you donât really increase capacity,â Orting Jorgensen added. The bottlenecks can be seen in Africaâs poor schedule reliability. On-time performance in the second quarter was just 24%, down three percentage points from the first quarter, with average wait times of four days, according to Xeneta. Despite the infrastructure issues, Hapag-Lloyd expects to surpass 1 million TEUs into sub-Saharan Africa this year, with a roadmap to double that volume by 2030. âThe growth into Africa has outperformed our expectations and we saw that continue into 2026,â Orting Jorgensen said. To combat Africa's port capacity limitations, Hapag-Lloyd is consolidating volume on fewer ships to improve operational efficiency where berth access is restricted. The carrier is using the Moroccan transshipment hub of Tanger-Med to combine volumes from Asia, the Middle East, Europe, North America, South America, and Latin America onto single systems serving the West African port range. The carrier also has a Middle East/Colombo-linked service into Durban, Tema, and Lagos, and a direct Asia service focused on Kribi, Luanda, Pointe-Noire, and Matadi. The East Coast ports of Mombasa and Dar es Salaam are served through partnerships with other carriers. Inland logistics under pressure Philippe Labonne, CEO of Africa Global Logistics (AGL), a subsidiary of Mediterranean Shipping Co. (MSC), said the issue was less about the number of ports capable of accommodating the largest ships and more about the hinterland's capacity to absorb the resulting cargo volumes. He pointed out that when a next-generation vessel calls at an African port, it can discharge several thousand containers within a few hours. âThis concentration of flows puts significant pressure not only on terminal infrastructure but above all on downstream facilities: roads, warehouses, customs systems and inland logistics networks,â Labonne told the Journal of Commerce. âThe terminals we operate are often located in city centers, limiting opportunities for physical expansion, as is the case in Abidjan, Conakry and Freetown,â he said. Labonne did not believe this constituted a ceiling on volume growth and could be addressed by âanticipation and investment.â He said port capacity expansion must be accompanied by comparable investments in logistics corridors, rail infrastructure, inland platforms and multimodal solutions. âPart of the pressure observed today is due to the rapid deployment of much larger vessels and the resulting step change in scale, while inland infrastructure development naturally follows longer and more gradual investment cycles involving both private operators and public authorities,â Labonne said. Carriers aggressively target African trade The increasing size of ships deployed on the Asia-Africa trades and the rising call sizes â the number of containers loaded and unloaded during a port call â was captured in S&amp;P Global Port Performance data. The latest available data shows the average call size of ships at the Ghanian hub of Tema in May was up 17% compared to January at close to 2,000 TEUs. In the Ivory Coast port of Abidjan, average call sizes were up 30% at 1,829 TEUs, and at LomÃ© in Togo, call sizes were stable at just over 1,000 TEUs. S&amp;P Global is the parent of the Journal of Commerce. While Hapag-Lloyd significantly expanded its regional presence with the takeover of Africa specialist carriers NileDutch in 2021 and Deutsche Africa Line in 2022, rival carriers are also aggressively targeting one of the world's most dynamic developing markets. MSC last year became the first carrier to deploy 24,000-TEU ships on the Africa trade to serve the rapid growth in demand with scheduled services calling at LomÃ©, Abidjan, Tema, and Kribi in Cameroon. CMA CGM has a major presence in the African market, with six Asia-West Africa loops, five to the East Coast, and is invested in eight container terminals across the continent. In February, the carrier relocated its Africa regional base from the Marseilles head office to Abidjan. Maersk has also been building its Africa portfolio. In the second quarter, the carrier increased direct loops between Asia and West Africa from three to four services to improve reliability and handle surging regional demand. Structural shift in demand As carriers expand services to the continent, Sascha Geiken, vice president of ocean freight for the Middle East and Africa at DHL Global Forwarding, called the rising demand a structural shift rather than a short-term spike. âChina-Africa is one of our fastest-growing trades,â he told the Journal of Commerce. âAnd itâs not only ocean freight that is growing because we see super strong growth in our air freight activities.â Geiken also highlighted the key constraints facing many African gateway ports that cannot handle larger vessels efficiently, piling pressure on liner networks and broader container flows. âWe see in several countries that the demand is growing, the vessels calling at the ports are getting bigger, but the infrastructure outside the ports is also not able to handle the massive growth,â he said. Once the cargo leaves the port and is on the road, cross-border movement presents another challenge to logistics providers. âIf you want to transport cargo by road from one country in Africa to another, it is very complicated,â he said. âThe complexity in terms of documentation process. The amount of time it takes to facilitate a simple document of transport between one and two countries is one of the biggest pain points.â The cross-border issues remain, despite the African Continental Free Trade Area (AFCFTA) that entered into force in 2019, with trading under the agreement beginning in 2021. The agreement aims to liberalize tariffs on 90% of goods traded between African countries, making intra-African trade easier and more cost-effective. While 54 out of 55 African Union countries have now signed up for the deal, non-tariff barriers continue to frustrate the free movement of cargo across borders, such as complex customs paperwork, inconsistent customs procedures, and varying domestic regulations. In addition, inadequate transport infrastructure, including road networks, secure parking and rest facilities for drivers, and broader logistics support infrastructure continues to add complexity and cost to cross-border transport operations across the continent. âIf Africa can get this in order, maybe not free borders but simplified processing of land transport, there is nothing that will stop Africa becoming the powerhouse of the future,â Geiken said. As carriers and forwarders expand their presence across Africa to capture the fast-growing demand, AGLâs Labonne did not believe the next stage of logistics competition in the continent would be determined solely by operator size or acquisition. "It will depend on the ability to efficiently connect ports with production areas, consumption centers and major regional corridors," he said. "In other words, value creation will increasingly depend on controlling the entire logistics chain, from the quay to the final customer." This article was originally published by the Journal of Commerce on Aug. 3, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/080426-grid-operator-pjm-juggles-reforms-as-power-auction-results-hit-price-cap-again</link><description>On July 14, grid operator PJM released the results of its latest capacity market auction for the 2028-29 delivery year. Prices hit the federally approved cap of $325/megawatt-day, but the amount of procured capacity came up short of PJM&amp;apos;s reliability requirement by 6.8 gigawatts. In other words, prices went as high as they were allowed to go, but still did not incentivize enough generation to meet</description><title>Grid operator PJM juggles reforms as power auction results hit price cap again</title><pubDate>04 August 2026 18:51:54 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Dan Testa</name><name>Darren Sweeney</name><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables August 04, 2026 Grid operator PJM juggles reforms as power auction results hit price cap again Featuring Dan Testa, Darren Sweeney, and Staff HIGHLIGHTS PJM auction hits $325/MW-day price cap Capacity falls short by 6.8 gigawatts Data centers drive demand and reliability issues On July 14, grid operator PJM released the results of its latest capacity market auction for the 2028-29 delivery year. Prices hit the federally approved cap of $325/megawatt-day, but the amount of procured capacity came up short of PJM's reliability requirement by 6.8 gigawatts. In other words, prices went as high as they were allowed to go, but still did not incentivize enough generation to meet the reliability requirement that PJM wanted. Although PJM has other options to secure that capacity, the results of this latest auction underscore mounting concerns about rising prices and reliability in the region managed by the grid operator, which provides electricity for 67 million people across 13 states. And power demand from data centers is contributing to these issues. Joining Dan Testa on this episode to talk through some of these issues is Darren Sweeney, a senior reporter at S&amp;P Global Energy. Sweeney interviews Paul Segal, CEO of LS Power, a private independent power producer with a major presence in PJM, and Tanya Peevey, an S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analyst for North American power and renewables. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/crude-oil/080426-ctracker-electric-vehicle-oil-us-stocks-eu-carbon-ets-china-hrc-steel-brazil-soybean-north-asia-chicken-pork</link><description>Electric vehicle sales hit record levels amid tensions in the Middle East, while US crude inventories drop to eight-year lows amid robust refinery demand. European carbon prices ease during the summer recess ahead of EU ETS reform talks and China&amp;apos;s hot-rolled coil exports face pressure. </description><title>COMMODITY TRACKER: 6 charts to watch this week</title><pubDate>04 August 2026 12:03:38 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Crude Oil, Refined Products, Energy Transition, Metals &amp; Mining, Agriculture, Gasoline, Carbon, Ferrous, Oilseeds, Meat, Diesel-Gasoil August 04, 2026 COMMODITY TRACKER: 6 charts to watch this week By Staff Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Electric vehicle sales hit record levels amid tensions in the Middle East, while US crude inventories drop to eight-year lows amid robust refinery demand. European carbon prices ease during the summer recess ahead of EU ETS reform talks and China's hot-rolled coil exports face pressure. 1. Oil shock accelerates global electric vehicle adoption What's happening? The war in the Middle East could be accelerating global electric vehicle adoption due to rising oil prices, according to the International Energy Agency. Global EV sales hit a record 20 million units in 2025, rising 20% annually and displacing about 1.7 million barrels/day of global oil demand. In 2026, EV sales are expected to represent 28% of total car purchases, with higher oil prices improving the economics of switching. After over a month of oil price volatility linked to the war in the Middle East, running cost savings for EV drivers had risen by 20%-45% by April, according to IEA analysis. What's next? The IEA projects EV sales will reach 50% of total car purchases by 2035. Annual displacement of diesel and gasoline by EVs is expected to triple to about 5 million b/d by 2030 and rise to 9 million b/d by 2035. According to IEA forecasts, China is expected to continue to account for half of the projected oil displacement for the next decade, although Europe and Southeast Asia remain fast-growing hubs. 2. US crude stocks fall to eight-year lows What's happening? US commercial crude oil inventories fell 7.17 million barrels to 404.51 million barrels during the week ended July 24, marking the largest draw since early June, according to the Energy Information Administration on July 29. Stocks now stand 6.4% behind the seasonal five-year average and at the lowest level since September 2018. Inventories at Cushing, Oklahoma, dropped 770,000 barrels to 18.6 million barrels, the lowest since April 2014. Strong refinery margins supported demand, with nationwide refinery utilization averaging 97.2% of capacity, the highest since December 2018. What's next? Refinery runs are expected to remain supported by strong product cracks. The US Gulf Coast ultra-low sulfur diesel crack versus West Texas Intermediate MEH crude averaged $82.83/barrel during the week ended July 24, according to CERA data, up from a July-to-date average of $78.67/b and a June average of $57.58/b. The USGC unleaded 87 crack versus WTI MEH has averaged $54.69/b in July, up from $42.38/b in June. The USGC WTI MEH cracking margin averaged $43.92/b during the week to July 24, compared with a July average of $43.09/b. 3. European carbon prices dip amid summer lull What's happening? European carbon prices edged lower through the week ending July 31 as the European Parliament entered its summer recess. EU Allowances traded at â¬82.50/metric ton of carbon dioxide equivalent on July 31, down 1% from â¬83.40/mtCO2e on July 24. Platts assessed EUAs for the December 2026 contract at â¬81.46/mtCO2e on July 30. The modest decline occurred as lawmakers departed Brussels on July 27 for their month-long break. Market participants positioned cautiously ahead of trilogue negotiations on EU ETS reform, expected to begin when members reconvene on Aug. 24. What's next? Upcoming talks will focus on the European Commission's July 17 proposal, which outlined regulatory adjustments including slowing the linear reduction factor, extending free allowances tied to decarbonization commitments, and expanding the EU ETS scope. Analysts at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA expect prices to rise to â¬86/mtCO2e by December, with averages of â¬81/mtCO2e in the third quarter and â¬84/mtCO2e in the fourth quarter. BNP Paribas forecasts EUA prices will average â¬87/mtCO2e in the first quarter of 2027, climbing to â¬90/mtCO2e by the fourth quarter. The council has set a deadline to complete comprehensive EU ETS reform by the first quarter of 2027. 4. China's HRC market pressured by weak demand What's happening? China's hot-rolled coil market is under significant pressure as exports decline and domestic demand weakens. Platts assessed Chinese domestic HRC at an average of Yuan 3,325/mt ($492/mt) over July 1-30, down 1.9% from June and 4% lower than May. China exported 11.1 million mt of HRC in the first half of 2026, down 23.4% year over year amid a rise in antidumping cases. Vietnam, China's largest HRC export market, saw shipments fall 39% year over year to 1.585 million mt after the imposition of 23.10%-27.83% antidumping duties in July 2025 and 27.83% anti-circumvention duties in April. What's next? HRC exports are expected to continue to decline through the remainder of 2026 due to rising trade barriers. Three new hot-strip mills with a combined capacity of 8 million mt/year were commissioned during January-July, with 10 additional projects totaling 28 million mt/year under construction or planned. Mill sources anticipate a seasonal demand recovery from construction and manufacturing sectors during late August and September, but the rebound may not exceed 2025 levels. HRC inventories at major spot markets reached 2.25 million mt as of July 20, up 26.4% year over year, prompting production cuts that remain insufficient to offset weakening demand. Related content: METALS MONITOR: Trump limits recoverable minerals exports; EU cuts Ukraine's duty-free steel quota 5. Europe eyes firmer soybean meal prices What's happening? European soybean meal prices are rising amid growing supply concerns and deteriorating crush margins in Brazil. On July 29, Platts assessed soybean meal FOB Netherlands at Eur365/mt, up 4.7% month over month, while EXW Tarragona rose 5.4% to Eur365/mt. The increase follows a sharp decline in Brazilian processing margins, with Platts assessing the Soybean Crush Spread FOB ParanaguÃ¡ at $13.50/mt on July 27, the lowest level since mid-October 2025 and down approximately 80% from the start of 2026. Brazil accounted for 52% of EU soybean meal imports in the 2025-26 marketing year, compared with a 10-year average of 48%. What's next? Brazil faces uncertainty over the pace of soybean processing in the second half of 2026 as crush margins remain under pressure. Forward margins remain negative due to strong soybean prices and competition from oilseed exports, according to CERA analysts in the Global Soybean Complex Short-Term Outlook report published July 24. While several market participants said it was too early to forecast how conditions might evolve, the potential for reduced processing in Brazil is beginning to weigh on market sentiment, given the country's importance as a soybean meal supplier to Europe. 6. North Asia chicken, pork prices fall on weak demand What's happening? North Asian chicken leg and pork belly prices continued to decline toward the end of July, pressured by high inventory levels and persistently weak demand. Platts assessed the CFR North Asia chicken leg price at $1,860/metric ton for August-September loading to Tokyo on July 28, marking a 28% month-over-month drop and returning to levels last seen in January 2025. The CFR North Asia pork belly price was assessed at $2,980/mt for September-October loading to Busan, down 24% from the previous month and at the lowest level since the assessment began in November 2024. The price spread between chicken leg and pork belly has narrowed significantly since the second half of 2025. What's next? Japanese market participants continue to refrain from purchasing pork and chicken, citing ample stocks, falling domestic spot prices, and fully utilized cold storage capacity. Estimated ending stocks of frozen chicken meat in Japan reached 158,346 mt in May, up 5.8% month over month and 2.1% year over year, according to Agriculture &amp; Livestock Industries Corp. data. In South Korea, Spanish pork import volumes rose 55% year over year in the first half of 2026, accelerating the price decline. Market participants expect financial strain among importers may become more evident after the peak pork consumption season ends, with some players potentially exiting before any meaningful recovery can occur. Reporting and analysis by Kelly Norways, Christopher Vanmoessner, Irina Breilean, Eklavya Gupte, Jing Zhang, Nanditha Kinavoor Madathil, Jose Roberto Gomes, Nuo Geng Chen and Rubashiny Veeramohan. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/080326-china-unveils-plan-to-boost-battery-metal-recycling-by-2030</link><description>China has unveiled ambitious plans to significantly expand recycling of end-of-life batteries, metal scrap and renewable energy components by 2030 as part of a new five-year program aimed at decarbonizing its industrial sector. In a statement released July 31, China&amp;apos;s official press agency said the road map â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; published by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; sets specific volume</description><title>China unveils plan to boost battery, metal recycling by 2030</title><pubDate>03 August 2026 15:38:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Euan Sadden</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Metals &amp; Mining, Energy Transition, Electric Power, Non-Ferrous, Ferrous, Renewables, Hydrogen August 03, 2026 China unveils plan to boost battery, metal recycling by 2030 By Euan Sadden Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS China plans 1 mil tons of battery recycling by 2030 Secondary raw material use rises to 510 mil tons Solar, wind component recycling targets set China has unveiled ambitious plans to significantly expand recycling of end-of-life batteries, metal scrap and renewable energy components by 2030 as part of a new five-year program aimed at decarbonizing its industrial sector. In a statement released July 31, China's official press agency said the road map â published by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology â sets specific volume targets for recycling and the use of secondary raw materials. It also outlines measures to make steel and non-ferrous metal production more environmentally sustainable. As batteries reach the end of their life cycle, production offcuts or used batteries can be collected, dismantled, and shredded to produce a substance known as black mass. This black mass can then be processed to extract valuable raw materials, including lithium, cobalt, and nickel. Recycling black mass is increasingly vital as a supplement to the supply of virgin materials and to reduce the carbon footprint of the battery supply chain. The national road map calls for recycling more than 1 million metric tons of spent traction batteries annually by 2030 with recovered materials expected to meet 10%-15% of the raw material demand for new traction battery production. The plan also targets a broader increase in the use of secondary raw materials. By 2030, the government aims to raise annual secondary utilization to 510 million mt, from 380 million mt in 2025. Within that total, annual production of recycled non-ferrous metals is targeted at 25 million mt, while steel scrap recovery and processing is expected to reach 300 million mt/year. The road map further sets recycling goals for end-of-life components from the renewable energy sector, including solar and wind installations. By 2030, China aims to recycle about 80,000 mt of photovoltaic modules and 170,000 mt of wind turbine rotor blades annually. Beyond expanding recycling volumes, the plan emphasizes more efficient energy use in the metals sector, including greater use of renewable electricity in energy-intensive processes such as electrolytic aluminum production, as part of efforts to reduce the industrial carbon footprint. Goals include cutting energy consumption per unit of value added by major industrial enterprises by more than 10% and establishing 500 "zero-carbon factories" by 2030. The statement also said China will "build green computing facilities in regions with abundant renewable energy resources, accelerate technological upgrading and application expansion in key sectors like new energy vehicles, new energy equipment and new-type energy storage; and expand the use of clean, low-carbon hydrogen in the industrial and transport sectors." Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed Chinese lithium iron phosphate (LFP) black mass at 6,000 yuan/mt ($888.40/mt) per percent lithium DDP China on Aug. 3, stable day over day and 300 yuan/mt lower week over week. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/072826-spp-sets-all-time-peakload-record-of-58127-gw-as-hot-weather-alerts-persist</link><description>The Southwest Power Pool&amp;apos;s East Balancing Area authority set an all-time peakload record of 58.127 GW on July 27 as the SPP region was under multiple weather-related alerts due to high loads, forecast uncertainty, and severe hot weather. The record was reached at 4:47 pm CT, SPP spokesperson Seth Blomeley said July 28. The record surpassed the previous record set Aug. 21, 2023, by 369 MW,</description><title>SPP sets all-time peakload record of 58.127 GW as hot weather alerts persist</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 21:26:10 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Kassia Micek</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 28, 2026 SPP sets all-time peakload record of 58.127 GW as hot weather alerts persist By Kassia Micek Editor: Karina Roman Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS North Hub off-peak LMP reached 6-month high Temperatures averaged 89.09 F, highest since 2023 The Southwest Power Pool's East Balancing Area authority set an all-time peakload record of 58.127 GW on July 27 as the SPP region was under multiple weather-related alerts due to high loads, forecast uncertainty, and severe hot weather. The record was reached at 4:47 pm CT, SPP spokesperson Seth Blomeley said July 28. The record surpassed the previous record set Aug. 21, 2023, by 369 MW, according to SPP data. However, the actual peakload came in below forecast levels. SPP forecast peakload could have reached 58.53 GW on July 27. "The SPP East grid continues to perform well as electricity demand reached a new all-time high this week, supported by the growth in solar generation," Mike Pickens, research and analysis associate director at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA, said July 28. "Solar generation exceeded 2.1 GW during the recent peak hour, up from 130 MW when the region last set a peak demand record in August 2023. The grid will continue to be tested through the remainder of the summer season as temperatures rise and power plants operate for longer periods to meet higher electricity demand." Blomeley said there were no significant issues or concerns during the load peak. Prices climbed with the temperature and load. SPP North Hub off-peak day-ahead locational marginal price was a premium to on-peak package at $199/MWh for July 27, a six-month high, according to SPP data. The on-peak package was $115.38/MWh for July 27. In contrast, South Hub on-peak day-ahead LMP was $48.25/MWh July 27, 11% higher than the July 1-26 average. Population-weighted average temperatures across the SPP footprint reached 89.09 F July 27, 9.3% higher than the historical average and the highest daily average temperature since Aug. 24, 2023, according to CustomWeather data. For comparison, temperatures averaged 81.13 F July 1-26 and are forecast in the low to mid-80s F through the rest of the week and in the upper 70s over the weekend. As temperatures were forecast to ease, so was peakload. SPP forecast peakload at 55.556 GW July 28, 55.629 GW July 29, 53.285 GW July 30 and 53.066 GW July 31, before dipping below 50 GW over the weekend when there less load is on the system. Grid notices Parts of the SPP footprint are under multiple weather alerts by the US National Weather Service, including an extreme heat warning, heat advisory, and hazardous weather outlook. Heat index values up to 112 F are expected, according to the weather service. Real-time prices around 4:20 pm July 28 were above $550/MWh at SPP North Hub, near $140/MWh at SPP South Hub and about minus $56/MWh at SPP West Hub, according to SPP's price contour map. In comparison, the South Hub on-peak day-ahead LMP for July 28 was $46.71/MWh, while North Hub was $89.02/MWh, a day-over-day drop of 3.2% and 23%, respectively. SPP's West Balancing Authority Area remains under a conservative operations advisory through midnight Aug. 1 based on forecasts of potential high peak loads due to widespread high temperatures, potential increase in resource outages and potential low output from wind and other variable energy resources leading into peak hours, the grid operators said late July 24. In addition, SPP's East BAA is under a resource advisory through 7 pm July 30 due to high loads, forecast uncertainty, and severe hot weather. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sustainability-insights-middle-east-sustainable-bond-outlook-midyear-2026-market-momentum-despite-headwinds-s101696715</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Middle East sustainable bond issuance is continuing, but regional volatility is beginning to bite. Geopolitical risk and more restrictive market conditions than we anticipated have prompted us to lower our forecast for sustainable bond issuance to $15 billion-$20 billion in 2026 from $20 billion-$25 billion previously (see &amp;quot; Sustainable Bonds Outlook 2026: Middle East Issuance Persists ,&amp;quot; Feb. 15, 2026). The year started off strongly, with about $</description><title>Sustainability Insights: Middle East Sustainable Bond Outlook Midyear 2026: Market Momentum Despite Headwinds</title><pubDate>03 August 2026 04:51:16 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/073126-indias-power-and-renewables-market-q2-brings-record-demand-rising-curtailment</link><description>India&amp;apos;s power sector during April-June was shaped by robust electricity demand growth and rapid renewable energy expansion. El NiÃ±o-driven heatwaves boosted power consumption 13.2% year over year, according to Central Electricity Authority data, while renewable capacity additions reached 13.25 gigawatts. </description><title>India&amp;apos;s power and renewables market: Q2 brings record demand, rising curtailment</title><pubDate>31 July 2026 08:56:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Gautam Sood and Md. Jawed Alam</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 31, 2026 India's power and renewables market: Q2 brings record demand, rising curtailment Gautam Sood and Md. Jawed Alam Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... India's power sector during April-June was shaped by robust electricity demand growth and rapid renewable energy expansion. El NiÃ±o-driven heat waves boosted power consumption 13.2% year over year, according to Central Electricity Authority (CEA) data, while renewable capacity additions reached 13.25 gigawatts. Although higher renewable generation helped meet rising demand, continued renewable curtailment highlighted ongoing challenges in grid integration, transmission infrastructure and system flexibility. Meanwhile, coal-fired generation increased to 361 terawatt-hours in the April-June period, up 8.4% year over year, supporting system reliability during peak demand and underscoring the continued role of conventional power in maintaining grid stability amid the energy transition. El NiÃ±o-driven heat waves boost energy demand Electricity demand during April-June increased by 13.2% year over year to 483 TWh, up from 427 TWh in the same period of 2025, and rose 14.6% quarter over quarter, according to CEA data. Reflecting increased consumption, India's peak power demand reached a record 271 GW during the quarter, up 11.6% year over year, according to CEA data. The strong demand growth was driven primarily by higher cooling requirements amid El NiÃ±o-induced heat waves across much of the country, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysis. While electricity demand growth was subdued in January-March, rising only 2% year over year due to milder winter conditions and weaker-than-expected industrial activity amid the Strait of Hormuz crisis, demand rebounded sharply in April-June. The strong growth during the second quarter drove electricity demand growth for January-June to 7.6% year over year, according to CEA data. CERA forecasts electricity demand growth of 5.6%-7.6% during July-December. The upper-end growth scenario of 7.6% reflects the potential impact of El NiÃ±o-driven extreme weather conditions. Specifically, this high-demand case assumes a weaker-than-normal monsoon during July-September due to El NiÃ±o, followed by colder and more severe winter conditions during October-December, both of which are expected to increase electricity consumption. Renewables drive capacity expansions India's installed power capacity reached 549 GW by June, up 13.2% year over year from 485 GW, according to CEA data. Renewable energy remained the primary driver of capacity growth, accounting for 13.25 GW of the 16.2 GW added during April-June. As a result, installed renewable capacity increased to 236.5 GW in June, representing growth of 28.1% year over year and 5.9% quarter over quarter. India is expected to add 29.6 GW of new capacity between July and December, with renewable energy accounting for 24 GW. As of June, India has an active pipeline of 23.4 GW of coal capacity. Of this, only 1.2 GW is expected to come online between July and December, according to CERA. Other conventional capacity additions are projected at 0.2 GW of hydroelectric power, 1.0 GW of nuclear power and 3.3 GW of energy storage systems. High additions in renewables are driven by the rapid commissioning of solar photovoltaic (PV) projects in the later stages of the pipeline, according to CERA's analysis. Generation mix shifts amid strong demand During April-June, renewable generation rose by more than 26% year over year to nearly 98 TWh, driven by rapid capacity additions and strong availability of renewable resources, according to CEA data. This increase enabled renewables to capture a larger share of the overall generation mix. For the January-June period, total electricity generation increased 6.1% year over year to 976 TWh. Renewable generation rose 23.7% to 173 TWh, lifting its share of the generation mix to 18% from 15% a year-earlier. Strong electricity demand during El NiÃ±o-induced heat waves supported higher conventional generation, with coal-fired output increasing 8.4% year over year to 361 TWh during April-June, according to CEA data. For January-June, coal generation increased by 3.4%, according to CERA. Nuclear generation rose 12.7% year over year to 16 TWh during April-June and increased 11.5% for the January-June period, according to CEA data. In contrast, gas-fired generation fell by about 25% year over year to 7 TWh as gas supply constraints linked to the ongoing West Asia conflict continued to weigh on output, according to CEA data. For January-June, gas-fired output fell 15% year over year to 12 TWh, according to CERA. Hydroelectric generation declined 6.6% year over year to 37 TWh, primarily due to lower reservoir levels from below-normal rainfall associated with El NiÃ±o, according to CEA data. Power exchanges gain market share Alongside changes in the generation mix, India's electricity trading market continued to deepen during April-June. Electricity traded through the country's three power exchanges â Indian Energy Exchange (IEX), Power Exchange India Ltd. (PXIL) and Hindustan Power Exchange Ltd. (HPX) â reached about 49.3 TWh during the quarter, equivalent to about 10.2% of India's total electricity demand, according to CERA. While IEX remained the dominant platform, its market share declined to 75.15% from 82.68% a year-earlier, reflecting intensifying competition from PXIL and HPX. PXIL increased its share of traded volumes to 18.91%, while HPX accounted for the remaining 5.94%. The term-ahead market saw increased liquidity, rising 60% year over year to 16.7 TWh in April-June, up from 10.5 TWh in 2025, according to CERA. For overall volumes traded on power exchanges, April-June saw robust growth of 13.4% quarter over quarter and 27.2% year over year, supported by rising open access participation and greater emphasis by distribution companies on optimizing power procurement costs through exchange-based trading, according to CERA analysis. Renewables' mixed momentum Despite strong growth in renewable generation, activity in associated renewable energy markets was more mixed. In the renewable energy certificate (REC) market, trading activity weakened sharply during April-June, with trade volumes declining 71% year over year to 3.2 million certificates. The steep drop in market activity supported firmer pricing, with average REC prices increasing 4% year over year, driven by tighter certificate availability and resilient demand, according to REC trading data reported by Indian power exchanges. On a broader basis, January-June REC trading volumes declined 27% year over year, reflecting continued weakness in market activity during the first half of the year. Renewable energy procurement activity also remained subdued. During April-June, 4.5 GW of renewable energy capacity was awarded through competitive bidding, marking a 5% year-over-year decline and underscoring a slowdown in tendering activity. As a result, capacity awarded during January-June totaled just 12.1 GW, reflecting a 12.3% decline compared to the same period the previous year. indicating weak procurement momentum across the first half of the year. The slowdown reflects growing caution among procurers as curtailment risks and integration challenges become more pronounced. Curtailment accounted for 1.29% of total variable renewable generation during the April-June period, according to National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) data. Renewable energy curtailment rose sharply by about 138% year over year to 557 GWh, up from 234 GWh, indicating that while seasonal demand provided some support, underlying grid integration and flexibility challenges remained unresolved. Path forward India's power sector faces a delicate balancing act. The country must sustain renewable capacity additions while simultaneously investing in transmission, storage and grid flexibility to ensure a reliable electricity supply. The sector has proven it can deploy renewable capacity at record speed, adding 29.5 GW in January-June alone, up 33% from the same period a year-earlier. The harder challenge now is building the ecosystem to effectively utilize that capacity. Further reading: India Power and Renewables Market Briefing: Q3 2026 This article contains data, views and forecasts from S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysts and does not represent reporting by Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/073126-many-russian-low-carbon-hydrogen-projects-canceled-or-on-hold-as-costs-mount</link><description>A majority of Russia&amp;apos;s renewable hydrogen projects have been canceled or shelved amid geopolitical tensions, which have driven up costs, restricted access to technology, and curtailed export opportunities, multiple industry sources and analysts told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. Russia has 18 low-carbon and renewable hydrogen projects with a combined projected capacity of 1.2 million metric</description><title>Many Russian low-carbon hydrogen projects canceled or on hold as costs mount</title><pubDate>31 July 2026 13:10:03 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vladislav Vorotnikov; Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Hydrogen July 31, 2026 Many Russian low-carbon hydrogen projects canceled or on hold as costs mount Vladislav Vorotnikov; Ruchira Singh Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Geopolitics raise cost, hit access to technology 13 of 18 low-carbon hydrogen projects likely stalled Rosatom low-carbon H2 projectâs timeline delayed A majority of Russia's renewable hydrogen projects have been canceled or shelved amid geopolitical tensions, which have driven up costs, restricted access to technology, and curtailed export opportunities, multiple industry sources and analysts told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Russia has 18 low-carbon and renewable hydrogen projects with a combined projected capacity of 1.2 million metric tons/year, of which 13, or 61%, stands canceled or is on hold, data from S&amp;P Global Energy analytics showed. "One of the key factors is the geopolitical environment, which has restricted potential hydrogen exports and complicated access to the technologies and equipment needed for hydrogen production and consumption," Dmitry Baranov, senior analyst with Finam, a Moscow-based financial advisory firm, said July 27. Baranov explained that in recent years, the economics of hydrogen production in Russia has become less attractive, particularly for commercial projects targeting export markets. Weak and uncertain demand, especially overseas, is also behind the shift. Obsky Gas Chemistry Complex, one of the largest low-carbon hydrogen projects with a planned output capacity of 355,555 mt/year, has been canceled/put on hold, the database indicates. Obsky Gas Chemistry Complex did not respond to a questionnaire from Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, seeking more details about the project. Quiet winding down The trend of quietly winding down projects is clearly emerging, and it is understandable given the current circumstances, Vladimir Poklad, director of Moscow-based consultancy Delovoy Profile, said in an email July 23. According to Poklad, during the Eastern Oil and Gas Forum in Vladivostok, some prominent members admitted projects in the Sakhalin region were on hold. Similar setbacks in hydrogen initiatives in Kamchatka, Khabarovsk, Zabaykalsky, Magadan and Amur have been spoken about. The low-carbon/renewable hydrogen projects that are canceled or on hold represent about 700,000 mt/year of capacity and are mostly based on hydropower, natural gas or renewable energy. However, according to Baranov, Russia's low-carbon/renewable hydrogen projects are being postponed rather than abandoned at this stage. Advancing projects delayed Rosatom VTGR project in the Republic of Tatarstan, an advancing 352,000-400,000 mt/year low-carbon hydrogen project to be built in four phases, was expected to start production in 2024, but the timeline has since shifted to the early 2030s, industry members said. No site selection decision has been made, and the project has yet to move into any visible construction preparations, the industry members said. Rosatom declined comments on questions from Platts seeking project details July 15. The other project seen advancing is Sakhalin's 24,000 mt/year low-carbon hydrogen project, which is in its design phase, according to the database. This project is also being developed by Rosatom. Rosatom is considering resuming Sakhalin by the end of 2026, following a delay, Rushan Gibadullin, director of Rosatom, said during an industry event July 30, as quoted by Sakhalin's government press office. Sakhalin in offtake talks "The current situation led to a temporary pause in the project's implementation," Gibadullin said, adding that Rosatom is in talks with the Sakhalin government on "organizational matters" related to the project. He said Rosatom is also "engaging with potential partners" in Asia-Pacific on opportunities for cooperation and low-carbon hydrogen offtake. Sakhalin, whose primary owner is Gazprom, is slated to capture 297,000 mt/year of carbon dioxide, the database shows. Its carbon intensity is 3 kg CO2/kg H2. Rosatom is the developer for all the named advancing projects, the database showed. Platts assessed the India Renewable Hydrogen Term Contract at $3.24/kg on July 30, down 2.99% month over month. Temporary retreat seen Despite the setbacks, analysts say the sector is evolving, and some existing projects can still be implemented. "For Russian companies, hydrogen is increasingly seen not as an independent large-scale market, but as a technological option within existing industrial value chains," Baranov said. "It makes economic sense where it can provide measurable benefits in areas such as feedstock efficiency, decarbonization or technological sovereignty, but it is losing appeal as a standalone export-oriented investment case," he added. The economic appeal of hydrogen has narrowed to niche, localized applications, Poklad said, adding that large-scale export-oriented projects are unlikely to reach final investment decisions over the next five years. "However, this does not mean that the industry is dying," Poklad added. "I would describe what is happening not as a collapse, but as a narrowing of the window of opportunity. The range of scenarios under which projects can achieve economic viability has become smaller, but it has not disappeared entirely." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/073126-interview-domestic-solar-cell-mandate-extension-sufficient-to-address-project-construction-backlog</link><description>The government&amp;apos;s decision to extend the deadline for using solar cells outside the Approved List of Models and Manufacturers framework should ease industry concerns and give the sector enough runway to work through its backlog of project construction and module manufacturing, according to Vinay Rustagi, chief business officer at Premier Energies. &amp;quot;I expect about 15-20 GW of new cell capacity to be</description><title>INTERVIEW: Domestic solar cell mandate extension sufficient to address project construction backlog</title><pubDate>31 July 2026 18:11:14 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Hardik Verma</name><name>Aditya Saroha</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 31, 2026 INTERVIEW: Domestic solar cell mandate extension sufficient to address project construction backlog By Hardik Verma and Aditya Saroha Editor: Ashanti Rojano Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Stuck projects, manufacturers drive ALMM-II deadline extension Wafer, ingot production entirely import-dependent, posing key hurdle to self-reliance Domestic market remains primary anchor as US duties weigh on exports The government's decision to extend the deadline for using solar cells outside the Approved List of Models and Manufacturers framework should ease industry concerns and give the sector enough runway to work through its backlog of project construction and module manufacturing, according to Vinay Rustagi, chief business officer at Premier Energies. "I expect about 15-20 GW of new cell capacity to be commissioned by the end of December, which will provide much more volume in the market and meet consumer demand," Rustagi said in an interview with Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. The ALMM-II policy, effective June 1, 2026, mandates that only listed cell manufacturers can participate in key government and related projects. The Indian government subsequently granted a deadline extension for net metering and open-access renewable energy projects, allowing developers until Dec. 31, 2026, to procure solar photovoltaic cells outside the ALMM-II framework. Rustagi said many projects are in advanced stages of construction, with modules ordered or delivered but not yet commissioned, while manufacturers of non-DCR modules are similarly stalled. These factors, along with insufficient cell supply, were key drivers behind the extension. According to government data, India's solar module manufacturing capacity stood at about 172 GW as of March 31, while solar cell manufacturing capacity was about 24 GW as of Dec. 29, 2025. Market participants, however, put current cell capacity closer to 30 GW. As module manufacturers race to build their own cell lines, Rustagi said cells and modules should essentially be viewed as one and the same when assessing demand. Premier's module manufacturing capacity stands at 11.1 GW and cell capacity at 3.6 GW. Premier Energies has broadly maintained a 50-50 split between cells used internally and those sold to external manufacturers, a ratio set to shift. "Very broadly, what we have said in the past is that we are trying to keep the ratio at about 50-50. But over a period of time, as ALMM-II gets implemented, the ratio of external sales is going to come down because we will be supplying more DCR modules." Appetite for DCR cells and modules remains strong, he said. While the non-DCR segment had been somewhat slow due to delays in commissioning utility-scale projects, the extended deadline is expected to support activity in this space over the next six months. Prices for non-DCR modules made from imported cells had been declining ahead of the announcement, then rose after the July 18 extension. Platts assessed TOPCon modules made from imported cells at 12.90 rupees/W and PERC modules at 11.90 rupees/W on July 31. Prices initially rose on stronger sentiment, but largely remained rangebound as higher non-DCR inventories with suppliers capped gains. Challenges to being self-reliant The preference for non-DCR modules is largely cost-driven, with prices sharply lower than DCR counterparts â largely because Chinese cells are priced at roughly one-quarter to one-third of domestic levels. Rustagi said Chinese companies have significant overcapacity, that most major Chinese cell and module makers are making losses, and that they receive substantial subsidies. Indian manufacturers face additional costs such as import duties on glass and backsheet, higher freight, and the need to maintain 60-90 days of buffer stock. Stripping out these inefficiencies and assuming equal margins, he said, the true cost gap between Indian and Chinese manufacturers narrows to around 15%. Rustagi noted that ingots and wafers are currently entirely import-dependent. Wafer manufacturing is uncharted territory for Indian players â a technically demanding business requiring significant operational expertise â and the domestic ecosystem remains largely undeveloped, meaning raw materials, consumables, machinery and technical knowledge will all need to be sourced from China. "It is going to be quite a formidable task, I acknowledge, but we have been working actively after the government's policy announcement, and most of us have already detailed out our investment plans in terms of capacities, timetables, funding, etc. Now it is all about execution," Rustagi said. India expanded its ALMM framework by adding a new List-III for ingots and wafers, set to come into force from June 1, 2028, mandating domestic sourcing for government-backed projects. Technological complexity and capital intensity increase materially the further upstream one moves, Rustagi said. Cell manufacturing capex alone runs at roughly 3-3.5 times that of a module line, with ingot and wafer production demanding comparable investments, and polysilicon requiring a similar outlay. Capital requirements extend across ancillary materials, including glass, backsheet, aluminum frames, adhesive and silver paste. Premier Energies' glass capacity is expected to quadruple or quintuple over the next three years, while the company is setting up its own aluminum frames plant and actively looking to diversify procurement options. Domestic market remains primary anchor The imposition of preliminary countervailing and antidumping duties on Indian solar cells by the US has significantly curtailed exports to that market. Investigations were also launched on solar cell imports from Indonesia, Cambodia, Laos and Ethiopia, alongside similar preliminary duties. As far as Premier is concerned, Rustagi said, Premier is not exporting modules, and the share of exports in the order book is zero. India's expanding roster of foreign trade agreements â including deals with the US, Europe, the UK and New Zealand â could gradually open new export avenues as more nations seek to reduce dependence on Chinese supply. For now, the Indian market is the primary anchor for the business and its foundation going forward, he said. "Export, in the current context, unless things change dramatically, remains only a cherry on the cake. That is how we are looking at the export market right now, but maybe over a period of two to three years, the export market will become much more attractive," Rustagi said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/073126-japanese-entities-to-survey-renewable-hydrogen-production-use-in-maibara-city</link><description>Six Japanese entities, including Shiga prefecture, Maibara city, and Chiyoda Corporation are examining the establishment of a renewable hydrogen production and supply hub, leveraging Maibara city&amp;apos;s geographical characteristics and transport convenience, the entities said in a joint statement July 30. It comes as the jointly proposed &amp;apos;Survey on Hydrogen Production and Utilization in Collaboration</description><title>Japanese entities to survey renewable hydrogen production, use in Maibara city</title><pubDate>31 July 2026 04:55:20 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name><name>Takeo Kumagai</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables, Hydrogen July 31, 2026 Japanese entities to survey renewable hydrogen production, use in Maibara city By Ruchira Singh and Takeo Kumagai Editor: Adithya Ram Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Renewable hydrogen production hub planned inland Cascade use model targets cost reduction, local demand Carbon nanotube production to utilize hydrogen as carrier gas Six Japanese entities, including Shiga prefecture, Maibara city, and Chiyoda Corporation are examining the establishment of a renewable hydrogen production and supply hub, leveraging Maibara city's geographical characteristics and transport convenience, the entities said in a joint statement July 30. It comes as the jointly proposed 'Survey on Hydrogen Production and Utilization in Collaboration with Local Industries in Maibara City, Shiga Prefecture' has been selected by state-owned New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization's "Advanced Technology Development and Demonstration Project for Hydrogen Society Model Construction (Survey Phase)." In this survey, the parties will focus on the area around the Ibuki Parking Area in Maibara City, investigating a local production and consumption model that combines cascading use of hydrogen produced by water electrolysis and effective use of by-products (oxygen and waste heat) within the region, the statement said. Kansai Electric Power Company, Daiwa House Industry Co. Ltd., and Meijo Nano Carbon Co. Ltd. are the other three partners working on the clean energy project, the release added. The hub would be at a junction connecting the Tokai, Kinki, and Hokuriku regions. Use in manufacturing, stations Specifically, hydrogen produced by water electrolysis will first be used as a carrier gas in the manufacturing process of carbon nanotubes and then supplied to hydrogen stations, it said. Additionally, the use of by-product oxygen and waste heat will be considered for various applications, including the cultivation of fish. The initiative will look at the feasibility of reducing hydrogen supply costs through cascading use and effective use of by-products, it said. Furthermore, by expanding the model to other regions and industries, it can aim to create hydrogen demand and reduce carbon dioxide emissions, it said. Japan aims to introduce up to 3 million mt/year of hydrogen in 2030 and about 12 million mt/y in 2040, including the introduction volume of ammonia and other substances directly combusted in hydrogen-equivalent terms, compared with about 2 million mt/y currently, with a target of around 20 million mt/y in 2050. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/072926-german-cabinet-approves-green-energy-law-reform-amid-shift-to-cut-grid-costs</link><description>Germany&amp;apos;s cabinet approved major reforms to its green energy law (EEG) that will end feed-in tariffs amid a shift from rooftop to ground-mounted solar and link future wind and solar projects to regional grid capacity in a bid to cut redispatch costs, the energy ministry said July 29. Cabinet approved amendments to the EEG 2023 alongside a new grid connection package that introduces market-based</description><title>German cabinet approves green energy law reform amid shift to cut grid costs</title><pubDate>29 July 2026 14:22:28 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Andreas Franke</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 29, 2026 German cabinet approves green energy law reform amid shift to cut grid costs By Andreas Franke Editor: Jonathan Loades-Carter Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS EEG 2027 to include extra 12 GW onshore wind Berlin ends feed-in tariffs, new CFDs for tenders No curtailment compensation in hot spot regions Germany's cabinet approved major reforms to its green energy law (EEG) that will end feed-in tariffs amid a shift from rooftop to ground-mounted solar and link future wind and solar projects to regional grid capacity in a bid to cut redispatch costs, the energy ministry said July 29. Cabinet approved amendments to the EEG 2023 alongside a new grid connection package that introduces market-based incentives to steer wind and solar away from congested network areas. The shift marks the first time Germany has systematically considered grid constraints when planning renewable capacity since introducing EEG subsidies over 20 years ago, it said, describing the move as the "start of the next chapter for the energy transition." The law maintains the 80% target for the share of renewables by 2030 while aiming to reduce system costs. Developers will face curtailment without compensation in so-called hot spot regions where power networks cannot absorb additional wind or solar output. "With this package, we are creating a paradigm shift for renewables: for the first time since the introduction of subsidies, we are systematically taking into account where new plants make sense for the power grid," Economy and Energy Minister Katherina Reiche said. All new installations will be required to sell power directly to the market rather than receiving guaranteed feed-in tariffs, with a phased transition for smaller solar projects (below 25 kilowatts). The rule applies only to new projects entering auctions or commissioning from 2027 onward, reflecting the government's view that small-scale solar already generates attractive returns without support. The policy pivots toward utility-scale ground-mounted solar, where economies of scale deliver lower costs. Grid package hurdles In grid-saturated regions, compensation for curtailment will be capped at 20% of annual generation, or 18% in designated wind priority areas, limiting financial risks while creating location incentives. The new restrictions are limited to six years. Grid operators will gain authority to prioritize connection requests and reserve capacity, while connection procedures will be streamlined. Grid capacity calculations will shift from peak generation to typical feed-in profiles, potentially reducing grid expansion requirements. Germany will tender an additional 12 gigawatts of onshore wind, while maintaining existing expansion pathways to 2030, it said. Analysts at S&amp;P Global Energy Horizon forecast German solar and onshore wind capacity to hit 300 GW in late 2030 after reaching 200 GW earlier this year. Biomass role Biomass received a defined role as flexible backup for wind and solar, with the 2030 capacity target raised modestly to 9.5 GW and extended through 2035 as many existing biomass plants face expiring 20-year support contracts. The EEG 2027 will deploy contracts for difference to secure investments cost-efficiently, while clawing back excess profits during high-price periods, the ministry said. Revenue recapture will flow back to reduce support costs, which are still projected at about â¬17 billion/year ($19.4 billion/year) over the coming years. Projects able to finance themselves through market revenues can proceed outside the EEG framework, the ministry added. The legislation now moves to parliament and requires EU state-aid approval as the current EEG 2023 approval expires in December. Mixed sector reactions Energy industry association BDEW broadly backed the decisions to align renewables expansion with grid capacity, but warned that curtailment rules and output restrictions could undermine the economic viability of projects. BDEW cautioned that the cabinet-approved draft legislation required closer scrutiny to ensure overlapping policies do not discourage investment needed to reach the 80% renewables target by 2030. "It is right that grid bottlenecks must be taken into account when choosing locations," BDEW said in a statement. "However, it must be carefully examined that the further expansion of renewables remains economical and is not restricted by overlapping effects of other measures." The association called for consultation on the detailed rules governing capacity-limited grid areas and compensation-free curtailment before the legislation advances through parliament, as lawmakers need transparency on underlying assumptions, reliable data and a sound impact assessment. BDEW also welcomed the inclusion of an evaluation clause by June 2029. Renewables association BEE criticized the cabinet's approval, warning that the draft legislation favors grid operators over generators and will jeopardize expansion targets. Especially the grid connection package shifts responsibility for years of delayed network expansion to solar or wind, while imposing few requirements on network operators. "The expansion targets will not be achievable on the basis of this draft law," BEE President Ursula Heinen-Esser said in a statement. "It is now up to parliament to make significant improvements to the decisions in order to correct this development." Heinen-Esser said the grid connection package remains primarily a "law for grid operators" that holds generators accountable for grid delays. BEE noted that the provision allowing curtailment reserves to apply from the grid connection commitment rather than commissioning is effectively negated by rules that allow network operators to unilaterally extend the reserve period by up to 18 months. The association views this as a significant deterioration compared with earlier draft legislation, even though the base duration was reduced to six years from 10 years. Renewables covered a record 56% of German power demand in H1 2026 with solar now Germany's biggest single source of electricity during summer, while wind tops Germany's winter power mix. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/podcasts/look-forward/ai-energy-paradox-balancing-innovation-with-sustainability</link><description>Artificial intelligence is accelerating demand for data center power at a pace that is reshaping the global energy agenda. In this episode of the Look Forward podcast, host Aries Poon speaks with Tony Lenoir, data center expert at S&amp;amp;P Global, about whether AI growth can coexist with decarbonization goals â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; and how hyperscalers are rethinking their energy strategies in response.</description><title>Look Forward | Episode 36: The AI-Energy Paradox: Balancing Innovation with Sustainability</title><pubDate>31 July 2026 15:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Aries Poon</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Look Forward 31 July 2026 Look Forward | Episode 36: The AI-Energy Paradox: Balancing Innovation with Sustainability By Aries Poon Artificial intelligence is accelerating demand for data center power at a pace that is reshaping the global energy agenda. In this episode of the Look Forward podcast, host Aries Poon speaks with Tony Lenoir, data center expert at S&amp;P Global, about whether AI growth can coexist with decarbonization goals â and how hyperscalers are rethinking their energy strategies in response. Look Forward A changing world requires new insights, new analysis, and new approaches. Our clients require expertise and analysis that looks at the big picture. Explore More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/africas-credit-outlook-remains-vulnerable-to-conflict-spillover-effects-s101699133</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Our sovereign ratings in Africa have remained broadly resilient despite the Middle East war, but risks to the region&amp;apos;s credit outlook are rising. The conflict&amp;apos;s primary transmission channel remains higher fuel, shipping, and fertilizer costs. While financing conditions and ratings momentum have remained largely supportive, the shock is increasingly widening differences in inflation, growth, and financing conditions across economies. For more, see </description><title>Africa&amp;apos;s Credit Outlook Remains Vulnerable To Conflict Spillover Effects</title><pubDate>30 July 2026 17:15:12 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/latin-american-corporate-and-infrastructure-credit-outlook-midyear-2026-some-cushion-against-geopolitical-risks-s101690529</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Latin American (LatAm) corporations benefit from the resilient regional outlook --contrasting with a bearish sentiment in Asia and Europe. However, the strength is increasingly contingent on sector-specific resilience to prolonged geopolitical volatility and the impact of oil prices on inflation. Revenue growth shifted in Q4 2025, following the adverse impact of the U.S. trade war, has grappled with additional uncertainty stemming from the Middle </description><title>Latin American Corporate And Infrastructure Credit Outlook Midyear 2026: Some Cushion Against Geopolitical Risks</title><pubDate>30 July 2026 16:28:40 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/070726-tier-1-cleantech-companies-pv-wind-turbine-battery-cells-storage-systems</link><description>In these changing market conditions, S&amp;amp;P Global Energy draws on its extensive cleantech supply chain data and market intelligence expertise to deliver a rigorous and differentiated assessment to identify Tier 1 cleantech companies. </description><title>Tier 1 cleantech companies 2026: Market leadership, financial strength and sustainability</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 02:58:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Edurne Zoco</name></author><content><![CDATA[ 07 July 2026 | 03:58 UTC Tier 1 cleantech companies 2026: Market leadership, financial strength and sustainability By Edurne Zoco Editor: Barbara Lorenzo-Caluag The 2026 S&amp;P Global Energy Tier 1 Cleantech Companies list recognizes 15 photovoltaic module suppliers, 12 PV inverter manufacturers, 10 wind turbine suppliers, 12 energy storage system providers and 10 energy storage battery cell suppliers. The cleantech power equipment supply chain is in a highly dynamic period, with each major technology facing distinct challenges and growth prospects. On the demand side, global solar photovoltaic installations are forecast to decline in 2026 for the first time on record, then recover only modestly from 2027 onward, showing small annual growth through the rest of the decade. Wind power is likewise expected to see relatively modest annual capacity additions. In contrast, battery storage installations are projected to expand rapidly. The growth of storage is driven by robust power consumption growth -- fueled by electrification and surging data center needs -- and by the imperative to secure and balance grids that are increasingly critical infrastructure. These differing growth trajectories are already having clear impacts across the supply chain. For example, the solar module supply chain has endured oversupply, intense pricing pressure and thin margins for the past three years, a combination now taking a toll on manufacturers. The industry is experiencing gradual consolidation, with some companies acquired by larger players or quietly exiting the market in a trend of âsoftâ consolidation. Many firms are also expanding beyond their traditional core products into adjacent domains, particularly battery energy storage systems, to capture additional value and provide more integrated solutions. The inverter landscape is similarly dynamic and uncertain. Inverters have become a focal point of regulations now under discussion on local content and cybersecurity in certain markets, especially in Europe and the US. New requirements around where inverters are produced and how they ensure grid security are adding complexity to manufacturersâ strategies and procurement considerations. Meanwhile, anticipation of storage demand growth has sparked a wave of new entrants in the battery and BESS segment over the past two years, as many companies position for a surge in storage deployments over the next decade. Major battery producers are running at high utilization rates to meet increasing demand. By comparison, wind equipment suppliers face steady but modest demand growth, with Chinese manufacturers playing a more prominent role in global wind markets. In these changing market conditions, S&amp;P Global Energy draws on its extensive cleantech supply chain data and market intelligence expertise to deliver a rigorous and differentiated assessment to identify Tier 1 cleantech companies. This framework is intended to help industry participants navigate an increasingly complex supplier landscape with greater confidence, identifying companies that meet Tier 1 criteria, including market leadership, financial strength and corporate sustainability performance. PV Module Suppliers Tier 1 PV Module Suppliers Canadian Solar Inc. Chint New Energy Technology Co., Ltd. (Astronergy) First Solar Inc. GCL System Integration Technology Co. Ltd. Hanwha Solutions Corp. Hengdian Group DMEGC Magnetics Co. Ltd. JA Solar Technology Co. Ltd. Jinko Solar Co. Ltd. LONGi Green Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Risen Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Aiko Solar Energy Co. Ltd. TCL Zhonghuan Renewable Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Tongwei Co. Ltd. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Waaree Energies Ltd. PV Inverter Suppliers Tier 1 PV Inverter Suppliers Enphase Energy Inc. Ginlong Technologies Co. Ltd. GoodWe Technologies Co. Ltd Growatt New Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Ningbo Deye Technology Corporation Sineng Electric Co. Ltd. SMA Solar Technology AG SolarEdge Technologies Inc. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. TBEA Sunoasis Co. Ltd. Zhuzhou CRRC Times Electric Co. Ltd. Wind Turbine Suppliers Tier 1 Wind Turbine Suppliers Envision Energy Ltd. GE Vernova Inc. Goldwind Science &amp; Technology Co. Ltd. Ming Yang Smart Energy Group Ltd. Nordex SE Sany Renewable Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Electric Wind Power Group Co. Ltd. Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy S.A. Vestas Wind Systems A/S Windey Energy Technology Group Co. Ltd. Energy Storage System Suppliers Tier 1 Energy Storage System Suppliers BYD Company Ltd Canadian Solar Inc. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co. Ltd. Envision Group Fluence Energy Inc. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. LG Energy Solution Ltd. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. Tesla Energy Operations Inc. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. Energy Storage Battery Cell Suppliers Tier 1 Battery Cell Suppliers BYD Company Ltd CALB Group Co. Ltd. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Ltd. Envision AESC Group Ltd. EVE Energy Co. Ltd. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Guangzhou Great Power Energy and Technology Co. Ltd LG Energy Solution Ltd. REPT BATTERO Energy Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. Tier 1 PV Module Suppliers Canadian Solar Inc. Chint New Energy Technology Co., Ltd. (Astronergy) First Solar Inc. GCL System Integration Technology Co. Ltd. Hanwha Solutions Corp. Hengdian Group DMEGC Magnetics Co. Ltd. JA Solar Technology Co. Ltd. Jinko Solar Co. Ltd. LONGi Green Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Risen Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Aiko Solar Energy Co. Ltd. TCL Zhonghuan Renewable Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Tongwei Co. Ltd. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Waaree Energies Ltd. Tier 1 PV Inverter Suppliers Enphase Energy Inc. Ginlong Technologies Co. Ltd. GoodWe Technologies Co. Ltd Growatt New Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Ningbo Deye Technology Corporation Sineng Electric Co. Ltd. SMA Solar Technology AG SolarEdge Technologies Inc. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. TBEA Sunoasis Co. Ltd. Zhuzhou CRRC Times Electric Co. Ltd. Tier 1 Wind Turbine Suppliers Envision Energy Ltd. GE Vernova Inc. Goldwind Science &amp; Technology Co. Ltd. Ming Yang Smart Energy Group Ltd. Nordex SE Sany Renewable Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Electric Wind Power Group Co. Ltd. Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy S.A. Vestas Wind Systems A/S Windey Energy Technology Group Co. Ltd. Tier 1 Energy Storage System Suppliers BYD Company Ltd Canadian Solar Inc. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co. Ltd. Envision Group Fluence Energy Inc. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. LG Energy Solution Ltd. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. Tesla Energy Operations Inc. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. Tier 1 Battery Cell Suppliers BYD Company Ltd CALB Group Co. Ltd. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Ltd. Envision AESC Group Ltd. EVE Energy Co. Ltd. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Guangzhou Great Power Energy and Technology Co. Ltd LG Energy Solution Ltd. REPT BATTERO Energy Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. What it means to be a Tier 1 Cleantech Company and why it matters in a changing market In 2025, S&amp;P Global Energy introduced the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies recognition -- a new standard designed to be transparent, data-driven and built for long-term credibility. The Tier 1 Cleantech Companies list is not a ranking nor is it investment guidance. Instead, it identifies a group of suppliers within each product category that meet a high threshold of criteria across multiple dimensions, such as market presence, financial health, sustainability and more. In todayâs highly competitive and often saturated market, manufacturers are looking for a robust and credible framework to help them differentiate and strengthen their position when competing for contracts. At the same time, the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies approach delivers clear value to other stakeholders. It helps project developers identify reliable, reputable partners and it provides the financial community with a more solid basis for decision-making by highlighting suppliers that meet a consistent and demanding set of criteria. This classification is particularly relevant today as the industry faces increasing scrutiny around financial strength, sustainability and supply chain traceability. A framework integrating credit risk and sustainability The 2026 Tier 1 Cleantech Companies list introduces credit risk -- through RiskGaugeâ¢ -- as a core metric for assessing financial performance. Expressed through S&amp;P Globalâs letter-grade system, this metric provides a clear and comparable view of how companies perform relative to their peers. This addition is particularly important as the sector faces increasing financial pressure following years of rapid expansion, persistent oversupply and compressed margins across several key components. These dynamics have weighed on balance sheets and may continue to affect future performance. In this context, a clear and consistent assessment of financial strength and credit risk is essential to accurately classify cleantech suppliers as Tier 1 cleantech companies. Sustainability remains at the core of the S&amp;P Global Tier 1 Cleantech Companies methodology. The Corporate Sustainability Assessment evaluates how companies manage sustainability risks and opportunities relative to industry peers. It draws on company disclosures, stakeholder input, media analysis and direct engagement through the CSA process. This approach ensures transparency, traceability and accountability across supply chains. As sustainability requirements tighten in Europe and other regions, such a framework is not only forward-looking -- it is becoming essential. S&amp;P Global Energy Tier 1 Cleantech Companies methodology S&amp;P Global Energyâs Tier 1 Cleantech Companies classification is a recognition that the company has met or surpassed rigorous, objective and clear criteria. It is designed to help cleantech manufacturers stand out in a crowded field, and to support developers and offtakers in identifying reliable partners. The 2026 Tier 1 assessment evaluated global manufacturers across core cleantech components: PV modules, PV inverters, wind turbines and BESS. This year, the list includes energy storage battery cell suppliers. As part of the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies selection process, S&amp;P Global Energy first identified the top 30 companies for each of the four technology categories, based on the largest shipments or installations globally in the previous year. Each company was then assessed across key dimensions to ensure a comprehensive and balanced evaluation: Market presence and share: capturing the companyâs footprint and influence in global markets Total capacity and global diversification: evaluating operational scale and geographic spread Financial performance: powered by RiskGaugeâ¢ Scores from S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence that combine a companyâs financial strength with market-derived inputs to provide a holistic assessment of credit risk Sustainability metrics: powered by S&amp;P Globalâs Corporate Sustainability Assessment To be classified as a Tier 1 Cleantech Company, a supplier must exceed the minimum threshold in a majority of the dimensions. This dual approach -- using both absolute performance and relative positioning against industry averages -- ensures that the classification reflects both rigor and consistency. The methodology is built on four key pillars: Annual cadence: Unlike other systems that reshuffle rankings quarterly, this classification is updated annually. This reduces volatility and gives suppliers and buyers a stable reference point for planning and procurement Public transparency: As it was the case in the inaugural edition last year, the Tier 1 list is again publicly available, offering visibility and recognition to top-performing suppliers Comprehensive scope: The second edition expands from four major cleantech components to include energy storage battery cells, given the relevance of this component in todayâs market Credibility and rigor: The methodology is grounded in proprietary data from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons and credit risk data leveraging the RiskGaugeâ¢ score from S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence division, ensuring that the classification reflects real-world performance, and financial and sustainability leadership This article contains data, views and forecasts from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons analysts and does not represent reporting by Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Read the full public report: English | Chinese Download blog in Chinese Learn more about the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies List ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072426-indias-seci-may-sign-renewable-ammonia-supply-pacts-with-japan-the-netherlands-official</link><description>The Solar Energy Corp. of India is in discussions with counterparts in Japan and the Netherlands to sign agreements that could pave the way for renewable ammonia supply tenders in the coming months, a senior SECI official said. SECI is in touch with Japan&amp;apos;s state-backed Japan Organization for Metals and Energy Security (JOGMEC), and private market participants in the Netherlands, who are looking</description><title>India&amp;apos;s SECI may sign renewable ammonia supply pacts with Japan, the Netherlands: official</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 14:47:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Fertilizers, Chemicals, Renewables, Hydrogen July 24, 2026 India's SECI may sign renewable ammonia supply pacts with Japan, the Netherlands: official By Ruchira Singh Editor: Derek Sands Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Looking to sign deals with JOGMEC, Dutch parties SECI talks to Fertilizer Ministry about green urea tender Green H2 tenders modeled on renewable energy tenders The Solar Energy Corp. of India is in discussions with counterparts in Japan and the Netherlands to sign agreements that could pave the way for renewable ammonia supply tenders in the coming months, a senior SECI official said. SECI is in touch with Japan's state-backed Japan Organization for Metals and Energy Security (JOGMEC), and private market participants in the Netherlands, who are looking to source clean fuels from India, Sanjay Sharma, director of solar at SECI, said July 23. "We have already done one agreement with Germany (H2Global/HINTCO); ... the Netherlands and Japan are to follow in the next few months," Sharma said at the Second Bharat Green Hydrogen Summit 2026 in New Delhi. "We will be able to sign the agreements as well as collate the demand for which we will bring out tenders according to their demand and quality standards." Sharma, who oversees tender design at the government's renewable energy auctioning agency, said potential buyers are keen to procure supplies directly through SECI. The emerging demand from overseas could help position India as a supplier of renewable fuels to international markets, building on the country's rapid expansion of renewable energy capacity, Sharma said. Innovative contracts deployed Sharma said India's renewable energy success stemmed from transparency, bankability, innovation in contract design and sustained policy stability over time. "These same principles, not only single incentive or a scheme, will determine the success of our green hydrogen ambition," he said, underscoring that the lessons learned from renewable energy tenders are to be applied to renewable hydrogen tenders. "I have no doubt that India, drawing on the institutional learning of its renewable energy journey, is uniquely positioned to emerge as a global hub for green hydrogen and green molecules." The next phase of India's energy transition will be shaped not merely by the availability of renewable resources but by the ability to deploy investment rapidly, manage risk efficiently and allow the market to develop with confidence, Sharma said. "Our experience with solar park and renewable energy zones shows that when land transmission and common infrastructure are made available in advance rather than developed in a piecemeal way by individual project proponents, execution timelines compress dramatically." He added: "This precisely is the model that green hydrogen hub must now replicate, and we are doing that." New domestic tenders buzz On the sidelines of the event, Sharma told Platts, a part of S&amp;P Global Energy, that SECI has had early talks with the Ministry of Chemicals &amp; Fertilizers for considering green urea auctions. The Ministry of Chemicals &amp; Fertilizers invited expressions of interest to set up domestic green urea production plants to ensure adequate and timely availability of fertilizers at affordable prices, according to an Expression of Interest document. Industry members present at the event said Indian Railways would need a supply of renewable hydrogen for its project to introduce new hydrogen locomotives, which may signal new government tenders. Under the Rupee 197.44 billion ($2 billion) National Green Hydrogen Mission of India, incentives have been awarded for 862,000 mt/year of renewable hydrogen production by SECI in 2024 and 2025. SECI also awarded 3 gigawatt of electrolyzer capacity and 724,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia capacity to 13 fertilizer firms last year. All of SECI's auctions showed low-cost winning bids. Platts assessed the India Renewable Hydrogen Term Contract at $3.21/kg on July 23, down 3.89% month over month. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072826-australia-singapore-pledge-deeper-energy-ties-eye-ccs-deal</link><description>Australia and Singapore agreed to conclude negotiations on a cross-border carbon capture and storage pact by the end of the year, as the two nations deepen their energy cooperation, according to a joint ministerial statement released July 28. The commitment came from the inaugural Australia-Singapore ministerial dialogue on energy in Sydney on July 28, where Australian Climate Change and Energy</description><title>Australia, Singapore pledge deeper energy ties, eye CCS deal</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 10:27:18 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Angelica Garcia</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions July 28, 2026 Australia, Singapore pledge deeper energy ties, eye CCS deal By Angelica Garcia Editor: Surbhi Prasad Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Australia, Singapore target CCS deal by year-end Ministers reaffirm energy security commitments Australia and Singapore agreed to conclude negotiations on a cross-border carbon capture and storage pact by the end of the year, as the two nations deepen their energy cooperation, according to a joint ministerial statement released July 28. The commitment came from the inaugural Australia-Singapore ministerial dialogue on energy in Sydney on July 28, where Australian Climate Change and Energy Minister Chris Bowen and Singapore's Trade and Industry Minister Tan See Leng co-chaired discussions on strengthening bilateral energy security and advancing net-zero transitions. The planned CCS agreement would establish a legally binding framework for cross-border carbon storage projects, building on existing cooperation under the Australia-Singapore Low Emissions Technology initiative launched in 2024. Both countries also discussed expanding cooperation on low-carbon fuels, including hydrogen, ammonia, and sustainable biofuels, to support future decarbonization across sectors, noting practical work carried out under the Singapore-Australia Green Economy Agreement. The ministers reaffirmed the importance of strengthening energy security and resilience across Southeast Asia and the Pacific amid an uncertain global environment, and reiterated their commitment to uphold their obligations under international law, including the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, to ensure safe maritime trade and transit. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/072826-delta-opens-saf-blending-facility-at-minnesota-refinery-hub</link><description>Delta Air Lines marked the completion of a sustainable aviation fuel blending facility at Flint Hills Resources&amp;apos; Pine Bend Refinery on July 27, enabling direct pipeline delivery of SAF to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, as the carrier works to scale lower-carbon fuel use at its second-largest hub. The facility will blend up to 30 million gallons of neat SAF annually with conventional</description><title>Delta opens SAF blending facility at Minnesota refinery hub</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 20:18:18 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 28, 2026 Delta opens SAF blending facility at Minnesota refinery hub By Samyak Pandey Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Facility blends 30 million gallons/year Pipeline delivers SAF directly to MSP airport Delta Air Lines marked the completion of a sustainable aviation fuel blending facility at Flint Hills Resources' Pine Bend Refinery on July 27, enabling direct pipeline delivery of SAF to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, as the carrier works to scale lower-carbon fuel use at its second-largest hub. The facility will blend up to 30 million gallons of neat SAF annually with conventional jet fuel at the refinery before moving product through existing pipeline infrastructure to MSP, where Delta consumes roughly 250 million gallons of jet fuel each year. The project addresses a key bottleneck in SAF adoption by creating dedicated blending and distribution infrastructure at scale, rather than relying on smaller, ad-hoc deliveries. Delta said the facility represents one of four milestones identified by the Minnesota SAF Hub, a coalition the airline launched in 2023 alongside Greater MSP Partnership, Bank of America, Ecolab and Xcel Energy to build regional SAF supply chains. "This facility is the culmination of a shared vision for Minnesota to become a leader in sustainable aviation fuel," Peter Carter, president of Delta Air Lines, said. "By expanding the infrastructure needed to support broader SAF adoption, it represents an important step toward turning that potential into reality." The opening drew Minnesota Governor Tim Walz, US Senator Amy Klobuchar, Congressman Brad Finstad, and executives from Flint Hills, Ecolab and Greater MSP, underscoring political and corporate alignment behind SAF infrastructure development in the state. Scaling supply chains SAF production remains limited relative to aviation fuel demand, making infrastructure investments critical to expanding use across the industry. The Pine Bend facility's pipeline-connected design allows SAF to move through existing fuel distribution systems without requiring new transportation infrastructure, reducing logistical complexity and costs. The project builds on Delta's broader SAF strategy, including a five-year agreement with Shell Aviation to expand SAF availability across key US hubs through 2030, with MSP among the priority airports. That partnership will support both blended and neat SAF deliveries while establishing logistics, blending and distribution capabilities for dependable supply across Delta's network. Jet fuel accounts for roughly 90% of Delta's carbon emissions. The carrier targets SAF comprising 10% of its fuel use by 2030 and 35% by 2035, subject to third-party investment and facility development, as part of its goal to reach net-zero emissions by 2050. Life cycle carbon emissions from neat SAF can be up to 80% lower than conventional jet fuel, according to Delta statement. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF California at 1,071.53 cents/gallon and SAF (H-S) CA (credits det) at 585.1 cents/gal July 27, based on a spread of neat SAF to Jet Kero LA CA pipeline of 197.5 cents/gal. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/072226-us-department-of-energy-criticizes-eu-methane-guidance-as-insufficient</link><description>The US Department of Energy criticized the European Commission&amp;apos;s guidance on methane emissions compliance as insufficient, arguing that the EU&amp;apos;s landmark regulation continues to threaten global energy security despite recommendations to delay penalties until 2030. The DOE said the EC&amp;apos;s non-binding recommendations, released July 20, failed to address &amp;quot;fundamental risks and uncertainty created by</description><title>US Department of Energy criticizes EU methane guidance as insufficient</title><pubDate>22 July 2026 20:52:31 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Corey Paul</name><name>Maya Weber</name></author><content><![CDATA[ LNG, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Emissions July 22, 2026 US Department of Energy criticizes EU methane guidance as insufficient By Corey Paul and Maya Weber Editor: Jasmin Melvin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS EC guidance eyes import penalties suspension Suspension fails to solve compliance issues: US DOE seeks implementation delay The US Department of Energy criticized the European Commission's guidance on methane emissions compliance as insufficient, arguing that the EU's landmark regulation continues to threaten global energy security despite recommendations to delay penalties until 2030. The DOE said the EC's non-binding recommendations, released July 20, failed to address "fundamental risks and uncertainty created by the law" and do not guarantee consistent application across the EU's 27 member states. The US position underscored the international pressure Brussels faces to modify regulations that require new gas import contracts to meet the same methane monitoring standards as EU producers. New import contracts were meant to face penalties starting in 2027, but the July 20 guidance called for member states to suspend penalties for three years to give market participants time to adjust to the requirements and avoid supply disruptions. "Delaying penalties does not solve the underlying compliance problems or provide a clear and predictable framework for effective implementation of the European methane regulations," a DOE spokesperson said July 22. "We continue to call for an implementation delay and targeted modifications that will preserve Europe's energy security now, and in the future," the DOE continued. The criticism comes as certain market participants and some EU governments continue to express concern that uncertainty around compliance could lead to supply disruptions and price increases. The methane regulation aims to reduce methane emissions from the energy sector, both in Europe and across global supply chains. It includes a methane emissions reporting requirement for gas, crude and coal imports, as well as a mandate for importers to meet emissions-intensity limits that have yet to be established. The EC recommendations released July 20 endorsed two compliance pathways: a national book-and-claim system for low emissions certificates, and a trace-and-claim system for companies that can track molecules from production through export. Some industry players praised the recommendations, while others have called for targeted amendments to the law itself. International pressure The DOE said nearly 20 EU member states, members of the European Parliament, and major energy exporters including Algeria, Qatar, Nigeria and Guyana have joined Washington in warning about potential energy supply disruptions and higher prices as a consequence of the regulations. The US is the EU's primary supplier of LNG, making Washington's position particularly significant for European energy security. US LNG trade groups described the EC's recent move as promising but still requiring improvement. The Washington DC-based Center for LNG called the non-binding recommendations "a step in the right direction" but said they "fall short of providing the legal certainty exporters and European importers need." The American Petroleum Institute similarly criticized the non-binding guidance, saying July 21 that the EC should "delay the regulation and work with importers and exporters to develop a clear, durable and workable framework." The US group LNG Allies called the recommendations a "very positive step" for US LNG into Europe and a "pragmatic workaround" that should allow all US LNG production to comply. Germany's energy minister Katherina Reiche on July 21 called the EC's measures "not convincing," arguing that maintaining legal obligations while only delaying penalties fails to provide legal certainty. Reiche called for a three-year postponement of import requirements. The regulatory development comes as global LNG spot prices remain elevated and volatile amid supply disruptions caused by the war in the Middle East, which continues to constrain about a fifth of global LNG volumes that normally transit the Strait of Hormuz. European LNG spot prices on July 22 rallied to their highest level since early 2023 amid the escalating conflict. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the DES Northwest Europe marker for September at $20.746/million British thermal units on July 22, up $1.064/MMBtu day over day and more than double pre-conflict levels. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/infographics/horizons-energy-expansion-sustainability/clean-energy-pulse</link><description>S&amp;amp;P Global Energy Horizons Clean Energy Pulse tracks 70 indicators to measure global clean energy growth momentum</description><title>S&amp;amp;P Global Energy Horizons Clean Energy Pulse</title><content><![CDATA[ S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons Horizons Clean Energy Pulse 70 key indicators. One essential outlook. Track the Trends Frequently Asked Questions: Horizons Clean Energy Pulse What is the Horizons Clean Energy Pulse? The Horizons Clean Energy Pulse by S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons is a comprehensive market intelligence report that tracks 70 distinct indicators to assess the momentum of the global clean energy expansion. To provide a holistic view of the energy transition, these indicators span a wide range of critical domains, including: Macroeconomics &amp; Policy: Physical climate trends, macroeconomic environment, and international/national climate policies. Markets &amp; Investment: Corporate climate commitments, environmental and carbon markets, and investor trends across the energy and utility sectors. Technologies &amp; Supply Chain: Deployment of renewable power and energy storage, low-carbon hydrogen, CCUS (carbon capture, utilization, and storage), electric vehicles (EVs), and biofuels. Commodities &amp; Emerging Signals: Commodity and component pricing, cleantech supply chains, and emerging trends like AI-driven power demand and advanced nuclear technologies. What question is each indicator of the Horizons Clean Energy Pulse answering? Every indicator in the report is evaluated to answer one core question: âDoes this signal suggest an acceleration (bullish) or a deceleration (bearish) of the clean energy expansion?â Because the energy transition is complex, no single indicator is sufficient to determine the overall pace of the market. Many signals have conflicting direct and indirect implications. By evaluating a diverse set of indicators together, S&amp;P Global analysts provide a directional, judgment-driven view of the market's true momentum. How often will the Horizons Clean Energy Pulse indicators be updated? To ensure clients have access to the most current market intelligence, most indicators are updated on a monthly or quarterly basis. The exact update frequency depends on the availability and reporting cycles of the underlying data. Does the graphic on this page represent the full Horizons Clean Energy Pulse report? No, this graphic offers a high-level summary of our findings. The full data, comprehensive analysis, and underlying metrics of the Horizons Clean Energy Pulse are exclusive to clients of S&amp;P Globalâs services related to clean energy expansion (Clean Energy Technology, Carbon and Scenarios, and Biofuels and Bioenergy). Interested in unlocking the full insights? Please fill out the âContact Salesâ form on this page to arrange a trial or request a personalized demo. Who can benefit from the insights and analysis in the Horizons Clean Energy Pulse report? The report is an essential resource for professionals navigating the global energy transition, providing actionable, data-driven insights for: Investors and Asset Managers: Capitalize on transition-linked equity performance, track capital flows, and monitor M&amp;A activities and valuations across the energy, utility and renewables sectors. Investment Bank Coverage Managers: Receive timely industry insights across sectors that enable you to spot deal opportunities, deepen client relationships, and pitch winning strategies to executives. Corporate Sustainability &amp; Procurement Leaders: Stay ahead of evolving corporate climate commitments (such as SBTi frameworks), carbon market trends, and clean energy procurement strategies like corporate PPAs. Energy, Power, and Utility Executives: Monitor near-term project pipelines for solar PV, battery energy storage systems (BESS), low-carbon hydrogen, and CCUS, while tracking emerging power demand drivers like AI data center load growth. Supply Chain &amp; Manufacturing Professionals: Navigate cleantech supply chain risks, monitor critical component and commodity price volatility (e.g., lithium, copper, and solar modules), and track regional EV and biofuel market dynamics. Policymakers &amp; Regulatory Analysts: Track global climate policy developments, including Paris Agreement NDCs, EU ETS carbon market revisions, and regional interventions impacting clean energy deployment. What guidelines are there for the use of the content in the Horizons Clean Energy Pulse? Use of the content on this page is governed by our website Terms of Use. Subscribe to our Horizons Clean Energy Expansion newsletter Sign Up Explore our Thought Leadership and Solutions Speak to a Specialist Ready to take the next step? Complete the form and a team member will reach out to discuss how our solutions can support you. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sustainability-insights-behind-the-shades-water-supply-and-wastewater-treatment-s101698328</link><description>S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings assesses water-related projects by applying its Shades of Green assessments (&amp;quot; Analytical Approach: Shades Of Green Assessments ,&amp;quot; July 27, 2023) in the context of: Our Second Party Opinions (SPOs) on sustainable finance frameworks and transactions (&amp;quot; Analytical Approach: Second Party Opinions ,&amp;quot; March 6, 2025); and Our Climate Transition Assessments (CTAs; &amp;quot; Analytical Approach: Climate Transition Assessments ,&amp;quot; May 29, 2025). Since launching SPOs in 2023, 9% of those we have</description><title>Sustainability Insights: Behind The Shades: Water Supply And Wastewater Treatment</title><pubDate>30 July 2026 09:38:13 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/lng/072826-india-power-sector-to-face-26-gw-load-from-ai-data-centers-by-fy-2031-32-ministry</link><description>India&amp;apos;s Ministry of Power, in a written reply to the Parliament on July 27, projected an additional load of 26.3 gigawatts from artificial intelligence data centers by fiscal year 2031-32 (April-March), which is expected to be integrated into the grid and be primarily met through renewable energy capacity. India&amp;apos;s peak power demand is estimated to be 289 GW in FY 2026-27, up 17.96% year over year,</description><title>India power sector to face 26 GW load from AI data centers by FY 2031-32: ministry</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 11:40:23 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Surabhi Sahu</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Renewables July 28, 2026 India power sector to face 26 GW load from AI data centers by FY 2031-32: ministry By Surabhi Sahu Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Peak power demand to surpass 380 GW by 2032 Transmission infrastructure development, grid modernization underway Piped natural gas connectivity grows significantly India's Ministry of Power, in a written reply to the Parliament on July 27, projected an additional load of 26.3 gigawatts from artificial intelligence data centers by fiscal year 2031-32 (April-March), which is expected to be integrated into the grid and be primarily met through renewable energy capacity. India's peak power demand is estimated to be 289 GW in FY 2026-27, up 17.96% year over year, and reach 364 GW by FY 2030-31 and over 380 GW by FY 2031-32, according to the ministry. Shripad Naik, the minister of state for power, shared that the development of transmission infrastructure was being undertaken in a phased manner to cater to increasing electricity demand and planned generation capacity addition, including renewable energy. "Grid modernization measures, including deployment of static synchronous compensator, battery energy storage systems, synchronous condensers and other advanced grid support technologies are also being planned to enhance grid reliability, flexibility, and facilitate integration of renewable energy," Naik said. There are 154 interstate transmission system projects under construction in the country, consisting of 39,792 circuit kilometers of transmission lines and 401,510 MVA of transformation capacity, he said. Meanwhile, for intrastate transmission system projects, 30,387 ckm of transmission lines and 118,194 MVA of transformation capacity are being built, Naik added. India is also committed to meeting its net-zero goal by 2070, Naik said, noting that the country met its nationally determined contribution goal of 50% of its installed electric power capacity from non-fossil fuel sources five years ahead of the target year of 2030. This comes as India also set a target of increasing the share of natural gas in its primary energy mix from 6%-7% to 15% by 2030. In a separate response to the country's parliament on July 27, the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas said that it had expanded piped natural gas connectivity to households, commercial establishments and industries. The implementation of the PNG drive led to a significant acceleration in PNG domestic connections across the country, resulting in an addition of 1,337,911 active PNG domestic connections from Jan. 1-June 30, it said. In another reply on July 27, the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas said that after completing the 12/12A city gas distribution bidding round, PNGRB authorized entities for the development of the CGD network in 309 geographical areas covering 683 districts and the entire mainland. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the September JKM, the benchmark price for LNG cargoes delivered to Northeast Asia, at $21.291/million British thermal units July 27, down 4.05% from the previous close. It assessed the LNG West India Marker, or WIM, for September at $21.041/MMBtu on July 27, at 25 cents/MMBtu discount to the September JKM assessment. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072726-xpansiv-expands-nuclear-backed-certificates-trading-amid-data-center-demand</link><description>Xpansiv has been increasing its footprint in nuclear-based emission-free energy certificates, amid emergent voluntary markets in the US and growing energy demand from data centers. Xpansiv CBL launched trading of the so-called emission-free energy certificates, or EFECs, from the New England Power Pool on July 15, six months after launching the same certificates from the PJM Interconnection power</description><title>Xpansiv expands nuclear-backed certificates trading amid data center demand</title><pubDate>27 July 2026 15:47:08 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felipe Peroni</name><name>Jose Del angel</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Emissions, Hydrogen July 27, 2026 Xpansiv expands nuclear-backed certificates trading amid data center demand By Felipe Peroni and Jose Del angel Editor: William Freebairn Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS PJM EFECs trading totals 675 GWh on Xpansiv platform Policy support could grow compliance, voluntary markets Xpansiv has been increasing its footprint in nuclear-based emission-free energy certificates, amid emergent voluntary markets in the US and growing energy demand from data centers. Xpansiv CBL launched trading of the so-called emission-free energy certificates, or EFECs, from the New England Power Pool on July 15, six months after launching the same certificates from the PJM Interconnection power pool. "Demand is coming not only from hyperscalers, but from the entire data center ecosystem," said Russell Karas, senior vice president at Xpansiv. EFECs represent the environmental attributes of electricity generated by power plants without relevant carbon emissions. Similar to zero-emission certificates, or ZECs, they are usually related to nuclear power, although renewable sources are also allowed to issue these certificates. Interest in these certificates has been growing, especially as technology companies seek to match rising electricity demand with clean-energy purchases, amid limited available volume from renewable sources. "Firms are looking creatively to all available means to assess their power demand and meet their sustainability targets," Karas said. Since the launch in December 2025, a total of 675,000 PJM EFECs have traded to date on the Xpansiv platform. "There is definitely growing interest in nuclear-derived ZECs/EFECs, especially in voluntary markets," industry expert Parag Nathaney said. Price differential One factor that could boost demand for EFECs is the price differential between these certificates and the more widely traded Renewable Energy Certificates. On July 24, 82,000 vintage 2026 NEPOOL EFECs were offered at $2.00/MWh at the CBL exchange. The NEPOOL EFEC listing has prompted renewed interest in PJM EFECs, with a new offer of 50,000 certificates, vintage 2025, at $1.05 posted to the CBL screen by July 24. Partly, the difference between prices in NEPOOL and PJM is due to the higher supply of nuclear energy in the latter. "We are in a price discovery period, with market participants still probing the market," Karas said. But both prices are still far off from RECs. As a comparison, Platts' assessment of NEPOOL DualQualified 2026 vintage REC prices fell to $39.45/MWh on July 23, down from $39.50/MWh on July 17. With RECs increasingly used in state renewable goals, the price difference could persist, but EFECs are emerging as an attractive alternative, especially for voluntary targets. Voluntary demand The movement is part of a gradual shift of these certificates, from over-the-counter markets to exchange platforms, where they are likely to enjoy more liquidity and easier trading procedures. "Once you start trading in an exchange, you benefit from instant liquidity, contracts get a lot easier, so you expand the market," Karas said. These launches come as corporate buyers, particularly technology companies, face growing pressure to procure clean energy to match expanding electricity demand from artificial intelligence and data centers. "The demand from most technology companies for clean energy matching is at an annual level and not hourly level," Nathaney said. This means many buyers may not require clean energy certificates to come from new generation sources or from the same geography as their load. Still, additional nuclear certificate supply could help companies demonstrate progress toward clean energy goals as their power demand grows. "Additional supply of nuclear to the pool of eligible compliance certificates would see interest from companies that are expanding their energy footprint due to AI load growth," Nathaney added. New England's comparatively limited renewable footprint could also support demand for nuclear-backed certificates in the region, particularly from buyers seeking local clean energy attributes. "New England does not have a significant renewable footprint beyond some existing hydro, and incremental supply of ZECs from nuclear in the region should be beneficial to buyers," Nathaney said. Compliance Discussions to include nuclear power among clean energy sources in emissions-reduction policies have been advancing gradually and steadily. Earlier this year, Rhode Island decided that nuclear energy and large-scale hydro facilities can count toward the state's renewable energy goals, up to a percentage. In New Jersey, the government signed a bill on July 13 to launch a procurement process for additional nuclear power in the state. Shifts in regulation, combined with rising energy costs, could expand the market for such certificates. One parallel is the ZEC program in New York state. On Jan. 22, 2026, the New York Public Services Commission unanimously voted to extend until 2049 the Zero Emissions Credit program, which it deemed essential to secure the financial viability of the state's four nuclear reactors. With the strong compliance goals and state involvement, the price of New York ZEC prices have ranged from $15- $25 per MWh since the start of the program in 2017. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/picture-this-us-trade-policy-shifting-temporary-tariffs-enduring-leverage</link><description>As Section 122 tariffs expire, the administration shifts to Sections 301, 232, and 338. Tariffs now serve as bargaining tools, not just protection measures. &amp;#xd;&amp;#xa;</description><title>Picture this: US trade policy is shifting from temporary tariffs to enduring leverage</title><pubDate>29 July 2026 19:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â July 29, 2026 Picture this: US trade policy is shifting from temporary tariffs to enduring leverage By John Raines and Chris Rogers What we know July 24: Section 122 tariffs expire, with the administration shifting toward other tariff authorities including Sections 301, 232 and 338. Multiple statutory authorities remain available after Section 122 expires, allowing the administration to add or modify tariffs without new legislation. The US administration has expanded tariff investigations and announced new Section 338 tariffs on Canadian imports while linking tariff relief to ongoing trade negotiations and commitments. Why it matters Trade restrictions increasingly function as bargaining tools tied to market access, investment, and supply chain objectives rather than as standalone protectionist measures. Market access is becoming more conditional: Lower tariff rates are often linked to commitments that can be revisited, making agreements less durable than traditional trade settlements. The scope of exposure keeps widening: Investigations tied to forced labor, manufacturing capacity, and national security create multiple pathways for tariffs to reach additional countries and industries. Firms are increasingly treating tariff shifts as a routine operating risk and adjusting inventories and sourcing decisions accordingly. What's next? The US is likely to retain broad tariff authorities as leverage in major negotiations. The Canada case suggests future tariff actions may be closely calibrated to strengthen the US negotiating position while limiting domestic economic costs. This approach could serve as a model for future discussions with USMCA partners and mainland China. Existing agreements tied to investment, market access, or other performance commitments remain subject to renegotiation, creating scope for renewed tariff pressure if progress stalls. Legal challenges could slow some actions, particularly Section 338 measures, but are unlikely to reduce the administration's broader range of trade tools. Learn how our data and insights can empower strategic, operational, and tactical decision-making Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/investors-look-beyond-labels</link><description>Sustainable finance is entering a more mature phase as investors continue to support sustainability and transition objectives but increasingly assess issuers through the credibility of their transition strategy, quality of execution, and ability to demonstrate measurable progress. Labels remain relevant but are no longer sufficient on their own to attract capital. </description><title>Investor Pulse: Investors Look Beyond Labels </title><pubDate>15 July 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 15 July 2026 Investor Pulse: Investors Look Beyond Labels Insights from European investors on the evolution of sustainable finance Authored by Geraldine Cametti Overview Sustainable finance is entering a more mature phase as investors continue to support sustainability and transition objectives but increasingly assess issuers through the credibility of their transition strategy, quality of execution, and ability to demonstrate measurable progress. Labels remain relevant but are no longer sufficient on their own to attract capital. At the same time, market growth continues to be constrained by the lack of consistent transition definitions, metrics, and disclosure standards. As sustainability markets become more fragmented across regions and regulatory zones, investors are placing greater emphasis on issuer-level analysis, robust data, and clear evidence linking financing activity to real-world outcomes. Credibility matters more than labels Investors are increasingly focused on whether issuers can demonstrate a credible transition pathway rather than on the specific label attached to a financing instrument. The conversation is shifting toward implementation, capital allocation, and delivery against stated objectives. Investors recognize that the transition cannot be financed through labelled bonds alone and are placing greater emphasis on how transition considerations are embedded across an issuerâs broader financing strategy. Transition metrics remain elusive Despite strong investor interest in transition finance, the absence of widely accepted definitions and metrics continues to limit market scale. Measuring progress remains particularly challenging for complex sectors and financial institutions, while issues around Scope 3 emissions, avoided emissions, and sector-specific pathways hinder comparability. Investors continue to supplement external frameworks with their own internal assessments. Labeled markets have limits Labelled bonds remain valued by investors but are increasingly viewed as one component of a broader transition toolkit. Structural constraints, including limited market size, concentration in certain sectors, and weak pricing incentives, continue to restrict growth. Investors are paying closer attention to the quality and credibility of structures, particularly in sustainability-linked instruments where KPI design and ambition remain under scrutiny. Data quality is a differentiator Reliable, transparent, and comparable data is becoming increasingly important in investment decision-making. Investors continue to highlight concerns regarding disclosure consistency and methodological differences across providers. External reviews and second-party opinions remain useful reference points, and they are generally used as supporting evidence rather than primary investment decision tools. Increasingly, investors reward issuers that demonstrate transparency, consistency, and measurable progress over time. Water finance gains visibility Water-related financing is attracting growing investor interest owing to its tangible impact and relatively low political sensitivity. However, the market remains small, with a limited investable universe and evolving measurement standards. Investors see long-term potential but acknowledge that broader adoption will require greater issuance volumes and stronger reporting frameworks. Adaptation moves up the agenda While transition remains the dominant theme, adaptation and resilience are receiving increased attention. Investors are beginning to assess how companies address physical climate risks and resilience investments, despite the lack of established adaptation metrics and frameworks. Many expect financing needs related to adaptation to grow significantly over time. Fragmentation is increasing Regional policy divergence, differing regulatory approaches, and varying attitudes toward transition activities are making global standardization more challenging. Broader themes such as energy security, competitiveness, technological transformation, and geopolitics are increasingly influencing sustainability discussions. As a result, investors are relying more heavily on issuer-specific analysis and scenario assessment than on standardized market frameworks. Looking ahead The sustainability finance market is evolving from one driven by labels and frameworks to one focused on credibility, execution, and measurable outcomes. Investors remain committed to supporting transition and sustainability objectives, but increasingly require clear evidence of progress, high-quality data, and transparent reporting to inform investment decisions. As market fragmentation, regulatory divergence, and evolving transition pathways continue to shape the landscape, issuer-specific analysis is becoming more important than standardized approaches. Together, these trends point to a more disciplined and outcome-oriented sustainable finance market, where long-term access to capital will increasingly depend on an issuer's ability to demonstrate credible and measurable impact. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/takeaways-private-markets-forum</link><description>We recently hosted our inaugural U.S. Private Markets Forum in New York City, convening investors and market participants to discuss the evolving dynamics across private credit, fund finance, and structured solutions.</description><title>Investor Pulse: Takeaways from S&amp;amp;P Global Ratingsâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; U.S. Private Markets Forum</title><pubDate>08 May 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 08 May 2026 Investor Pulse: Takeaways From S&amp;P Global Ratingsâ U.S. Private Markets Forum Authored by Layla Beyzavi Overview We recently hosted our inaugural U.S. Private Markets Forum in New York City, convening investors and market participants to discuss the evolving dynamics across private credit, fund finance, and structured solutions. Discussions highlighted the growing role of innovative structuring, the use of fund finance as both an investment opportunity and liquidity tool, and the shifting priorities shaping today's investor landscape. Key Takeaways Investor sentiment toward private credit and structured solutions remains broadly constructive, though capital deployment has become more selective and disciplined. As investors place greater emphasis on downside protection and risk-adjusted returns, competitive differentiation is increasingly defined by structuring expertise, underwriting discipline, and manager capabilities rather than access to capital alone. Market Environment: Demand for yield continues to support private credit; however, investors are prioritizing risk-adjusted returns and capital preservation over headline yield. There is heightened scrutiny on liquidity management, refinancing risk, and the ability of portfolios to withstand stress scenarios, reflecting a more defensive and disciplined investment posture. Structural Underwriting: Structure and alignment have become central to investment decisions. Investors are evaluating opportunities through a holistic lens, focusing not only on asset quality but also on manager quality and track record, incentive alignment, covenant protections, repayment flexibility, and transparency. Structural integrity is a key driver of downside protection. Market Convergence: Boundaries between corporate, project, infrastructure, and structured finance continue to blur, creating a broader and more complex opportunity set. Transactions are becoming more bespoke, often incorporating both debt- and equity-like features to tailor risk-return profiles to investor needs. Structural Innovation: Flexible structures, including fund finance solutions, fund wrappers, hybrid vehicles, joint ventures, and layered capital stacks are becoming increasingly important. Innovation is increasingly occurring through transaction structure, enabling investors to optimize liquidity, risk exposure, and capital efficiency. Role of Insurance Capital: Insurance investors have become an increasingly important source of capital in private credit, influencing not only pricing and transaction terms but also the evolution of deal structures. Their focus on ratings outcomes, regulatory capital efficiency, and long-duration liabilities is driving greater demand for bespoke solutions that balance capital efficiency, robust structuring, and long-term risk-adjusted returns. Investment Conditions: Investors remain willing to pursue complex opportunities where the economic rationale is compelling and risks are clearly understood and appropriately allocated. Complexity itself is not a barrier, provided it is supported by transparency, strong governance, and robust structural protections. Whatâs Next Looking ahead, market differentiation will increasingly depend on the ability to structure transactions that effectively balance flexibility, liquidity, transparency, and long-term investor protection. Managers that can consistently deliver on these dimensions are likely to be best positioned to attract capital and scale in an increasingly selective environment. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/french-investors-are-becoming-more-vigilant</link><description>French institutional investors are adopting a more guarded stance. This indicates that current market conditions may not fully capture underlying risks. </description><title>Investor Pulse: French Investors Are Becoming More Vigilant</title><pubDate>12 May 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 12 May 2026 Investor Pulse: French Investors Are Becoming More Vigilant Authored by Claudio Viscomi Overview French institutional investors are adopting a more guarded stance. This indicates that current market conditions may not fully capture underlying risks. While financial conditions remain broadly supportive, investors are shifting their focus toward medium-term risks, structural vulnerabilities, and potential gaps between macroeconomic stress and market pricing. Overall investor sentiment is characterized by a tension between short-term stability and long-term vulnerability. While stable credit markets underpin resilience over the near term, concerns are rising over the delayed materialization of risks, particularly in credit and private markets. Additionally, investors pay more attention to sector and geographic exposures. What We Heard Medium-term risks are coming to the fore Investors are shifting their focus from short-term volatility to the long-term effect of geopolitical and energy shocks, and are increasingly moving toward scenario-based analysis. Key concerns include rising pressure on corporate profitability and earnings visibility, an increase in default risk in the case of prolonged stress, and uncertainty about how long energy shocks will last and how they will affect the broader economy. Uncertainty about market signals increases Mixed or inconsistent signals make traditional market indicators harder to interpret. This is underpinned by uncertainty about interest rate dynamics and yield curves, alongside limited visibility of forward-looking macro signals, particularly in rates and foreign exchange markets. Investors are therefore shifting from conventional indicators toward a more cautious, judgment-based approach. Central bank policy comes under scrutiny Investors have started to question the effectiveness of central banks' policy actions and see them as a source of uncertainty rather than stabilization. Among the main concerns are the potential acceleration of an economic slowdown in Europe due to policy tightening, the limited ability of monetary policy to address supply-driven inflation, and potentially less aggressive tightening than current market pricing implies. Credit markets might be less stable than they seem Financing conditions remain generally supportive, with spreads widening only moderately. Immediate stress is limited and there are no signs of widespread ratings pressure or liquidity events. However, this resilience is raising concerns about a potential disconnect between macro conditions and financial markets. Key risks include the capacity of sovereigns and corporates to absorb shocks, the possibility of sudden repricing due to delayed adjustments, and potential spillovers into the wider financial system. Sector selectivity is up Investors are adopting a highly selective approach. Sectors that are most vulnerable to current pressures include energy-intensive industries (margin pressure), transport and consumer-related sectors (sensitive to fuel and input costs), and agribusinesses (fertilizer supply volatility). Investors are increasingly reassessing their regional exposure and view Asia as more sensitive to energy dependence and supply chain vulnerabilities than Europe. Private credit risks remain elusive Even though private credit appears calm on the surface, it could become a central concern for investors--not due to immediate stress but because of structural vulnerabilities, such as limited transparency and weak mark-to-market mechanisms. According to investors, private credit may not trigger a financial crisis but could amplify it. Investors increasingly emphasize tail-risk scenarios. They note that systemic risk would most likely emerge from institutional balance sheets, particularly insurers, if they faced a combination of illiquidity, regulatory constraints, and sudden liquidity needs. Additionally, extensions and restructurings to "smooth" returns may only delay potential losses instead of eliminating them. This could lead to dislocation and concentrated losses over time. Risk exposure differs across regions. While European exposures remain contained and nonsystemic, the scale of the U.S. market--coupled with bank involvement and a broader investor base--has led to more investor vigilance. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072326-india-plans-electrolyzer-on-lease-initiative-to-boost-renewable-hydrogen-official</link><description>India will introduce initiatives that will boost the consumption of renewable hydrogen, including an &amp;quot;electrolyzer on lease&amp;quot; agreement, Prasad Arvind Chaphekar, director in the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, said July 23. According to the upcoming initiative, the consuming company can receive renewable hydrogen without incurring the cost of owning an electrolyzer, Chaphekar said at the</description><title>India plans &amp;apos;electrolyzer on lease&amp;apos; initiative to boost renewable hydrogen: official</title><pubDate>29 July 2026 07:36:04 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables, Hydrogen July 23, 2026 Â· Updated July 29, 2026 India plans 'electrolyzer on lease' initiative to boost renewable hydrogen: official By Ruchira Singh Editor: Surbhi Prasad Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Renewable hydrogen user to pay lease rent MNRE prioritizes transmission infrastructure Renewable ammonia offtakes reach 2.3 million mt/year India will introduce initiatives that will boost the consumption of renewable hydrogen, including an "electrolyzer on lease" agreement, Prasad Arvind Chaphekar, director in the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, said July 23. According to the upcoming initiative, the consuming company can receive renewable hydrogen without incurring the cost of owning an electrolyzer, Chaphekar said at the Second Bharat Green Hydrogen Summit 2026 in New Delhi. "We'll be releasing something called a 'model electrolyzer service agreement' shortly," Chaphekar said. According to it, "the hydrogen plant is going to be on lease -- the user will get the power, use the molecule and will pay a lease rent to the hydrogen plant provider." Chaphekar said this measure will help people who want to use renewable hydrogen but have no idea how to set up a plant for it. These consumers can get the power and own the output without owning the plant. The Model Service Agreement will facilitate 'ease of doing business,' reduce transaction costs, and minimize the time spent on contract negotiations between project developers and consumers, according to the document on the MNRE website dated July 23. An observer at the Hydrogen Summit said the "electrolyzer on lease" initiative can help lower hydrogen consumers' capital expenditure. Chaphekar said MNRE will also issue a "hydrogen survey of India" in the next couple of months to provide clarity on what can be developed over the next two or three years. "We are taking several steps which may seem small, but the effect will be quite large," he said. Transmission line setup prioritized The MNRE is taking steps to boost the construction of transmission networks connecting to renewable hydrogen projects as a priority over the next six months, to help them be set up before renewable hydrogen plant construction starts. Chaphekar said about 2.3 million mt/year of renewable ammonia has been committed to consumers, taking into account domestic and overseas binding offtake deals. "Since plants take three to four years for construction, you will see a sudden increase (in supply) around 2028-29," he said at the summit. Indian government auctioned 724,000 mt/year renewable ammonia in 2025 under the Rupees 197.44 billion ($2.04 billion) National Green Hydrogen Mission, concluded at a weighted average price of around $604/mt, according to industry sources. Among recently announced industry deals, ACME signed up with IHI of Japan to supply 488,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia, while Reliance Industries signed up with Samsung C&amp;T of South Korea to supply an undisclosed quantity of renewable ammonia worth $3 billion. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the India Renewable Hydrogen Term Contract at $3.21/kg on July 23, down 3.89% month over month. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/072926-et-highlights-california-ev-gasoline-new-zealand-climate-data-center-ccs</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: California EV market rises amid high gasoline prices; New Zealand climate targets at risk; data center boom drives CCS demand</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon July 29, 2026 ET Highlights: California EV market rises amid high gasoline prices; New Zealand climate targets at risk; data center boom drives CCS demand Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story California ZEV sales on the rise California zero-emission vehicle sales increased 3.3 percentage points in second-quarter as gasoline prices soared across the country, according to the California Energy Commission. Most of the new ZEV sales in the state are EVs, representing 16.6% of new car sales, well above the national level of 5.8%, the CEC said in a July 20 statement. The Q2 sales share of new EV purchases recorded without federal tax credits is the highest on record and is only 2.5 percentage points below the same quarter last year, when the $7,500 federal incentive was still available, according to the CEC. Stephanie Brinley, associate director for AutoIntelligence at Mobility Global, said it was no surprise that California Q2 sales were the highest share of new EV purchases recorded without federal tax credits. âWhile we didnât predict which specific month it might happen and there could be further variability, EVs are expected to find a natural non-incentivized sales rate and that rate is expected to be higher than what weâve seen since October 2025,â Brinley said. âThe EV share for 2026 in the US overall will be lower than 2025.â There is an underlying interest in EVs, infrastructure continues to improve, and the customer experience and education continue to improve, she added. âWhen the tax credits were first at risk and then ended in the second and third quarters of 2025, there were buyers who bought ahead of the end; they might have waited a few months or a year to buy an EV if the credits had not been canceled,â Brinley said. âThe pull-ahead effect contributed to lower EV sales in the fourth quarter of 2025 and first half of 2026, along with the lack of incentives.â International Energy Agency data shows US EV sales were at 1.5 million in 2025, and are projected at 1.2 million in 2035 based on current policies and 3.1 million in 2035 based on stated policies. Benchmark of the Week $21,900/mt Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed battery-grade Lithium Carbonate DDP US at $21,900/metric ton on July 27, up 62% since the start of the year. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com/energy INTERVIEW: Data center boom drives European CCS power uptake: Carbon Clean The surge in data center construction across Europe is driving demand for carbon capture technology as operators seek clean behind-the-meter power generation to bypass lengthy grid connection queues and meet decarbonization targets, Carbon Clean CEO Aniruddha Sharma told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Data center developers are increasingly turning to on-site gas-fired generation paired with carbon capture systems to secure power supplies years faster than grid connections would allow, while meeting stringent decarbonization requirements in European jurisdictions, the CEO of the carbon capture technology company said in an interview July 16. INTERVIEW: Hygenco eyes more renewable hydrogen projects, export push after equity raise Hygenco Green Energies plans to build more renewable hydrogen plants and accelerate development of its export-oriented renewable ammonia project in India, following a recent equity raise, Harish Jayaram, vice president of business development at Hygenco told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. The renewable energy developer has been an early mover with two operational renewable hydrogen plants for domestic industrial use and a 1.1 million mt/year renewable ammonia project in Gopalpur, Odisha, where phase one will be commissioned in 2030. With a recent equity investment, the developer will look at growing both domestic distributed renewable hydrogen plants across India and expediting the development of the Gopalpur Green Ammonia plant, Jayaram said. China focused on voluntary SAF markets over demand mandates: CAAC research body official China has prioritized building sustainable aviation fuel ecosystems and fostering voluntary demand over issuing demand-side policies such as mandates, said Eason Chen, chief operating officer of the SAF Center at the Civil Aviation Administration of China. At an industry webinar, Chen said China is developing SAF certification, traceability, voluntary markets and book-and-claim mechanisms rather than immediately relying on blending mandates similar to the EU's RefuelEU Aviation regulation. China's approach is different from Europe, Chen said. "If we really want to meet a target, we need to ensure we can get it done ... voluntary markets are an important way to help airlines gain greater access to SAF." S&amp;P Global Energy Core New Zealand climate targets at risk as decarbonization pace lags: report New Zealand must more than double its current rate of emissions reductions to meet climate targets as the window for effective action narrows to just one to two years, according to a report released July 22 by the country's Climate Change Commission. The second emissions budget covering 2026-2030 faces significant risk, while current plans are insufficient to meet the third budget for 2031-2035, the commission said in its annual monitoring report. Government projections show biogenic methane reductions of 7.9% by 2030, falling short of the 10% target, the report showed. China targets 3.5 billion kW renewable capacity by 2030 China aims to install around 3.5 billion kilowatts of renewable power generation capacity by 2030, with wind and solar accounting for more than 2.8 billion kW, according to the country's 15th Five-Year Plan for renewable energy development released by the National Energy Administration. The targets imply an increase of roughly 50% from the country's 2025 renewable power capacity level of 2.34 billion kW, underscoring Beijing's push to accelerate its energy transition and meet carbon neutrality goals by 2060. The plan sets a total renewable energy consumption target of around 1.8 billion metric tons of standard coal equivalent by 2030, with annual power generation reaching approximately 6 trillion kWh, the NEA said. Europe's upcoming Eur100 bil Industrial Decarbonization Bank faces delivery test The EUâs proposed Industrial Decarbonization Bank, set to launch in 2028, aims to accelerate emissions reductions in industrial facilities covered by the ETS, the bloc's carbon market, mobilizing Eur100 billion in funding for industrial decarbonization. But observers worry the initiative could go the way of similar incentive programs such as the EU Innovation Fund, which has seen just 16 of 208 projects with grant agreements reach operation as of June 2025, according to the Clean Air Task Force think tank. EC calls for interest in next infrastructure-focused Hydrogen Mechanism round The European Commission made a call for interest on July 22 in a new Hydrogen Mechanism round planned for later this year, focused on infrastructure development. "The upcoming infrastructure round will help transmission system operators, hydrogen network operators, and other relevant organizations assess market interest in planned hydrogen infrastructure projects, such as pipelines and storage," it said. The round comes after the first round of its Hydrogen Mechanism, which concluded at the end of April, during which a large number of renewable and low-carbon hydrogen suppliers attracted interest from potential buyers. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072326-india-i-rec-vintage-spread-narrows-in-july-on-arbitrage-buying</link><description>India&amp;apos;s International Renewable Energy Certificate vintage spread narrowed sharply as buyers shifted procurement strategies to capitalize on price arbitrage, creating an unusual supply squeeze for older certificates. The spread between vintage H2 2025 and vintage 2026 I-RECs narrowed to 6 cents/MWh in July from 19 cents a year earlier, reversing typical market dynamics where newer vintages command</description><title>India I-REC vintage spread narrows in July on arbitrage buying</title><pubDate>23 July 2026 07:49:09 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ahmad afiq Muhammad zahir</name><name>Vipul Garg</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Renewables July 23, 2026 India I-REC vintage spread narrows in July on arbitrage buying By Ahmad afiq Muhammad zahir and Vipul Garg Editor: Debiprasad Nayak Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS H2 2025 supply squeeze as buyers shift from 2026 vintage Vintage 2026 faces oversupply, bearish view India's International Renewable Energy Certificate vintage spread narrowed sharply as buyers shifted procurement strategies to capitalize on price arbitrage, creating an unusual supply squeeze for older certificates. The spread between vintage H2 2025 and vintage 2026 I-RECs narrowed to 6 cents/MWh in July from 19 cents a year earlier, reversing typical market dynamics where newer vintages command significant premiums, according to market participants. "Surprisingly, vintage H2 2025 has a boom," a Karnataka-based trader said, adding that "prices are degrading for vintage 2026." Platts assessed vintage 2026 at 50 cents/MWh on July 22, down 2 cents month over month and H2 2025 at 44 cents/MWh, unchanged over the same period. Strategic shift to minimize cost A Mumbai-based trader said that the shift to older vintages represents a strategic procurement approach as corporate buyers seek to minimize costs while meeting sustainability commitments. "More H2 2025 demand is coming. In fact, it is more than the demand for vintage 2026. For vintage 2026, buyers are showing more interest in forward delivery rather than spot," a second Mumbai-based trader said. The buying surge for H2 2025 certificates has exhausted available inventory, with some volumes now reserved to retain clients, a Gurugram-based trader said. The trader added that contract deals for small volumes of H2 2025 wind and solar I-RECs were signed at prices above 55 cents/MWh with various end buyers, representing an 11-cent premium to spot market levels. Demand lags supply for vintage 2026 The vintage dynamics contrast sharply with year-ago patterns, when the 19-cent spread reflected typical market expectations that newer vintages command premiums. For vintage 2026, persistent oversupply has weighed on prices despite a pickup in trading activity. A third Gurugram-based trader sold 80,000 MWh of wind and solar vintage 2026 at 50 cents/MWh on July 22, while multiple large-volume trades were reported through mid-July. However, overall sentiment for vintage 2026 remained bearish, with traders expecting further price declines. "We think the prices will decline further, therefore, we are trying to sign as many deals as possible right now," a Kolkata-based trader said. The oversupply has prompted some generators to hold inventory rather than accept current market levels. A Telangana-based generator said that while low demand volumes mean "deals can be closed at any price," they are holding inventory for larger orders and "not entertaining low bids from buyers." Market participants agreed that the demand has slowed due to seasonal factors, with buyers typically procuring most during Q4 and Q1. However, some traders expressed optimism for recovery in the coming months. "Things should move this month or next. Some large tenders come in about August/September," the second Gurugram-based trader said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072126-india-targets-650mt-renewable-ammonia-as-japan-tightens-power-auction-terms</link><description>Indian renewable ammonia developers are offering the renewable hydrogen-based clean fuel to potential Japanese power auction bidders at above $650/mt FOB India for 20-year contracts, as bidders prepare for stricter requirements under the fourth edition of the auctions, market participants told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. Multiple Indian project developers said Japanese end-users and traders</description><title>India targets $650/mt renewable ammonia as Japan tightens power auction terms</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 16:34:25 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vipul Garg</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Fertilizers, Chemicals, Electric Power, Renewables, Hydrogen July 21, 2026 India targets $650/mt renewable ammonia as Japan tightens power auction terms By Vipul Garg Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Developers quote $650-$750/mt FOB India: end-user Renewable ammonia price at premium to domestic SECI tender Developers favor Japan-built ships over costly electrolyzers Indian renewable ammonia developers are offering the renewable hydrogen-based clean fuel to potential Japanese power auction bidders at above $650/mt FOB India for 20-year contracts, as bidders prepare for stricter requirements under the fourth edition of the auctions, market participants told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Multiple Indian project developers said Japanese end-users and traders are negotiating supply deals starting in the mid-2030s under Japan's fourth Long-Term Decarbonization power source Auction (LTDA), with current offers clustering around $650-$670/mt FOB India for volumes above 100,000 mt/year. A Japanese end-user said it is targeting a lower renewable ammonia price to meet LTDA 4 cost thresholds, down from the $670-$750/mt range quoted for LTDA 3 contracts. The lower price expectations reflect Japan's revised auction structure, which imposes new upstream requirements, including Japanese company equity stakes, use of Japan-made electrolyzers or Japan-built ships, and supply-chain diversification to reduce single-country dependence. The end-user expects the ceiling price in the auction to remain the same as last year, forcing them to negotiate a lower FOB price to account for other cost escalations resulting from the changes. Platts assessed Middle East renewable-derived ammonia delivered in Japan at $650/mt on July 20. The third edition of LTDA in Japanese FY2025 or LTDA 3 awarded 516 MW total for hydrogen and ammonia-based decarbonized power, including 264 MW for ammonia cofiring and 253 MW for hydrogen mono-firing, the first time hydrogen mono-firing received support. The round reflected a policy response to earlier limited participation, with the bid ceiling raised to better cover high clean-fuel costs and enable more viable bids. A senior METI official previously told Platts that Japan's emerging low-carbon hydrogen and ammonia market is being reshaped by geopolitical tensions that have eroded the cost advantage of low-carbon, or "blue" ammonia over renewable ammonia, with Indian supplies now reaching competitive prices. However, bidders must show they have identified low-carbon ammonia supply disruption risks and will avoid supply chains overly dependent on a single country or limited region, with mitigation for geopolitical and market shocks, according to the LTDA 4 guidelines. Equipment dilemma In LTDA 4, the ministry mandates Japanese company investment and greater use of Japan-made equipment, citing examples including Japan-made electrolyzers, Japan-built ships for upstream projects, and Japan-made turbines or domestic storage facilities for downstream projects. Bidders must ensure at least one Japan-linked main facility each in upstream and downstream projects. The new rules present a cost dilemma for Indian suppliers. "Japanese electrolyzers would be expensive not only because the stacks cost more but also because their smaller size requires more units, adding to project expense," an Indian project developer said. He added that no electrolyzer manufacturer can guarantee performance over the full lifetime of the stack. A Japanese buyer confirmed that uncertainty over electrolyzer lifetime guarantees raises concerns about ammonia supply reliability. Indian developers are more likely to comply with LTDA 4 by using Japan-built ships rather than Japanese electrolyzers. A second developer said using Japanese vessels "will make more sense" even though medium gas carriers capable of carrying ammonia built in Japan might be hard to find, noting that "sufficient lead time exists as supply is not required until 2032 or later." Price indications Indian renewable ammonia project developers are actively negotiating with Japanese buyers, quoting prices at $650-$670/mt FOB India for long-term supply contracts, while navigating the new rules that might cause some price escalation depending on the upstream and downstream project strategies. This price is at a premium to the Indian SECI (Solar Energy Corp. of India) renewable ammonia tender, which closed at Rupee 53.35/kg ($554/mt). Six Indian renewable ammonia developers will supply of 670,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia to eleven domestic fertilizer units on a 10-year fixed price contract. "The reasonable offer for renewable ammonia [for LTDA 3] is $650-$670/mt FOB India for 500,000 mt/year loop capacity on a 20-year contract," a third developer said, adding that "price does not change significantly beyond 15 years because capital cost recovery and financing are completed by then." Loop size plays a significant role in optimizing the plant and bringing down price, the developer added. A fourth Indian developer said that the renewable ammonia market is currently at close to $650/mt FOB India "plus or minus $10/mt." The Japanese end-user said it is negotiating with all East Coast India renewable ammonia projects for supply starting in the mid-2030s. He reported receiving offers in the $670-$750/mt FOB India range for LTDA 3 and is trying to negotiate prices down to $650/mt. For LTDA 4, the end-user said it would need offers as low as $600/mt FOB India as the shipping costs might escalate to meet additional upstream project requirements. "In LTDA 4, the Japanese government has given companies seven years to procure ammonia, with volumes low at just 500,000 mt/year for 500 MW capacity. The contract is for 20 years," a fifth developer said. He added that the volume it would need to supply depends on how much its partner, who is also the bidder, wins. The developer said the price it can offer is close to $670/mt for 100,000-200,000 mt/year for 20 years. Once it's clearer which Japanese component will be used for LTDA, the offer might increase, but right now the developer is assuming Japanese companies will figure something out. The Japanese end-user said the idea behind the equity share requirement in LTDA 4 is that renewable ammonia is not just a product but a strategic investment. He said it would need to carefully select projects to ensure supply certainty and is considering more than one project because the supply timeline is far away. For retrofit downstream projects, the supply timeline might be fixed, but for new projects the environmental impact assessment might delay the project, the end-user said. Indian renewable ammonia developer ACME has an offtake agreement to supply 488,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia to IHI from Gopalpur and Paradip facilities, with LTDA-linked volumes of 260,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/is-the-ai-trade-in-asia-running-out-of-steam</link><description>Securities lending data and recent market turmoil suggest the region&amp;apos;s semiconductor rally has entered a new, more selective phase.</description><title>Is the AI Trade in Asia Running Out of Steam?</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ Research â July 28, 2026 Is the AI Trade in Asia Running Out of Steam? Securities lending data and recent market turmoil suggest the region's semiconductor rally has entered a new, more selective phase. Source: S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence Securities Finance Data Â© 2026 S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence The data in the graph above points to a clear shift in positioning. After 18 months of strong investor demand for AI-related semiconductor stocks, short interest across Asian semiconductor names has fallen back to levels last seen before the trade started to gather pace. Securities lending data tracking the percentage of market capitalization on loan for Asia's Semiconductors &amp; Semiconductor Equipment sector shows the metric at 0.679% as of mid-July 2026, down 37.6% from its peak of 1.087% in June 2025. This is not only a technical data point. It suggests a change in how institutional investors are positioning around what had recently been one of the most crowded trades in global equities. The Peak That Was In June 2025, the AI infrastructure buildout was running at full speed. Demand for advanced chips continued to exceed available manufacturing capacity at TSMC, while SK Hynix's high-bandwidth memory attracted premium pricing as hyperscalers sought additional supply. The average percentage of market capitalization on loan during that period exceeded 1.03%, as hedge funds borrowed shares actively, not primarily for bearish positions, but to hedge investments and execute trading strategies around volatile names. In Q2 2026, the market backdrop changed. Year-to-date, the lending metric has averaged 0.68%, with the 30-day average remaining at 0.67%. The year-over-year decline from July 2025 stands at -25.7%, indicating a reduction in positioning that has coincided with the sector's recent price correction. A Tale of Two Markets Individual stock data points to a more differentiated market. TSMC (2330.T), a leading company in advanced chip manufacturing, currently carries the lowest short interest in the sector at 0.06% of market capitalisation on loan. This suggests limited short positioning in a company whose technology supports many major AI systems. MediaTek (2454.TW), Taiwan's mobile chip company, also has relatively light short positioning at 0.38%. By comparison, the sector's most-shorted names are led by Montage Technology Co Ltd (6809), with 20.05% of market capitalization on loan, followed by Flat Glass Group Co Ltd (6865) at 14.01%, Techwing Inc (089030) at 11.46%, Realtek Semiconductor Corp (2379) at 10.42%, and Omnivision Integrated Circuits Group Inc (501) at 10.27%. This concentration of short interest suggests investors are taking a more targeted approach, differentiating between companies with direct exposure to the AI supply chain and those where earnings expectations, valuations, or demand sensitivity may be more vulnerable. July's Reality Check The past fortnight has provided a test for AI-related semiconductor positioning. On July 2nd, the KOSPI recorded its steepest single-day decline in 17 years, falling 8% after reports that Meta (META) was planning to monetise excess data centre capacity. Markets interpreted this as a possible indication that AI chip demand growth may be moderating. Samsung Electronics (005930.KS) fell 9%; SK Hynix (000660.KS) declined 14.6%, its largest daily fall since the 2008 financial crisis. The weakness was also seen outside Korea. Japan's Nikkei dropped 3.4%, while Taiwan's TAIEX declined by more than 3%. By mid-July, further pressure emerged: SK Hynix fell 11% and Samsung declined 8% on July 16th as investors awaited TSMC's earnings and looked for evidence that AI capital expenditure would continue to grow through 2027. Samsung's quarterly profit surpassed both Nvidia (NVDA) and Apple (AAPL), but its shares still fell 8%. This indicates that, in the current market environment, earnings beats alone may not be sufficient. Investors appear to be looking for evidence that AI-related spending can continue to support earnings growth over a longer period. A More Discriminating Market The data suggests not the end of the AI trade, but a more selective phase. Broad-based buying across semiconductor names appears to have moderated. The decline in securities lending activity, from over 1.08% to below 0.68% of market capitalization on loan, reflects institutional investors reducing risk, unwinding hedges, and rotating out of crowded positions. Looking ahead, the market may continue to differentiate between companies with stronger fundamentals and those with less direct exposure to AI demand. TSMC's July 16th earnings call, SK Hynix's US listing, and Big Tech's AI investment guidance will help indicate whether this correction represents a reset in valuations or the start of a more prolonged consolidation. AI-related investment in Asia remains significant, but returns may become more dependent on company-specific fundamentals and evidence of sustained demand. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/podcasts/private-markets-360/private-markets-360-episode-47-risk-resilience-and-relationships-with-churchills-alona-gornick</link><description>In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome Alona Gornick, Managing Director, Senior Investment Strategist at Churchill Asset Management. Alona&amp;apos;s journey from investment banking to deal origination at Churchill and now guiding wealth investors through a rapidly changing landscape highlights the importance of adaptability, discipline and transparency in today&amp;apos;s market. She discusses Churchillâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s differentiated approach, the advantages of its integration with Nuveenâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s broader ecosystem</description><title>Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 47: Risk, Resilience, and Relationships with Churchill&amp;apos;s Alona Gornick</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 04:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jocelyn Lewis</name><name>Christina McNamara</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Podcast â16 July, 2026 Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 47: Risk, Resilience, and Relationships with Churchill's Alona Gornick By Jocelyn Lewis and Christina McNamara In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome Alona Gornick, Managing Director, Senior Investment Strategist at Churchill Asset Management. Alona's journey from investment banking to deal origination at Churchill and now guiding wealth investors through a rapidly changing landscape highlights the importance of adaptability, discipline and transparency in today's market. She discusses Churchillâs differentiated approach, the advantages of its integration with Nuveenâs broader ecosystem, and its commitment to rigorous diligence and investor education. Alona also offers insights on the competitive dynamics of wealth management, the importance of consistency in deal structuring, and the critical questions high net worth investors should be asking in today's market. More S&amp;P Global Content: Be the first to move on private markets value while itâs still taking shape. Uncover Hidden Potential> Credits: Host/Author: Christina McNamara and Jocelyn Lewis Guests: Alona Gornick, Churchill Asset Management Producer: Georgina Lee Published With Assistance From: Sophie Carr, Kimberly Olvany View Full Transcript Jocelyn Lewis 00:00:01 Welcome to Private Markets 360 insiders guide to the world of private investments. Today, we're joined by Elona Gornk, Managing Director and Senior Investment Strategist at Churchill Asset Management. With a career spanning 25 years across investment banking and the buy side, Elona has navigated the evolution of private credit from the early days of alternatives before they became mainstream and experienced firsthand the seismic shifts brought on by the 2008 financial crisis. Elona's journey has taken her from originating high-yield deals at Oaktree and progressing into private placements at TIAA to pioneering Churchill's approach to sourcing deals in the private credit middle market, where she was the firm's very first originator. Over the years, she has focused on working with private equity sponsors to source and structure deals, bringing a credit perspective that blends high-yield expertise with investment-grade discipline. Now as Churchill expands beyond institutional capital to serve the growing wealth investor segment, Ilona acts as a strategist, bridging investment professionals and clients and helping investors understand the evolving landscape of private credit. In this episode, Alona shares her insights on the competitive dynamics of wealth management, the importance of consistency in deal structuring and the critical questions high net worth investors should be asking in today's market. Ilona, welcome to Private Markets 360. It's a pleasure to have you join us today.How are you? Alona Gornick 00:01:54 Thank you, Jocelyn. So great to be here and doing well. Jocelyn Lewis 00:01:57 Excellent. Christina McNamara 00:01:58 Welcome, Alona. You've spent 25 years in finance across investment banking and private credit. What initially attracted you to private credit? And how has your perspective evolved over those 25 years? Alona Gornick 00:02:14 Great and interesting question as I think back, I think what first attracted me to private credit was that it sort of felt like one of the more thoughtful corners of finance. If you think about investment banking, that's where I got my start. You learn a ton about markets, execution, pace. It's very quick. It's very transaction-oriented. But as I learned about private credit, I always felt that there was a bit more of a completeness to it. You're not just analyzing numbers here, you're really thinking about underwriting a business, its capital structure and particularly with what we do here at Churchill, the sponsor relationship. And given you're a buy-and-hold investor here, what can go wrong in the downside, so downside scenario analysis. So what I liked then and what I still like now is that private credit really combines this sort of analytical rigor with judgment. And it's really quantitative, but it's also, I guess, very human. You're evaluating people, what incentivizes them, the alignment of interest in a deal and really the resilience of those people and the business model that we're evaluating underneath. And that's really always appealed to me. But in terms of perspective evolving over time, I guess I'd say earlier in my career, I was probably more focused on whether a deal looked attractive on its own, right? And now I think about a lot more in terms of is the business we're lending to the right company? Is it the right capital structure? And are we getting paid appropriately for that risk? And particularly with private credit, who are we partnering with? The relationship is so important. The other thing that I'd say has changed about private credit is really the scale and the visibility of the asset class altogether, say, private credit has become very much more mainstream, and that's exciting. It's definitely in the news and such a buzzword, hopefully, for the positive, but it also means that manager selection, I think, matters a lot more now than ever. And growth in the asset class is a positive but it doesn't reduce the need for discipline. I think it actually increases that need for discipline. So I'd say I was initially drawn to private credit because it was intellectually interesting, but I've stayed with it because I think it rewards more of that patient mindset, the ability to recognize patterns and also shows you a lot and having humility. I'd say even the word humility is pretty important here. And it's useful in credit because the market has a pretty interesting way of correcting overconfidence if you use it too much. Jocelyn Lewis 00:05:07 Thank you for that explanation, Alona. I think that it really paints a nice picture of how you move from that really great experience that you've got within investment banking, where it is definitely more transactional focus where you're chasing those individual deals. And now you're looking more broadly across the private credit landscape and how particular deals really fit within an existing portfolio. And that evolution seems to mirror how different platforms themselves have scaled and been able to differentiate themselves. And with that in mind, I want to understand more about Churchill specifically and how the position that Churchill has within Nuveen's ecosystem enhances what you're able to do and the value that you're able to then deliver to your clients. Alona Gornick 00:06:05 Sure. I think Churchill is in a really interesting position. We've got a unique combination of what I guess I'd call specialization at scale behind it. So with Churchill, we've been really focused on the core middle market or middle market in general and specifically core middle market that we can talk about, where we are trying to identify top-performing companies that are backed by leading private equity firms here in the U.S., and we do this with a very sponsor-centric approach. In doing so, I think that having that specialization is a really important focus that matters. And it's often where your real edge can come in as an investment firm, right? Knowing your market really well, understanding your sources of deal flow, the sponsor community from whom we source deal flow from, structuring those transactions thoughtfully and appropriately for that size of the business that it is and really staying disciplined over time. I'd say at the same time, because we sit, as you noted, within Nuveen's broader ecosystem, we've got a really interesting and different but equally important layer of value here. where if you're a client in Churchill, you're not just evaluating our investment judgment. I feel like clients here are also evaluating and they should, the platform that stands behind us, right? The infrastructure, the governance, the risk management, our level of reporting, the depth of the reporting and really the long-term stability and the support that we can get as an investment team broadly. So that combination living within Nuveen's ecosystem becomes, I'd say, even more meaningful as the private markets open up, we're seeing investors gain interest in this asset class beyond traditional institutional investors. And whether you're talking to an institution or a family office or a wealth investor through their adviser, people really ultimately want the confidence that they are going to be working with a platform that offers specialization, but both the durability lasts for a long time, right? So Churchill today, we've got about $64 billion of committed capital. And when you combine us with Arkmont, our European middle market business, we're at nearly $100 billion. So that really speaks to that scale. Each of the platforms here remain very specialized. We've each got our own long-standing reputations that we've hard earned over multiple decades. So with Nuveen, our ultimate parent TIAA as well being one of the highest rated insurance companies in the U.S., I really think that speaks to that durability and that really appeals to investors. So I'd frame it that Churchill brings both an expertise and specialization that investors are looking for and Nuveen would help really bring that kind of institutional strength, the connectivity that really allows us to broaden our distribution and our product development at scale very thoughtfully. Christina McNamara 00:09:23 That focus on relationships and long-term alignment really does set the stage for how Churchill approaches the market today. So to build on that, Churchill is known for originating deals through private equity sponsors. What makes this approach unique? And how does it benefit both Churchill and its clients? Alona Gornick 00:09:45 Sure. With our focus on sponsor relationships, I'd say you're getting to the heart of our model. I think what's really important is that private credit and specifically direct lending where we're focused, isn't really just about deal access for the sake of access. It's really about creating a depth and a durability of those relationships, those sponsor relationships I mentioned and what that can enable. So at Churchill, we've really thoughtfully created what I think is unique about our platform, a nearly $13 billion portfolio of commitments we've made into funds, now over 350 different private equity funds that ultimately roll up to about 150 different general partners or managers. That matters because it shows that we're not just a lender that's showing up when the financing is needed. We, as Churchill as a broader platform really can build out more of a broader connectivity with our sources of deal flow here, these sponsors. That is first rooted in our LP commitments and then ultimately complemented by the variety of direct financing capabilities that we can offer, senior, junior, equity co-insecondaries. So I think that really resonates across the private equity ecosystem. And you've got to ask yourself, why would that be valuable to investors. Ultimately, it's because having these strong sponsor relationships can really -- when you look at the deal level, translate for the most part into earlier looks at opportunities, right, and more time to underwrite, more insight, if you will, into who you're partnering with. We've got a lot of intel because we're invested with a lot of these sponsors in their funds. So with sponsor-backed lending, you're not only evaluating the company that you're lending to, you're also evaluating that sponsor and their track record and the support management teams and really how they behave when things get more difficult. So for clients, I think the ultimate benefit that we're giving them is the ability to be really selective, right? So if we have a good network and this good network of sponsors doesn't necessarily mean we're going to do more deals. Ideally, I think it means what you should see is enough high-quality opportunities so that you can be more selective about the ones we ultimately choose. So where we're focused, specifically in the core middle market, where we really align with a target range of companies that vary from on the small end, $10 million to $20 million of EBITDA to the top end of about $100 million of EBITDA. This is a part of the market where relationships really matter. And what we see in terms of the best outcomes, they don't necessarily come from being the most aggressive lender in the room. We're invited to participate and provide a term sheet. Private equity sponsors that we work with in this part of the market typically want lenders who are reliable, who are also constructive, but they're consistent across cycles, across markets. So those who can partner not only in good times, but also through tough times. I often say that we've gone through just a few here at Churchill over the past 20 years, I'd say, is extremely important. But that uniqueness of Churchill's approach being rooted in sponsor relationships, is really intentional. And I think one of the main engines of how we think about driving growth and differentiation for Churchill in the core middle market as demonstrated by significant repeat business for the platform. Jocelyn Lewis 00:13:42 And in any business, you want to have the right partners and you want to be able to drive repeatable business because that's important as you scale, as you mentioned, having that reliability and not having to kind of start from scratch with every relationship is also really beneficial because like you mentioned, it is not only about who can provide that financing that a sponsor would be looking for, but who can provide the financing in a manner that is expected and deliver upon that. So I think that very deliberate and repeatable approach to sourcing and structuring deals that you mentioned really underpins how Churchill is able to grow and continuously differentiate itself. But stepping back from just Churchill specifically, it also raises a broader question as you're also getting more capital from the retail or high net worth individuals via financial advisers, is there any criteria that you would suggest that the financial adviser community should prioritize when they are evaluating investment managers in this current market environment? Alona Gornick 00:15:07 Yes. It's been fascinating to sit in the seat of a strategist focused on this investment community or channel. in addition to thinking about, obviously, the quantitative metrics that everyone should be looking at, track record and your performance through cycles to the extent you've been doing what you're doing for a long enough time, I probably boil it down to a few things. really sourcing, huge, number one. Two, I'd say selectivity, as I mentioned before, is really big. Three, structure sort of risk management, how risk focused on risk you are. And then four, I'd say, transparency, kind of -- it sounds simple, but transparency, and I'll talk about in a little bit. But with first on sourcing, as we started talking about earlier, I think advisers should really identify and fully understand and feel comfortable with where are the deals coming from. In a crowded market, differentiated sourcing really matters because it can affect many things other than even having the opportunity to look at the deal flow, pricing, documentation and really how early you can get that look and give you just that much more time to get comfortable with this asset, do more diligence than someone else, not have to be squeezed on the time because we're talking about investment banking, there's a bit more of like an execution and pace and fast pace measure to it with private credit, the more time you have, hopefully, the better underwriting you can actually accomplish. So your sourcing, as I like to say, is a bit more of your destiny in private credit. So really understanding how a manager finds and selects its deals and how repeatable and defensible that process is, is extremely important. I'd say second, on selectivity and sort of risk management. This is a big one for me. I often think that a manager's decline or pass rate can be just as revealing if calculated without a lot of additions to it as their deployment rate, right? How much you turn things down? It's very hard. It's very hard to turn deals down and multiple times to the same private equity firm. If what you ultimately do want to do is get to investing, right, and deploying. So that is an extremely important measure, I think advisers should spend a little more time on. And in a market where we have seen a ton of capital come in and more so even through the wealth channel as it's on its early innings moving forward, the pressure on the part of lenders or managers here to put money to work has really increased. So advisers should want to know what a manager can say no to. And to the extent there are any issues on -- in a portfolio from a risk perspective to the extent that happens, what is their team's ability to work through that? Do they have the right capabilities in terms of workout and restructuring? How do they assess and integrate that risk management kind of capability? And do they use technology or AI to assess that early on, try to eliminate the surprises as much as possible? And how do they improve their workout and restructuring scenarios from a lessons learned perspective. The last I'll say is that point about transparency, and we can talk about this here. The managers nowadays, I think, the better you can explain your strategy, how -- what your competitive edge really is clearly and candidly, I think it's so important. It might sound on the cover of every fact sheet or presentation that we all somewhat do the same thing. So it's really important to understand what -- from an adviser standpoint, what does that manager actually do and what makes them different, especially as we see private credit expand further into this wealth channel, I do think advisers need to ask and look for managers who can educate, right, help them better understand both risks and opportunities and not just market to them, right, and sell them on a product. I think this is also why we've seen the surge in adviser interest here more recently, why we think that makes the diligence on these big important questions or criteria even more important. There has continued to be interest in this asset class, meaningfully so. surveys tend to point to steady to increasing appetite to allocate to private credit. I'm looking at a KKR 2025 RIA survey that showed RA is planning to increase private credit from those -- the percent wanting to increase jump from 15% to 53%. That's a significant continued appetite towards private credit. So as we see that, I think this diligence and this question asking about criteria and asking beyond the quantitative measures is extremely important. Christina McNamara 00:20:28 And that strategy and approach becomes even more important as market conditions start to shift, whether it's changes in interest rates, deal flow or overall economic uncertainty, those dynamics can really test an investment strategy -- so with that in mind, how do shifting market conditions influence Churchill's investment decisions? And just as importantly, its willingness to walk away from deals. Alona Gornick 00:21:00 Yes, you make a very good point. I'd say market conditions absolutely do influence sort of the opportunity set that we look at, of course. But I don't think that they should cause you to abandon your standards by any means. I think the goal ultimately is to be adaptive without becoming reactive. So for Churchill, we've really developed an investment philosophy and an underwriting rigor that stems from over 20 years of direct lending experience. Now that means in 20 years, we've seen multiple cycles. We've seen the effects of macro shocks and different rate environments. And this has resulted in a very unrelenting focus on credit quality. That is always first for us and really sticking to disciplined deal structuring regardless of what happens in the market, right? So we need to be prepared to walk away from deals that just don't meet our criteria. It will always be credit quality over yield for us or aligning with the market reality, of course. So in more competitive markets, as we have seen the case in some parts of the middle market as we continue to see lenders create and amass more capital, the pressure often shows up in some ways. Here, I talk about tighter spreads, higher leverage, weaker documentation, generally a temptation to stretch. But in more uncertain times, right, the opposite can happen, and we are experiencing now potentially a little bit more uncertainty. Well, we're getting some stability under our feet as we look at private credit through the lens of BDCs and nontraded BDCs at that. But the opposite can happen when we approach uncertain markets and people can become maybe too defensive or overly defensive and then ultimately miss on opportunities, right? And the leaning back approach at the wrong time could also be bad for investment outcomes. So the challenge ultimately is don't get too pulled too far in either one direction or the other, right? I think at Churchill, the right posture will be to really stay anchored in that route for us, which was credit quality, right, over yield and really thinking about underwriting rigor and truly an ultimate risk-adjusted return with durability. If the structure that we're looking at looks too weak, if the leverage feels too high or too aggressive, if the business just has too much exposure to one customer or one industry over others or if the compensation or what we're getting paid maybe doesn't match the risk that we're assessing, then yes, we do have to be willing to walk away. And I think that walkaway discipline isn't a failure in private credit or showing something to be noted, it's really key or core to private credit. So yes, I do think the market conditions matter, but they should influence how thoughtfully you're investing. And it's most important to make sure that you stay disciplined because sometimes the most important investment decision is really the one you don't make or the deal you do walk away from. And I think that, that has really helped Churchill maintain its credibility, not only with the investors that trust us with their capital, but also the private equity sponsors who we work with, we partner with and we source deal flow from on a regular basis. Jocelyn Lewis 00:24:39 And you have a track record that includes that long-standing discipline that's really, I would think, help you build credibility through those different cycles and that you understand what LPs are looking for, what the sponsors that you're partnering are looking for I'm curious now that private credit is gaining that wider audience. And as you're expanding your kind of partnerships, we'll call them, just beyond institutional capital, what is really driving the shift beyond institutional capital? And also, how are the needs beyond that institutional capital different than some of the, I guess, institutional capital that you're used to partnering with? Alona Gornick 00:25:31 I'd say what's driving the shift is really the private markets at large have become a lot more relevant to the wealth channel. I'd say as I talk to and survey and read surveys about advisers or family offices or high net worth investors, they're really looking for income and diversification and opportunities that are beyond the traditional public markets -- and private credit really fits naturally into that conversation, right? And the data is definitely supporting this trend. Another interesting survey that we found, BlackRock had a 2025 survey, but this is for global family offices, where family offices plan to increase allocations not only in '25, but into '26. So I really think that as we look at this continued shift, really meeting the income diversification, lack of volatility, lack of correlation that investors are looking for in their portfolios, private credit is going to be a very important topic. But the needs, you're right, are different. I do think institutional investors can often come in with a lot more familiarity with the typical mechanism in which you've accessed private credit, which would be a drawdown structure. And they typically understand upfront that there are trade-offs in liquidity. There's going to be vintage diversification because these had typically been or historically been funds by vintage and a drawdown mechanism or closed term vehicle and pacing or deploying over time, right? In the wealth channel, I think those concepts may be newer. So the education factor becomes extremely important and that much more important. With wealth investors, I'd say they're often asking maybe more practical questions, really thinking about, one, like how does this fit in my portfolio or two, what kind of income should I expect? Three, what are the liquidity terms? How does that work? One we're getting very often now is valuation. How do I think about valuation? How are you valuing these private assets? And then ultimately, I think the understanding of what role should private credit play in my portfolio relative to what I already have there, the public part, the fixed income or the equities. And I think these are the right questions to ask as wealth is sort of getting more familiar for the first time with this asset class. So that's, I think, a starting point. But as they get more comfortable, they obviously can go deeper. But I do think that, that's a very different mindset that the wealth investors are sort of bringing to private credit somewhat for the first time versus the institutional side. Ultimately, I do think spending a lot more time about risk is really ultimately what's needed here and having advisers really understand and be able to explain what they learned and interpret that and then explain it again to their clients in a trustworthy way that there are both risks and rewards to this illiquidity of private credit and explain how credit selection matters. These portfolios are constructed not based off of benchmarks over or underweighting a benchmark, but uniquely and bespoke. And then what do the rates and yields sort of look like today and longer term and with a historic context, right? So I think portfolio implementation generally tends to be a lot more of a focus for wealth than it is with institutions. And given we're still on the earlier days, I do think advisers need a bit of help. with understanding how to implement private credit. And a big question we tend to get and what they focus on is where should I take it from? We have often seen most of that reallocating from fixed income to private credit or a new sleeve than alts generally, and some of that alts are private alts being dedicated to private credit, but it is unique and something where we spend a lot of time. Christina McNamara 00:29:56 And as we've been discussing opportunities that lie within private credit, it's also important to take a clear-eyed look at some of the risks, especially in a market that continues to evolve. With that in mind, what are some of the key risks high net worth investors should understand when entering private credit? And how does Church Hill address them? Alona Gornick 00:30:20 I think the main risks for high net worth investors and wealth in general, the wealth channel, they need to understand there are a few. I'd say credit risk for sure, but liquidity risk and then also manager risk and then ultimately, expectation risk. I think this is very important today because there's been a bit of like it's been coming to the surface, what do you expect out of this asset class in this fund versus what you're seeing and what is the longer-term reality? So starting with credit risk, I think this is a very obvious one. Ultimately, with private credit, there is multiple segments or subsegments underneath private credit as an umbrella, the largest of which is where Churchill focus, which is direct lending to companies. These loans to businesses are very easy to understand at that level. The businesses can underperform, right? Their earnings can weaken due to that, the leverage or the debt as a ratio to the cash flow they generate can become too high. And then ultimately, the sectors that they are in or that they serve can come under pressure. That's why underwriting and structure are so important, not just understanding that you like the business, but the structure around that. I think liquidity risk is a huge one. Private credit is not built to behave like a daily traded bond fund. Investors need to understand the terms of the vehicle that they're investing in. So they need to really understand does that liquidity term or reduced liquidity of the vehicle itself and access to my investment align with their own liquidity needs, right? Limited redemptions compared to the public market doesn't necessarily mean it's a bad thing. I think that seeing that as a feature of the vehicle to give you exposure, opportunity to have exposure to an illiquid asset class is a big plus or a positive. Ultimately, I'd say seeing redemptions because it is an important topic, and we are seeing it right now, redemptions in a fund doesn't necessarily signal that the fund itself has meaningful instability. But I do think if we were to see concentrated or sustained outflows that potentially could impact performance in the long run. I think that we've got to keep in mind the difference between headline risk and underlying fundamentals, but there could certainly be maybe an impact on fundraising or deal sourcing. But ultimately, thinking about liquidity risk and understanding what that means and what you're gaining access to and how it's guided or the guardrails around that is extremely important. Manager risk, as I mentioned, and we've talked about manager selection being extremely important. I think that's really something to better understand for advisers in terms of manager selection in this asset class. We've talked about underwriting rigor. Everyone can have their own playbook. It's very important to understand the front-end work on a deal, the process to taking something to an investment committee, the discussion at investment committee, how a deal is voted on unanimously or by vote. All that's really important in terms of how you think about a manager's process, the documentation standards they have, how they ultimately think about the portfolio construction, what feels a little too much overweight or underweight in any specific sector, concentration risk, inside of how a manager views that. And even as we talked about earlier, workout experience, do they have that or not? That's all embedded in thinking about risk around a manager, and that can vary a lot by manager. And last, I mentioned the expectations. I do think there is a need to understand what private credit is actually designed to do and what it isn't designed to do. And that's really all going to stem from the education approach, right? Firms really need to educate investors about this asset class, the landscape and help them build confidence about making informed decisions. So private credit, yes, it can be a really compelling source of income. We talked about that. Diversification, we talked about that. But at the same time, it does require patience -- it does require the right sort of sizing and some realistic expectations, primarily, even as you think about returns, this is a primarily floating rate asset class. So it will have -- it will have an impact or rates will have an impact on it. So how does Churchill address that? You asked me. I'd say we address this through our disciplined underwriting, right? The depth and strength of the sponsor relationships we've developed over 20 years, really rooted in how we underwrite not only the deal, but the sponsor. And if we ultimately invest in that part of our business that invests in funds, that's a really big defense or first line of defense and understanding that much more about the sponsor, being highly selective, having the structural protections in each of our deals that matter to our investors and us and really transparency, explaining what we do and how we do it and reporting on that. I would say Churchill's scale, the sponsor connectivity, this origination model that we've talked about rooted in being a GP-centric approach really are all part of that foundation and ultimately allow us to keep that discipline and walk away from unsuitable deals and really protect our investors' interest. So that's how I think we would address these kind of key risks that I mentioned. Ultimately, I'd say to investors, don't just ask or focus on yield. I think you really need to understand what's underneath that yield, right? How did the manager get to that yield? And what protections are they building to support that yield? -- and ultimately, who is responsible for sourcing and delivering that yield on a consistent basis. Jocelyn Lewis 00:36:41 Alana, that was a great overview of the importance of understanding those 4 key risks that you mentioned, credit risk, liquidity risk, manager risk and expectation risk. And it's really important so investors aren't caught off guard. And for those that are newer to private credit, that naturally leads to the question of advice and insights. And what practical advice would you offer wealth managers and high net worth individuals to help them make more confident decisions? Alona Gornick 00:37:18 The advice-wise, I think back over time and now even particularly right now where we are, there's so much uncertainty and scrutiny around this asset class, which I think still has intact merits that will deliver long-term benefits over time. But I think advice-wise, you really need to think about really learning about who you really are through good and bad times and who you're dealing with. And what I mean by that is when I think about even more recently, what's really stood out to me in terms of identifying a good deal or an opportunity that looked like a great at first glance, but then ultimately was not guided well. I'd say, I think taking the time to understand how does this sit within the broader landscape of private credit -- and how does this really differ from what I'm thinking about on the traditional side of what I do. So when you do that, you've got to ask the question or I mean, what I'm trying to help in my meeting is the question behind the question. There's the obvious kind of check the box diligence questions you have. We talked about the quantitative measures that are very easy to ask. The qualitative are so difficult because there isn't a linear scale of assessing assigning points like 1 to 10, where it's very hard to say what's good, better, best on these more qualitative aspects. So I do think having -- gathering that much information across a variety of managers, not just stopping at 1 or 2 will be extremely important you have a basis of comparison, right? You have the opportunity to assess for yourself what you're looking for. And if everything you're hearing tends to gravitate towards one side, I'd say seeing what stands out and why they stand out would be important. I think also being -- having a full awareness around those risks we talked about, the illiquidity, the redemption, there are different ways to access your capital back, but that also implies there are different ways to manage a portfolio to support that by way of the manager. So I do think that is also just as important as to what type of fund structure does the manager take and why did they take it? And how do they manage to that? What are they doing that is core to their strategy and what are they doing differently to support just to support that fund. I do think that, that's different. And then ultimately, use all the education that the manager is giving you, use education outside of the manager and don't rush. I think we've spent a ton of time with some advisers trying to make their first private credit allocation decision. And when I say a ton, I mean 12 months to even longer than a year. And we are very patient as a manager, and we continue to have multiple calls with them. And I think it's really watching over time that what you see is what you get with the manager. So allow yourself that time, right? -- allow yourself to see -- have that first meeting, that follow-up meeting and follow up over the next few quarters to see if it's really playing out. Jocelyn Lewis 00:40:57 And Alana, what criteria should financial advisers prioritize particularly when they're looking to invest in private credit and get that allocation to the middle market specifically? Alona Gornick 00:41:11 Yes. I think this is a really important question as we think about education, which is so critical to assessing managers in the middle market. In addition to looking at, obviously, the quantitative metrics that an adviser can obtain through fact sheets and presentations on track record, performance cycles, I think there's also a very important element to look at on a qualitative basis in terms of aspects of the manager and its platform and ultimately, its strategy. A few that I'd mention are, one, sourcing, right? For sourcing, I think it's extremely important for advisers to understand where the deals actually come from. In a crowded market, differentiated sourcing really matters because it can ultimately affect the pricing on that deal, the documentation tightness, if you will, of that deal and really the amount of time that a manager has to do real underwriting largely based upon how early you are in that calling order in terms of sourcing, how close is your relationship with your source of deal flow? And do they call you for a first look at a deal before they call others? Do they come back to you to call you as a last look because they've taken a little sense of the market, but really value your relationship ultimately and give you that opportunity to take a look at it on a last look basis. So I think ultimately, sourcing as a private credit manager will ultimately be your destiny in terms of the deals that you have the opportunity to look at and ultimately execute on in your portfolio. So as an adviser, absolutely need to understand how a manager finds and selects deals, how repeatable and defensible is that process. And if you can believe that, that's a successful sourcing strategy, that should show up in their strength of network, their ability to have insight and conviction on deals, their willingness to lean in and walk away. That's all in sourcing. It isn't quantitative, it's more qualitative, but one together. I'd say second, really looking at selectivity that will be born or out of sourcing, how selective a manager can be. This is a big one for me. I think often a manager's pass rate or decline rate can be just as revealing as their deployment rate. So when we're seeing a market like we're seeing today where we've got a lot of capital coming into private credit funds, direct lending funds, there's a lot of pressure to put that money to work. So advisers should want to know when a manager is willing to say no and how often do they do that and reasons for that path. That should ultimately lead to and hopefully less in the way of issues in the portfolio, but really asking about risk management is a third area. What does the team have in terms of risk management capabilities? How integrated is that risk management team with the regular underwriting team? How actionable are the assessments of the risk management protocols that they put in place? Do they use technology, dashboards, alerts and even AI to help assess that risk more proactively and hopefully improve workout and restructuring scenarios to the extent they need to handle stress or distressed situations and ultimately protect investor capital. So I do think having an assessment of, while qualitative, the level and capability of risk management is really an important criteria. And then ultimately, I think thinking about structure also here, you got to think about where in the capital structure is the manager investing, what protections do they have? Typically, how strong is the documentation, how seriously do they think about the downside? Those can sound a little dull in a market, but in a good market, but I do think that they can be much more interesting as we come into some uncertainty here. But last, I'd say another qualitative aspect to think about is the competitive edge. And what I mean by that is what is the secret sauce of the manager? What do they tout as their huge differentiation piece. Oftentimes, that can come down to explaining their strategy. And can they explain that very clearly and candidly? And how is it different and from what others are doing and why do they pursue it? I think this is extremely important for Churchill, when we talk about our strategy or our edge, if you will, I think it comes in 2 ways. We talk about our edge being very sponsor-centric, our ability to fully integrate fund investments onto our platform, giving us advantages in what I mentioned before, sourcing, selectivity, information and structure. All of that lends itself because of our model and the edge. But to our strategy, I think our strategy is very unique in how we focus directly in the core middle market. The middle market itself is pretty large. There's additional specialization we've seen be very successful for managers. For us, that's generally core middle market between, call it, $10 million to $20 million on the small end to about $100 million on the larger end of EBITDA, the cash flow that the business generates. Being focused on this part of the market affords us many benefits for us and for our investors. I'd say here, being able to explain that to investors and help them understand why -- we continue to stay here as we've grown, as our scale has allowed us to move upmarket, we remain very focused here because it, one, gives us a huge opportunity set to choose from. The very, very vast amount of middle market companies in the broader middle market, over 200,000 middle market companies. I'd say over half of that really sized in the range we're focused on, close to 60%. So close to a majority of what we have in private credit in terms of the companies to lend to really sits in our top end of our funnel, allowing us to be extremely selective, build highly diversified portfolios, really look at different industries and really reduce concentration risk. Two, I'd say structural protections are very much an interesting feature for core middle market, where we can have modest or more conservative leverage, financial maintenance covenants that tend to get negotiated away in the upper end of the middle market as you see businesses get larger and have more negotiating power. So I think that, that's very unique and a good edge for our part of the market. And last, I'd say the ability to continuously deploy and have this sort of start small, start modest in the lending or the debt-to-EBITDA that we provide to a business. And as it proves out growth milestones, we will incrementally finance that business and allow us to have more deployment, continuous deployment through markets even when new M&amp;A, new buyout activity is muted or slow or still recovering. It's a really fascinating aspect about the core middle market that we've really benefited from and think will be -- continue to be a great opportunity for investors going forward. So I'd say those areas in terms of criteria sourcing, selectivity, risk management, structure and ultimately understanding the competitive edge can all be very qualitative in nature, but really fitting that to an investment approach and looking at what you want to add to your portfolio is extremely important outside of just quantitative metrics. Christina McNamara 00:49:26 And stepping back from the market itself, it's always interesting to understand the experiences that shape an investor's perspective over time. Looking back on your 25 years in the industry, is there a pivotal moment or a lesson that most shaped your approach to leadership and investing? Alona Gornick 00:49:47 That's a great question. I love it because I think it's a good pause moment to think about what is really shaped how I think about, I guess, investing and leadership together. But when I think through the past 20, 25 years and looking through really milestone moments when I've either been at Oaktree and taken the opportunity to join TIA or move to Churchill, there have been moments in time where I had this front row seat through cycles. And I feel so grateful for that because I think it's been an interesting sort of positive part of the cycle, if you will. We haven't seen a real down cycle in such a long time. And I really am grateful that I've been in finance long enough to have seen that. But I think seeing what does that show you in terms of the people you work with through a tough time is extremely important. Anyone can look good or sound good I call like throwing spaghetti at the wall and seeing if it sticks in an accommodating market when the market is great. I think the real test is how do you behave? How do you look at opportunities when it's tougher, right? When you don't have all the information when it feels like you should hide under a rock when you think that the outcome is going to be extremely uncertain. And I think that, that is very true as you think about investing, and I think it's also true when you think about building teams. So over time, I guess I've come to value consistency a lot more, both in investing, of course, but also in leadership where I think what people are looking for is clarity and honesty and really steadiness. When I think about investing, I think you need those same things, right, that repeatable framework we're talking about. So if I had to distill it, I think it would be not really from a lesson perspective, not really confusing a bunch of activity with productivity. I think some of the best decisions that I've made were when I didn't force a deal, and then I push it too hard at investment committee when I could sense that it wasn't going to be one that was going to get there or on the other end, when I challenged assumptions, right, the status quo or at least when the moments I had some time to kind of ask questions and slow the movement in the room. I think that also applies when you think about leadership, right? For me, I don't think you have to be the loudest person in the room to be the clearest person. And I also don't think you need to be perfect in forecasting and predicting what's going to happen in the future to be a great leader. I think you need to really build an amazing team. And on investing, I think you need to build an amazing investment process. Christina McNamara 00:52:53 I really like that, the clarity, honesty and stability. That's fantastic insight and advice to share with our listeners and we really appreciate you sharing everything and your time with us today. Thank you so much. Also thank you, Alona, for joining us on this episode of Private Markets 360 where we had the opportunity to learn from Alona Gornick's wealth of experience in private credit. Alona's journey from investment banking to pioneering deal origination at Churchill and now guiding wealth investors through a rapidly changing landscape highlights the importance of adaptability, discipline and transparency in today's market. We explored how Churchill's sponsor driven approach, its integration with Nuveen's ecosystem and its commitment to rigorous diligence and investor education set it apart in the world of private credit. Alona's insights on risk management, deal structure and the evolving needs of wealth investors offer valuable guidance for anyone navigating private markets. We hope this conversation has given you practical tools and confidence to make informed decisions in private credit and beyond. Christina McNamara 00:54:15 Don't forget to subscribe to Private Markets 360 for more expert insights and market intelligence. Until next time. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/behind-ai-boom-electronics-supply-side-constraints</link><description>AI growth is straining power, chips and critical materials, keeping costs and supply risks elevated.&amp;#xd;&amp;#xa;</description><title>Behind the AI boom: The electronics supply-side constraints</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 16:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â July 28, 2026 Behind the AI boom: The electronics supply-side constraints By Chris Rogers Discussion of the Artificial Intelligence boom has centered on demand: tokens generated, models trained and use cases emerging. The more consequential issue sits upstream, across power infrastructure, memory components and specialty materials. This is where the tightest bottlenecks are forming, and where pricing and availability pressures are likely to persist over the next 18 months. Electrical components: The building bottleneck before the silicon bottleneck Before AI accelerator capacity can be deployed, the underlying data center infrastructure must be built and energized. Transformers needed to step down grid electricity face lead times of several years for the largest units, reflecting tight supply of the specialty electrical steel used in their construction. Gas turbines, increasingly used to supplement on-site power generation, face similar constraints, with elevated order books pointing to extended lead times. These constraints are keeping equipment prices high. The supply-chain implication is direct: silicon capacity delivers limited value without the power infrastructure to support it. Processors and memory: Accelerating growth, concentrated risk Once power availability is resolved, the constraint shifts to processors and memory, where supply-demand imbalances are most acute. AI accelerators combine graphics processors, conventional processors and high bandwidth memory, and demand across all three continues to outpace capacity additions. Leading accelerator designers are forecasting annual revenue growth well above 50% through the rest of the decade, but that trajectory depends on the rollout of next-generation chip systems, which bring added manufacturing and assembly complexity. Memory has become the main constraint. Producers are reallocating capacity from conventional formats toward the high bandwidth memory required by accelerators, a shift reflected in rising export prices from the leading production hub for legacy products. That pricing signal is driving investment: high bandwidth memory output is expected to expand rapidly over the next several years, while conventional memory grows more moderately. The durability of this technology is not assured. Compression techniques and alternative architectures could reduce reliance on current memory formats, turning today's shortage into a future oversupply risk. That risk fits the memory sector's boom-bust pattern, in which downturns have historically recurred every five to seven years as capacity investment outpaces demand. Even with AI-driven demand, a comparable correction could emerge before the end of the decade. Processor pricing is also likely to remain firm. Producer price indices covering processors, accelerators and logic devices are rising across major markets, reflecting persistent capacity constraints. This imbalance is unlikely to fully ease before new fabrication and packaging capacity comes online toward 2028. Until then, costs should remain under upward pressure, moderated only by greater emphasis on performance-per-dollar efficiency rather than continued adoption of the highest-cost processors. Semiconductor manufacturing equipment: Capital expenditure set to double Elevated prices and sustained demand are driving a major expansion in fabrication equipment spending. Aggregate capital expenditure across major chipmakers outside mainland China is projected to nearly double from the prior three-year period, funding new facilities across multiple jurisdictions and attracting new entrants. Next-generation lithography equipment is entering production in parallel, though its high cost may lead some manufacturers to delay adoption rather than absorb the premium. Export controls continue to shape where the newest equipment can be deployed, keeping a large share of chipmaking equipment trade concentrated in established manufacturing hubs even as investment diversifies. Electronics components and materials: Shortages driving diversification Below processors and memory sits a less visible but critical layer of specialty materials and passive components. These inputs are not always expensive individually, but they determine whether advanced servers can be assembled at scale. Concentration risks in critical minerals, industrial gases and electronic-grade chemicals are pushing buyers to diversify supply, including by restarting idled mines for strategic materials. Helium illustrates the fragility of these inputs. It is used in semiconductor manufacturing, optical fiber production and other electronics processes where stable, inert conditions are required. Disruption to a major export source left spot markets tight despite long-term contracts and inventories. Capacitors used in AI servers face similar pressure as demand strains supplies of the metals, films and ceramic materials required for production. These pressures converge in printed circuit board assembly. Higher component density, larger memory footprints and more capacitors and connectors per board are lifting costs, while strong AI, data center and defense demand lets suppliers pass those costs through. The result is a broader inflationary effect across server bills of materials, not just the headline accelerators. Board assembly prices rising faster than underlying inputs are a clear signal of where pricing power currently sits. Yan Hoong and Emiliano PÃ©rez contributed to this article Learn how our data and insights can empower strategic, operational, and tactical decision-making Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/072826-discussing-democrats-midterm-message-on-energy</link><description>From his first day in office in his second term, President Donald Trump has implemented major shifts in US energy policy, including opposition to offshore wind projects, extending the lives of coal-fired power plants, withdrawing from climate treaties and war with Iran. But with midterm elections approaching, Democrats have an opportunity to regain power in Congress. So how are Democrats talking</description><title>Discussing Democrats&amp;apos; midterm message on energy</title><pubDate>28 July 2026 10:36:55 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Dan Testa</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Natural Gas, Coal, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Hydrogen July 28, 2026 Discussing Democrats' midterm message on energy Featuring Dan Testa HIGHLIGHTS Democrats craft midterm energy message Rising gas prices dominate campaign focus Iran war impacts fall election strategy From his first day in office in his second term, President Donald Trump has implemented major shifts in US energy policy, including opposition to offshore wind projects, extending the lives of coal-fired power plants, withdrawing from climate treaties and war with Iran. But with midterm elections approaching, Democrats have an opportunity to regain power in Congress. So how are Democrats talking about energy and selling their own policies to convince voters they can do a better job addressing rising gasoline prices and utility bills? And how will issues like climate change and the Iran war impact campaigns this fall? In this episode, Dan Testa discusses these issues with Mary Landrieu, a senior policy adviser at Van Ness Feldman LLP and former Democratic US senator from Louisiana, and Scott Segal, a partner at Bracewell LLP and a co-chair of the law firm's Policy Resolution Group. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/072726-japan-plans-to-mandate-5-saf-blend-from-2030-with-7-airports-levy</link><description>Japan will require oil refiners and trading companies to supply sustainable aviation fuel at seven major airports from fiscal 2030, with blending ratios gradually increasing to more than 5% for international flights as the government seeks to cut carbon emissions from the aviation sector. The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism</description><title>Japan plans to mandate 5% SAF blend from 2030 with 7 airports, levy</title><pubDate>27 July 2026 17:05:08 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 27, 2026 Japan plans to mandate 5% SAF blend from 2030 with 7 airports, levy By Samyak Pandey Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Passenger levy funds airline SAF subsidies SAF costs remain 2-3 times conventional fuel Japan will require oil refiners and trading companies to supply sustainable aviation fuel at seven major airports from fiscal 2030, with blending ratios gradually increasing to more than 5% for international flights as the government seeks to cut carbon emissions from the aviation sector. The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism announced the plan July 24, following a public-private council meeting, according to multiple local media reports. The mandate targets airports with high refueling volumes, including Narita and Haneda, where SAF must account for at least 1% of jet fuel supply in fiscal 2030, rising to at least 3% in fiscal 2031 and reaching 5% or more from fiscal 2032 through 2034. "The aim is to encourage private sector investment decisions regarding SAF manufacturing facilities, thereby promoting its widespread adoption and contributing to the realization of a decarbonized society," the ministries said, according to reports. SAF, produced from waste cooking oil, algae and wood chips, can reduce carbon dioxide emissions by up to 80% compared to conventional crude oil-derived jet fuel. However, procurement costs remain two to three times higher than traditional aviation fuel, presenting a key challenge for broader adoption. User levy planned To support airlines adopting SAF, the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism plans to introduce a levy on international passengers departing from the seven designated airports starting fiscal 2030. The fee will be calculated based on flight distance, with funds used to subsidize carriers and encourage SAF uptake. The ministry will seek input from oil refiners and airline operators before finalizing the collection method by end-fiscal 2026. Options under consideration include adding the charge to existing airport usage fees or establishing a new tax. The government has set a target of replacing 10% of aviation fuel consumption with SAF by 2030. The new supply mandate follows similar moves in Europe, where the EU requires 6% SAF blending at airports within the bloc by 2030, rising to 70% by 2050. Some UK airports already subsidize SAF purchases through airport usage fees. The ministries plan to finalize detailed system design by the end of fiscal 2026 (April-March) , with legislative amendments expected to follow. The public-private council, established in April 2022, has been examining cooperation measures and support policies for related companies based on international precedents. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,530/metric ton July 27, down $20/mt from July 24, tracking adjacent market information and maintaining the spread between the SAF FOB Straits and FOB China assessments at $20/mt. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/shipping/072726-ec-approves-dutch-state-aid-for-ships-running-on-green-methanol-hydrogen</link><description>The European Commission has approved the Netherlands&amp;apos; state aid scheme to acquire a fleet of ships running on renewable hydrogen or methanol in shortsea trades amid tightening regulatory requirements, the EU executive said July 27. The scheme will provide direct grants for purchasing new zero-emission ships and retrofitting existing vessels to run on the two low-carbon fuels renewable methanol or</description><title>EC approves Dutch state aid for ships running on green methanol, hydrogen</title><pubDate>27 July 2026 15:34:06 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Max Lin</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Chemicals, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Energy Transition, Hydrogen July 27, 2026 EC approves Dutch state aid for ships running on green methanol, hydrogen By Max Lin Editor: Namrata Srivastava Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Direct grants fund hydrogen, methanol ship buys Program targets shortsea shipping through 2031 The European Commission has approved the Netherlands' state aid scheme to acquire a fleet of ships running on renewable hydrogen or methanol in shortsea trades amid tightening regulatory requirements, the EU executive said July 27. The scheme will provide direct grants for purchasing new zero-emission ships and retrofitting existing vessels to run on the two low-carbon fuels renewable methanol or renewable hydrogen, with funding available from 2027 through 2031, according to an EC statement. The Netherlands will target passenger, cargo and work vessels primarily operating in the shortsea shipping segment, with the EU Emissions Trading System and FuelEU Maritime rules imposing stricter decarbonization requirements on shipping companies, the EC added. Based on regulatory design, the ETS coverage on maritime transportation has been expanding progressively between 2024 and 2026, while FuelEU requirements are set to tighten at five-year intervals from 2025 through 2050. The Dutch program could accelerate demand for renewable methanol and green hydrogen as marine fuels in Northwest European waters, particularly in the Amsterdam-Rotterdam-Antwerp hub where short-sea shipping activity is concentrated. Current uptake of alternative marine fuels remains limited due to price premiums over conventional marine gasoil, as well as infrastructure constraints. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the delivered bunker price for low-carbon methanol at $1,263.62/metric ton July 24, equivalent to $58.80/gigajoule. The price for 0.1%-sulfur marine gasoil was $27.90/Gj. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/071726-indias-net-zero-power-transition-a-strategic-bet-on-technological-leapfrogging</link><description>India&amp;apos;s journey to net zero is not simply a climate commitment -- it is emerging as a defining national development strategy. As electricity demand accelerates alongside industrialization, urbanization and electrification, the power sector will sit at the center of this transformation, according to S&amp;amp;P Global Energy CERA analysis.</description><title>India&amp;apos;s net-zero power transition: A strategic bet on technological leapfrogging</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 04:11:12 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mohd. Sahil Ali and Ashish Singla</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Coal, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Hydrogen July 17, 2026 Indiaâs net-zero power transition: A strategic bet on technological leapfrogging Mohd. Sahil Ali and Ashish Singla Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... India's journey to net zero is not simply a climate commitment -- it is emerging as a defining national development strategy. As electricity demand accelerates alongside industrialization, urbanization and electrification, the power sector will sit at the center of this transformation, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysis. The question is no longer whether India will decarbonize, but how it will balance growth, affordability and energy security while doing so. At the heart of this transition lies a strategic choice between competing -- but increasingly complementary -- pathways. The key pathways emerge India's power sector could evolve along two distinct trajectories. One pathway is built around renewables -- solar and wind supported by battery storage and, over time, green hydrogen for seasonal balancing, according to CERA's assessment of India's strategic options. The other retains coal as a core pillar but integrates carbon capture and storage to curb emissions. These pathways reflect a deeper reality. India is not choosing between coal and clean energy in a binary sense; it is optimizing across multiple objectives, according to CERA. Energy affordability, system reliability and domestic resource security remain just as important as emissions reduction. Both pathways ultimately converge. Despite different technology mixes, they can deliver comparable long-term generation costs -- reaching $80-$160/megawatt-hours by 2050 --and both outperform a business-as-usual trajectory, according to the CERA analysis. This suggests that India's net-zero transition will not hinge on a single winning technology, but on how effectively multiple options are deployed together. Policy signals broaden the technological base Recent policy developments reinforce this pluralistic approach. India's Union Budget 2026 signals a clear expansion of the clean energy toolkit. Alongside continued support for renewables, the government has committed significant funding -- around 200 billion Indian rupees(about $2.3 billion) -- to accelerate carbon capture technologies, while also extending support to nuclear energy and critical minerals supply chains. In parallel, the government is also supporting the National Green Hydrogen Mission, which aims to produce 5 million metric tons/year of green hydrogen by 2030 and position India as a global hub for hydrogen production. Stressors in the oil and gas supply chain are opening new use cases for green hydrogen, for example, in the fertilizer sector, according to CERA. At the heart of these efforts is a recognition that India's strategic ambitions are best realized through deeper electrification of end uses that rely on increasingly expensive imports. Additionally, India is advancing its Carbon Credit Trading Scheme, laying the foundation for a domestic carbon market that assigns a price to emissions and incentivizes cleaner technologies. Taken together, these moves suggest a deliberate strategy. India's transition is being structured around a portfolio of technologies, each playing a different role over time. 'Clean coal' cost Coal remains deeply embedded in India's power system -- currently generating 70%-75% of India's electricity -- but decarbonizing it is expensive, the CERA analysis shows. Integrating carbon capture technologies can roughly triple the cost of coal-based power generation today, with only modest reductions expected over time. Even compliance with local air pollution norms, separate from carbon capture, adds a noticeable cost burden. These economics limit the scope for CCS to scale purely on market competitiveness. Instead, its adoption will depend heavily on policy support and carbon pricing. India's emerging carbon pricing regime could apply to the power sector by the early 2030s, making CCS viable by the mid-2040s, according to CERA. Even then, CCS is unlikely to become a dominant solution. Its role is more targeted: enabling continued use of coal where necessary, preserving existing assets, and addressing emissions in hard-to-abate segments of the system. Renewables and green hydrogen: the long-term backbone Renewable energy continues to strengthen its position as the backbone of India's future power mix. Falling costs, improving integration technologies, and supportive policies are driving rapid deployment, according to CERA. Meanwhile, green hydrogen is expected to add a new dimension to this system. While still expensive, its costs are expected to decline significantly over the coming decades, potentially reaching around $2/kg by mid-century, driven by rapidly falling renewable energy costs, according to CERA analysis. The value proposition of green hydrogen for power lies in its ability to store excess renewable energy and recycle it during prolonged periods of low renewable generation, serving as a seasonal storage medium that traditional batteries alone cannot. At the same time, future clean baseload options, storage-backed renewables and CCS-backed coal are both expected to deliver power in a similar cost range by mid-century. This reinforces the idea that future competitiveness will depend less on individual technologies and more on how the system is configured. System-wide transformation Regardless of the pathway, the structural changes to India's power system will be profound. Unabated coal's share of generation is expected to fall sharply, while renewables take on a dominant role, according to CERA scenarios. Large-scale investments will be required in transmission networks, storage infrastructure, and flexible generation. This is not merely a shift in fuels -- it is a redesign of the entire system. Electricity markets, grid architecture and infrastructure planning will all need to evolve in tandem. Emissions trajectories across different scenarios tell a consistent story: Power sector emissions -- which currently account for about 40% of India's total carbon footprint -- will peak in the early 2040s before declining toward net zero, CERA analysis shows. The pace and shape of this decline will depend on how quickly technologies mature and how effectively policies are implemented. Costs converge Encouragingly, the long-term cost outlook remains favorable toward clean technologies. Across both net-zero pathways, average generation costs decline over time as technologies mature and efficiencies improve, according to CERA analysis. Carbon costs become a meaningful component of electricity pricing, but they remain manageable relative to overall system costs. However, the transition is not without risks. A renewables-heavy system requires massive deployment of storage and grid infrastructure, which introduces execution and financing challenges. A coal-plus-CCS pathway, meanwhile, depends on technologies that remain costly and relatively unproven at scale. In practice, India is likely to navigate a middle path, leveraging renewables where they are most competitive, while retaining flexibility through a combination of storage, hydrogen, nuclear and selectively decarbonized thermal capacity. Multiple pathways, one destination India's transition to net-zero power will not follow a single, linear path. Instead, it will be defined by a dynamic interplay of technologies, policies, and market forces. What is becoming clear is that the transition is not about choosing one pathway over another. It is about building a system flexible enough to accommodate multiple solutions -- and resilient enough to adapt as technologies evolve. In that sense, India's strategy is as pragmatic as it is ambitious. By embracing technological diversity, the country is positioning itself to deliver the most optimal results on its three overarching energy sector goals: energy security, affordable access and emissions reduction, according to CERA. Further reading: The costs and pathways for technological leapfrogging in India's power sector, 2025 Switching currents: India's power sector evolution toward a low-carbon future Related webinar: The New Power Play: How India's net zero transition will reshape energy investments This article contains data, views and forecasts from S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysts and does not represent reporting by Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/072426-philippines-accelerates-saf-plans-as-energy-crisis-sharpens-focus-on-fuel-transition</link><description>The Philippines is stepping up efforts to develop a sustainable aviation fuel industry despite having no domestic SAF production, as policymakers and industry participants look to cut dependence on imported petroleum products following a national energy emergency declared earlier this year, according to a US Department of Agriculture report released July 23. The momentum comes as the government</description><title>Philippines accelerates SAF plans as energy crisis sharpens focus on fuel transition</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 21:03:36 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 24, 2026 Philippines accelerates SAF plans as energy crisis sharpens focus on fuel transition By Samyak Pandey Editor: Marieke Alsguth Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Philippines drafts SAF roadmap amid energy crisis Energy emergency accelerates fuel transition plans Country explores coconut, rice straw as feedstocks The Philippines is stepping up efforts to develop a sustainable aviation fuel industry despite having no domestic SAF production, as policymakers and industry participants look to cut dependence on imported petroleum products following a national energy emergency declared earlier this year, according to a US Department of Agriculture report released July 23. The momentum comes as the government drafts a national SAF roadmap, establishes a dedicated SAF committee and backs multiple research initiatives exploring feedstocks ranging from used cooking oil to coconut-derived materials. The push forms part of a broader transport fuel transition strategy being considered amid elevated oil prices and supply concerns linked to geopolitical tensions in the Middle East. The Philippines currently produces no SAF, but development efforts gained traction in 2026 through a series of government and industry initiatives. A multi-stakeholder working group was formed following a SAF policy development workshop in March, while a dedicated SAF Committee under the National Biofuels Board has been tasked with shaping the country's biojet strategy. The roadmap under development is evaluating hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA), alcohol-to-jet, power-to-liquid and fermentation-based pathways. The country's aviation sector is also preparing for future decarbonization requirements under the International Civil Aviation Organization's Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation, or CORSIA. Philippine Airlines is expected to comply with mandatory CORSIA requirements from 2027, increasing pressure for the development of domestic low-carbon aviation fuel supplies. According to the report, aviation fuel accounted for 3.4% of total Philippine fuel demand in 2025, with the market dominated by Philippine Airlines and Cebu Pacific. The arrival of new generation aircraft capable of operating on higher SAF blends is expected to support adoption as supplies become available. A key focus area is feedstock availability. The Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines has identified agricultural residues and coconut-based resources as potential raw materials for SAF production. The country generates an estimated 20 million metric tons/year of rice straw, much of which is currently treated as waste, while industry groups are also exploring the use of non-food-grade or "reject" coconuts as SAF feedstock. Partnership activity is also expanding. The Island Skies Alliance signed an agreement with the Philippine Coconut Authority to explore SAF production from coconut-based feedstocks, while the National Aviation Academy of the Philippines entered into a separate collaboration focused on capability building and knowledge exchange for sustainable aviation development. The SAF drive is unfolding amid an energy emergency declared by President Ferdinand Marcos Jr. on March 24, 2026. The Philippines, which remains heavily dependent on imported petroleum products, experienced sharp fuel price increases following disruptions linked to the Middle East conflict. The Department of Energy subsequently identified SAF as one of the measures being evaluated under a broader fuel transition plan aimed at reducing import dependence. While SAF remains at an early stage, conventional biofuels continue to play a significant role in the country's transport fuel mix. Fuel ethanol consumption is forecast to rise 2% in 2026 to 875 million liters, while biodiesel demand is expected to increase 1% to 350 million liters. Growth, however, is being restrained by weaker vehicle sales, high fuel prices and slower-than-expected adoption of higher biofuel blends. The Philippines remains highly reliant on ethanol imports to meet blending requirements. Fuel ethanol imports are projected to reach 490 million liters in 2026, covering roughly 56% of total fuel ethanol demand. The US supplied 89% of Philippine fuel ethanol imports in 2025, strengthening its position as the country's dominant supplier. Although SAF policy development is advancing, major challenges remain. Stakeholders cited concerns around feedstock collection, technology deployment, financing and regulatory support. The SAF roadmap, originally targeted for completion in 2024, has yet to be finalized, highlighting the work still required before commercial production can take shape. Nevertheless, the report suggests that the country's combination of agricultural feedstocks, existing biofuels experience and growing airline engagement is beginning to lay the groundwork for a future SAF industry. With aviation decarbonization becoming an increasingly important policy objective and energy security concerns remaining elevated, the Philippines appears to be positioning SAF as a central pillar of its longer-term transport fuel strategy. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK basis FOB Straits at $2,550/mt on July 24, up $5/mt from July 23. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/podcasts/leaders/ubs-inside-the-exclusive-world-of-billionaires</link><description>In this episode, Joseph speaks with Mark Haefele, Chief Investment Officer at UBS, about what truly separates lasting wealth from wealth that gets eroded, across investing, family dynamics, and generational planning. They explore why inheritance planning can be the hardest financial puzzle wealthy families face, how billionaires think about keeping families aligned, and what happens when emotions, identity, and â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x9c;behavioral noiseâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x9d; run the portfolio instead of a clear plan.</description><title>UBS: Inside The Exclusive World Of Billionaires</title><pubDate>23 July 2026 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Joseph Cass</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Leaders 23 July 2026 Wealth Management Insights for Investors By Joseph Cass In this episode, Joseph speaks with Mark Haefele, Chief Investment Officer at UBS, about what truly separates lasting wealth from wealth that gets eroded, across investing, family dynamics, and generational planning. They explore why inheritance planning can be the hardest financial puzzle wealthy families face, how billionaires think about keeping families aligned, and what happens when emotions, identity, and âbehavioral noiseâ run the portfolio instead of a clear plan. Chapters 0:00 The biggest mistake wealthy investors make 1:37 What are the worldâs wealthiest people most worried about right now? 2:44 Personal habits of billionaire families 4:24 What asset class are wealthy families increasing exposure to? 5:03 The âGodfatherâ approach to inheritance 7:21 Succession TV show in real life 9:08 Why do some families retain wealth, and others lose it all? 10:28 The billionaire asset allocation template 12:06 What long term risk are markets underpricing? 13:11 An unstable decade for investors 14:08 UHNWIâs view of private markets 16:40 Investing sophistication of UHNWIâs 18:10 UHNWI appetite for private credit 19:15 Preferred asset classes of the wealthiest people in the world 20:12 The importance of credit ratings 21:09 Has working with billionaires changed Mark? 22:15 Markâs #1 tip for young people to build wealth today Subscribe On: Apple | Spotify | YouTube View Full Transcript Mark Haefele: [00:00:00] Were known for, for banking, uh, more than one out of two billionaires in the world. The server will say, you know, "Do you want, uh, vanilla ice cream or chocolate ice cream?" And they say, "Yes, I'll have both." Joseph Cass: I wanted to talk a bit about inheritance. Mark Haefele: I know this really smart, successful, uh, billionaire. He said, "Figuring out the inheritance is the hardest thing that I've ever tried to do." His wife is better. She's like, "Just do it so they don't fight." You know? If you don't get those right first, actually being a, quote-unquote, good investor can really mess up your life and your money. Joseph Cass: If someone young, say someone in their 20s, is looking to build wealth through investing today, how would you say they should structure their path? Mark Haefele: The number one thing is Joseph Cass: What's the biggest mistake [00:01:00] wealthy investors make with their money? Mark Haefele: They make it about so many different things that aren't about the money and the stated goal of, you know, having a good retirement or, or other things. That, uh, that always fascinates. They say they wanna invest for the future, save for retirement, but we all know that money is so many things, emotions and pride and identity. The difference between who you wanna become and what you should do with your investments, I hope, is really part of what a good wealth manager can do for a client. Joseph Cass: What are the world's wealthiest people most worried about right now? Mark Haefele: I think that, uh, most worried about is kind of the rapid change to the world order. It's kind of a s- a search for safety in terms of where should they be based and where should they tell their children to be based, um, both [00:02:00] kind of physically, but also, uh, directionally on the future and where they should be investing their time and their money. It can be an emotional topic. Where, where's your family based, where are your businesses? Where is the, the safest place physically? That's always open for debate. What's the best place for business? What's the best places, uh, you know, for the kind of stability of the tax regime? All of those things can play into making these kind of decisions, uh, kind of at the upper end for people who are, say, highly mobile. Joseph Cass: You've worked with wealthy families for, you know, many years. What's the most surprising thing you've learned from working with these extremely wealthy families and individuals? And that could be around The financial side or the social side? Well, I, I think there's, Mark Haefele: uh... You know, there's, there's two things. I like to say that, um, you know, going to dinners with a lot [00:03:00] of billionaires, you know, dessert comes around, and the server will say, you know, "Do you want, uh, vanilla ice cream or chocolate ice cream?" And they say, "Yes, I'll have both." You know? And that kind of mindset of abundance, uh, I think can be really profound and, and always check yourself. Like, why am I using a but in this sentence? You know, the F. Scott Fitzgerald line, like, the, the rich are, are really different than us. I, I kind of tend to differ. I think, I think there's a lot of forces in the world that wants, uh, us to, to think that rich people are somehow different or even make rich people think they're different, and because you're different you should spend your money on these very stupid things. But I, I actually think people are people, and, um, kind of res- we all have our inner caveman, and a lot of what we try to do is prevent the [00:04:00] inner caveman from running the portfolio. Uh, you know. If you want the inner caveman to run the rest of your life, we don't recommend it, but that's kinda your business. But to the extent we can help, uh, with the, you know, getting that under control, we think it's to the benefit of portfolios. Joseph Cass: Hmm. And in terms of dealing with, say, billionaire clients that you've mentioned, what asset class are wealthy families increasing their exposure to? Mark Haefele: Well, I think that, uh, you know, the rise of privates is always a topic, be that, you know, private equity, private credit. But I think the biggest switch really is from a mindset of, uh, investing in fixed income as interest rates, you know, fell in, in the 1980s to below zero, to now where we have potentially, uh, you know, rates above zero, potentially rising rates, kind of making the switch from being a fixed income investor to [00:05:00] some form of equity investor. Joseph Cass: I wanted to talk a bit about inheritance. Mark Haefele: Mm-hmm. Joseph Cass: So this must be a big issue, um, for you, kind of transferring from one generation to the next to the next to the next, I guess if you've got a client over many years, many decades. What are wealthy families most worried about when passing assets on to the next generation? Mark Haefele: There's so many different paths. I, I know this, um, really smart, successful, uh, billionaire who, uh, he, he kind of, he said, "This is, figuring out the inheritance is the hardest thing that I've ever tried to do. I tried twice and failed and gave it up, but this is kind of my third attempt at it." Um, and he is really trying to, um, put together a system to keep the kids together as a family and pass on values and, you know, manage very specific aspects of how, how the [00:06:00] money flows, uh, while, while he's alive and, and, and his wife is, is... His wife is better. She's like, "Just do it so they don't fight," you know? And, uh, but he's trying to maneuver everything. Um, and then I've, I've talked to other families and, and, you know, was talking to this gentleman, he's like, "Well, you know, you saw the movie, uh, The Godfather, and there's the Rother- Robert Duvall character who's the consigliere. Like, that's my role in the family. Like, my brother makes all the decisions, but I'm kind of the guy who knows the, knows the legal side and is kind of the fixer." And, you know, in, in his family, one family member makes all the decisions, right? Other-- And then in other families, it's run much more like a corporation where, where people vote, I think. Um, but, you know, as to the goals, uh You know, there are some people who wanna control things, uh, beyond, beyond their grave. There's many more who say, "I, I really don't wanna [00:07:00] pass a lot on to my kids. I'm-- I want them to get a good education, but I fully intend to have my f- foundation disperse all of this wealth." And so, um, yeah, that's really interesting to see. I, I don't know anybody who has it all figured out. Joseph Cass: Uh, Mark Haefele: yeah. Joseph Cass: It must be, you know, challenging situation. If I think about something like Succession, the TV series, it's obviously a TV series. Yeah. So not that it's real life, but having these kind of dynamics within the family and maybe the politics within the family, decision-makers, the kind of godfather setup, it might-- it must be kind of challenging for you and your team to navigate that situation whilst at the same time trying to b-put your best foot forward in terms of advice or investing kind of position. Mark Haefele: We're not doctors, but I think there are parallels, right? Because a, you know, a doctor has clear goals [00:08:00] about what they want to achieve, which is to wherever a person's health is, to improve it and, and im- you know, and improve their life. Um, but a doctor also kn-knows that, you know You gotta stop smoking and eat less, right? Like, that's true, but if it... Th-th-that's not getting it done, right? Mm. So, uh, it's similar with portfolios. It can be you should trade more or you should trade less. We do a lot of work on creating asset allocations that we think are ro-robust and, uh, suited for clients based on, on their goals. Trying to get the clients to actually make their portfolios, um, look like that is, is similar work. But, you know, you feel like there-there's a, there's a clear goal. Uh, you feel like you're trying to help people, and so you've gotta meet them [00:09:00] wherever it is they, they come to you and try to move in that direction. So, um, it's act- It can be fascinating. Yeah. Joseph Cass: What separates families that preserve wealth over generation to generation to generation from those who potentially lose it? Mark Haefele: You can, you can divorce it, uh, you can lose it to kind of, uh, disea- disease, plague, or war. Uh, you can s- you can spend it, but it... I, I, I think, uh, you know, spending it is, i- is of- Just spending it on things or whatever is not often necessarily the biggest driver of what happens to the portfolio over time. So there's a luck component, you know. Are, are you properly in the right location? You just can't control that. And so... And the flip side of all that is, well, you know, if you truly diversify with an asset [00:10:00] allocation and you stick to it, you're very unlikely, uh, to destroy, destroy the wealth. But, uh, the difficulty is people, uh, while they may intellectually understand the concept of asset allocation and rebalancing, and, um, sticking to it is a big part of the work. Just like people understand that, uh, you know, they should s-stop smoking and not eat too much, but it's difficult. We're people. Joseph Cass: Every case is different. Every family is different. Every client's different. But if you had to give, say, a template of asset allocation for one of your clients, how would it potentially factor percentage-wise? So X percentage of this, X percentage of this. And is there any allocation made for things like cryptocurrency? Mark Haefele: Yeah. So l- look, I think the, the most important decision that people have to make, and it wasn't easy for me to come to this realization, [00:11:00] is much simpler than that. It's kind of, uh, we call it the three Ls, uh, liquidity, longevity, and legacy, which means kind of what do I need for the next three years? What do I need over the course of my life? And then what do I potentially wanna pass along? That, that is the first step, uh, actually in creating the asset allocation because obviously, uh, the liquidity is much more around cash and, and fixed income, whereas the legacy can be more about long-term-- I mean, you could put a forest or, uh, y- you know, a wind turbine in your, uh, your legacy bucket, right? In a way that you couldn't in your liquidity. So that's the first thing. But I would say that one of the things that we focus on is trying to get clients, uh, more invested in equities because I think over the past twenty years since the financial crisis, the role of equities in s- in kind of the way that the government thinks about the [00:12:00] economy has changed to a degree and become, I think, more important. Joseph Cass: And what long-term risk do you think markets are maybe underpricing right now? Mark Haefele: Well, I think at an individual level, what you see time and time again is, uh, a mispricing of liquidity and liquidity needs, and we can see that from major universities who, uh, have misjudged their liquidity needs and are forced to sell off privates sooner than they thought. You see that in individuals as well. That gets back to this kind of bucketing your assets between what you need for today and what you need for the future. Uh, so that's a perennial mispricing. And then I think, um, a, a, another thing that people misprice is geopolitical risk, because very often it does not have that much of an impact on portfolios beyond, say, a very short-term [00:13:00] period. Uh, but, you know, given the accumulation of geopolitical factors today, I think a lot of people are maybe revisiting that. Joseph Cass: Do you think we're entering a fundamentally more unstable decade for investors? Mark Haefele: Well, you know, the, the, the famous quip, "In times like these, it's important to remember there have always been times like these." I, I don't-- Uh, I think it's different, and I think there are, uh, new rules and new things you have to know about this period that, that matter. Um, but whether or not, uh, you know, it's worse than the Cold War, uh, you know, or, uh, some of the other things that we've been through, I think, I think that's hard to say, right? We all felt fantastic about a month before, uh, COVID hit, you know, that everything was fine. You know, so I think the, the difficulty that people have in assessing risk is, [00:14:00] uh, it's a key reason that I'm able to have a job, so Joseph Cass: I wanna talk a bit more about private markets. Mark Haefele: Mm-hmm. Joseph Cass: Very interested to know kind of the conversations that you're having with wealthy families about private markets, or wealthy individuals. So how are wealthy families thinking about private markets today? Mark Haefele: Well, private markets have, uh, grown so much and become, you know, s- such an important asset class because, uh, public markets, you know, are for some, for many more companies, not attract- uh, not an attractive way to go forward. So, uh, to get, to get a, a asset allocation that does take on, say, all of the assets out there, smart families have turned more to private, privates. But of course, uh, again, they, they [00:15:00] very often don't have the same kind of daily liquidity. Uh, and as, as I've mentioned, you know, I think often people underprice that. So, uh, again, a lot of the questions are about what do you need in terms of liquidity. We've seen, uh, private, uh, particularly, particularly on the credit side, we've seen firms come up with, uh, funds that have more liquidity to try and tap into the more, um, you know, uh, individual market. And I think those are important discussions to have because, uh, you know, there is a difference between A private credit fund that offers some liquidity, maybe with some gates and, you know, the ability to trade a Magnificent Seven stock all day long or potentially twenty-four seven. So those, those are some of the conversations. Uh, and then I think, you know, th- there's [00:16:00] important conversations to be had about what are you trying to achieve from the asset class. Is it capital appreciation? Is it that you need the yield because you wanna spend the income? Is it just you think it's safer? What does safe mean? So, um, you know, millions of clients ar- around the globe, I think, uh, people enter the conversation in different places, but it, but it all comes down to kind of perceptions of risk, uh, perceptions of what they're trying to, uh, add or subtract from their portfolio, and that's where it gets complicated and, and kind of individual. Joseph Cass: And do these wealthy families come to you with any assumptions around private credit? And do you almost have to take a kind of advisory educational role around what it can do and what it can't do? Mark Haefele: What we call high net worth. So, uh, you know, families that are not billionaire families are a [00:17:00] huge part of our business. W- I think we're known for, for banking, uh, more than one out of two billionaires in the world. But, you know, the amount of money that a family have-- has does not necessarily indicate their sophistication or comfort with any particular asset class. So I, I'd be hesitant to say, um, you know, there's one thing. Obviously, now that, uh, private credit is in the news a lot, you know, a lot of what we do is explain why it's in the news. What are some things that, that they should think about, you know, if you have private credit in your portfolio, uh, what... First, what is the size of your exposure? Second, you know, this is not an S&amp;P five hundred index fund, uh, from various providers. It-- The provider and the actual fund and the, uh, exposures matter a heck of a lot. Uh, and so-- and going through that with them as well is, uh, you know, key to helping them assess [00:18:00] or, or, you know, where we manage the funds, assessing, um, what the exposures are and what the right amount is. Joseph Cass: And maybe ignoring the recent noise in private credit, do you still s- think there's gonna be kind of long-term appetite from your clients for the asset class in over the next, say, three to five years? Mark Haefele: Without a doubt. Because, uh- You know, the way that regulations have evolved, there is, uh, b- it's almost, you know, by design, regulators around the world have created, uh, almost a need for private credit because, uh, it's very hard to get this, this credit into the public markets or for, for it to be handled by banks and things. And so, um, yeah, it's s- uh, so much of, of the financial landscape that we see today, you know, is based on [00:19:00] what regulators have created, and they've basically created this asset class the way that, the way it is now after the financial crisis and the, and the way they regulated banks and insurance companies. Joseph Cass: Are there any asset classes which wealthy families will proactively bring up and say, you know, "What about this?" Mark Haefele: He or she ca- you know, ca- came up, say, over the past fifty years or something, they may ha- they may have a, a preconception about equities as risky versus fixed income as kind of safe. But, you know, I think trying to ex- unpack that and say, well, you know, volatility is the way that we often measure risk, but, you know, as Warren Buffett says, kind of, really risk is the, uh, lo- permanent loss of capital, right? And so, uh, you know, in a world where bond yields can rise, the... what is risky, uh, is different than when bond yields could only [00:20:00] go down. And so I think reestablishing that conversation and, and, uh, is key to what we do and also how we can help clients. Joseph Cass: When UBS advises wealthy individuals on bond investments or fixed income, how important do you think credit ratings are, like the ones we do at S&amp;P? Mark Haefele: Credit ratings are integral to the entire, uh, financial system. And f- for us, they can play a specific role because You know, some of-- we do-- we think that most of the, the returns that people get are based on the overall asset allocation, but we also do tactical, uh, positions to try and add some, add some returns. And on the fixed income side, you know, kind of understanding when companies are going to change ratings either up or down, uh, that can be a significant source of alpha. So we pay very close [00:21:00] attention to ratings, uh, and you know, which companies we think are gonna get upgraded or, or downgraded around the ratings. Joseph Cass: And for you personally, has advising and investing on behalf of wealthy individuals, wealthy families changed the way that you think about money? Mark Haefele: Hundred percent. Uh, when I started out classic value investor, uh, very micro was... I mean, I, I started-- I was getting my PhD, and I used to spend the days reading about dead people in the library, so switching to reading ten Qs and ten Ks was actually very exciting, and I had a tremendous stamina and capacity to do that. But I think I've learned that, you know, the big chunks are the things that we've been talking about, asset allocation, um, separating the, the part of investing from all the emotions that we have [00:22:00] around money. Those are the big chunks, and if you don't get those right first, actually being a quote unquote good investor can really mess up your life and your money. Joseph Cass: If someone young, say someone in their twenties, is looking to build wealth through investing today, how would you say they should structure their path? Mark Haefele: I think the number one thing is, uh, make investing, like, as boring as possible. It should be like brushing your teeth. It's a habit. You don't get emotionally worked up about it. You just do it a little bit every day. Uh, that's-- it sounds ridiculously simple and stupid, and I could give you, you know, very long and complicated answers about, uh, asset allocation or the way you should think [00:23:00] about, uh, earnings improvements as part of, uh, you know, your equity allocation. But honestly, it's, it's the behavioral stuff that matters the most, and it's the hardest for people to get on top of. Joseph Cass: Mark, thank you so much for joining us today. Mark Haefele: Thank you, Joseph. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/pdi-apac-2026</link><description>This summer, the PDI APAC Forum 2026 brought together more than 300 private markets professionals in Singapore, including limited partners (LPs), general partners (GPs), intermediaries, and law firms.</description><title>Private Credit Momentum Builds Across APAC: Key Takeaways from the PDI APAC</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 24 July 2026 Private Credit Momentum Builds Across APAC Key takeaways from the PDI APAC Forum 2026 Authored by Vijay Chander Overview This summer, the PDI APAC Forum 2026 brought together more than 300 private markets professionals in Singapore, including limited partners (LPs), general partners (GPs), intermediaries, and law firms. The event offered a valuable opportunity to connect with investors and industry leaders while exploring the trends shaping private credit across the region. S&amp;P Global Ratings colleagues also joined discussions on topics such as Middle Market Lending and Future-Proofing Portfolios Through Private Debt, providing perspectives on the evolving market landscape. What We Heard Investor demand remains strong, but selective: Private credit continues to attract investor interest across APAC as market participants seek opportunities to enhance portfolio yield. However, investors are approaching the asset class with caution, placing greater emphasis on collateral quality, sponsor strength, covenant protections, and downside mitigation. Growing interest in asset-backed finance in Australia: Australia emerged as a key area of focus throughout the discussions. Investors and market participants highlighted opportunities in senior secured direct lending, Australian real estate, and infrastructure-related investments. India is attracting attention for structured and mid-market credit: Indiaâs private credit market continues to gain momentum, with panelists pointing to growth over the past decade. As traditional bank lending has become more constrained, private credit providers have stepped in to finance middle-market companies and structured lending opportunities. AI, digital infrastructure, and energy transition drive financing needs: The rapid expansion of AI technologies and digital infrastructure is creating substantial financing requirements across the APAC region. Forum speakers highlighted growing demand for investment in data centers and connectivity infrastructure, as energy needs associated with these developments are also accelerating investment in renewable energy solutions. Looking Ahead The discussions at the PDI APAC Forum 2026 underscored the continued evolution of the private credit market across APAC. From the growth of asset-backed finance in Australia and expanding credit opportunities in India to rising demand for AI-related infrastructure and transition financing, investors are navigating a market shaped by both innovation and selectivity. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071626-china-focuses-on-building-voluntary-demand-for-saf-over-issuing-mandates</link><description>China has prioritized building sustainable aviation fuel ecosystems and fostering voluntary demand over issuing demand-side policies such as mandates, said Eason Chen, chief operating officer of the SAF Center at the Civil Aviation Administration of China (CAAC), July 16. At an industry webinar, Chen said China is developing SAF certification, traceability, voluntary markets and book-and-claim</description><title>China focused on voluntary SAF markets over demand mandates: CAAC research body official</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 13:47:38 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name><name>Oceana Zhou - Oil Market Specialist</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 16, 2026 Â· Updated July 24, 2026 China focused on voluntary SAF markets over demand mandates: CAAC research body official By Mia Pei and Oceana Zhou - Oil Market Specialist Editor: James Leech Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS China leads Asia-Pacific SAF output Certification, traceability build market trust: official CAAC developing sustainability certification scheme China has prioritized building sustainable aviation fuel ecosystems and fostering voluntary demand over issuing demand-side policies such as mandates, said Eason Chen, chief operating officer of the SAF Center at the Civil Aviation Administration of China (CAAC), July 16. At an industry webinar, Chen said China is developing SAF certification, traceability, voluntary markets and book-and-claim mechanisms rather than immediately relying on blending mandates similar to the EU's RefuelEU Aviation regulation. "China's approach is different from Europe," Chen said. "If we really want to meet a target, we need to ensure we can get it done ... voluntary markets are an important way to help airlines gain greater access to SAF." Chen said SAF has been designated a national priority after being incorporated into China's 14th Five-Year Plan, a strong policy signal for SAF producers and investors, and will remain a focus in the upcoming Five-Year Plans. China's SAF Center operates under the Second Research Institute of CAAC and serves as a technical advisory body to CAAC, which issues aviation regulations. China has pledged to peak carbon dioxide emissions before 2030 and achieve carbon neutrality before 2060, Chen said, noting that aviation, as a hard-to-abate sector, remains a key part in achieving the goal. On the production side, Chen said China is currently leading SAF production in the Asia-Pacific, while manufacturers continue to expand outputs. S&amp;P Global Energy data showed that China's HEFA-SPK production capacity based on announced plants as of July 7 stands at 2.7 million metric tons, projected to rise to 3.6 million mt in 2030. China's SAF export quota currently stands at 1.7 million mt/year. On the demand side, China's SAF pilot program has also expanded rapidly, said Chen. Initially launched in 2024 with four international airports and a limited number of airlines, the program has since broadened to cover domestic flights, with more than 10 airports upgraded with SAF blending and into-plane fueling infrastructure. Chen said the success of voluntary SAF markets depends on establishing confidence in sustainability claims through robust certification and traceability systems. "If we want voluntary markets to work well, we first need to build trust." "Sustainability certification is the key. We need to ensure carbon reductions are genuine, accurately calculated, and supported by full feedstock traceability," Chen said. Chen added that China is developing its own sustainability certification scheme that is fully aligned with ICAO's CORSIA framework while incorporating local feedstocks and resources to lower compliance costs. CAAC's SAF Center is also developing AnchorTrace with CNAF to support book-and-claim transactions, enabling airlines to sell SAF environmental attributes to corporate customers seeking Scope 3 emission reductions. "China's green transition is irreversible. By 2035, we hope China will become one of the global leaders in SAF, not only in production, but also in application and technological developments," said Chen. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF FOB China at $2,462/mt on July 15, down $45/mt day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/podcasts/private-markets-360/private-markets-360-episode-48-unpacking-the-state-of-the-market</link><description>In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome David Hedalen, Head of Private Markets Strategy &amp;amp; Research at Aviva Investors. David discusses how his team approaches research across the private markets landscape, using proprietary and third-party data to inform investment decisions, portfolio construction, and regional views, with a focus on European markets. He explores Avivaâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x9c;insurance-backed buy-and-maintainâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x9d; strategy for private debt, the growing importance of transparency for </description><title>Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 48 (Video): Unpacking the State of the Market With David Hedalen from Aviva Investors</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 04:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jocelyn Lewis</name><name>Chris Sparenberg</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Podcast â24 July, 2026 Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 48 (Video): Unpacking the State of the Market (With David Hedalen, Head of Private Markets Strategy &amp; Research at Aviva Investors) By Jocelyn Lewis and Chris Sparenberg In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome David Hedalen, Head of Private Markets Strategy &amp; Research at Aviva Investors. David discusses how his team approaches research across the private markets landscape, using proprietary and third-party data to inform investment decisions, portfolio construction, and regional views, with a focus on European markets. He explores Avivaâs âinsurance-backed buy-and-maintainâ strategy for private debt, the growing importance of transparency for investors, and key findings from Avivaâs private markets survey of 500 institutional investors. David also examines the rise of evergreen funds for DC investors and how infrastructure is evolving as it increasingly overlaps with real estate. More S&amp;P Global Content: Be the first to move on private markets value while itâs still taking shape. Uncover Hidden Potential Credits: Host/Author: Chris Sparenberg and Jocelyn Lewis Guests: David Hedalen, Aviva Investors Producer: Georgina Lee Published With Assistance From: Barb Dalumpines, Kimberly Olvany, Odesha Chan, Patrick Moroney, Rupal Gupta, Sophie Carr Editor: Lee Williams View Full Transcript 00:00:04:06 - 00:00:24:21 Jocelyn Hello, and welcome to Private Markets 360Â°, your insider's guide to the world of private markets. I'm Jocelyn Lewis. And today, I'm joined by my co-host, Chris Sparenberg, and our guest, David Hedalen, Head of Research and Strategy at Aviva Investors. David, thank you so much for joining us. How are you today? 00:00:25:11 - 00:00:28:08 David Very well. Thanks, Jocelyn. Chris, thank you for having me. 00:00:28:08 - 00:00:42:18 Jocelyn Yes. Thanks for coming in. So David, we'd like to start off with you giving a little information bit about your background, your current role, and we want to hear how your team approaches research in this vast world of private markets. 00:00:42:18 - 00:01:12:03 David Sure. Yes, happy to start at the beginning, if you want a little trip down memory lane, if you want to Jocelyn. But yes, so I grew up on the West Coast of Canada. I did my undergrad there as well. And then after a bit of traveling I moved to London, started working in financial services at that point, not in private market specifically, and then actually went back to university to do a Master's in a sort of property-related degree. And then got hired at a company called IPD (Investment Property Databank), which was laterally acquired by MSCI Real Assets. 00:01:12:03 - 00:01:38:22 David So I spent 4 years at IPD, and this was really diagnosing real estate portfolios, private real estate portfolios, aggregating data, establishing valuation approaches or examining those, I should say, as well as methodologies around performance diagnostics. So I spent 4 years there from 2006 to 2010, so right in the jaws of the financial crisis. So fair to say I learned a lot there. 00:01:38:23 - 00:01:57:11 David Maybe we could touch on some of the lessons learned a little bit later. And then laterally, I was brought internally by Standard Life Investments, so a large U.K. investment manager that was in 2010. And then about 3.5 years ago, I moved to Aviva Investors, where I am today to head up their private markets strategy and research function. 00:01:57:12 - 00:02:22:09 David And really, the goal of that team is a holistic private market research function. And the business covers a number of areas, but really the primary research functions for my team are infrastructure, real estate, both debt and equity. So we're large investors, both on the equity and debt side as well as private corporate debt, structured finance and actually venture capital and natural capital as well. 00:02:22:09 - 00:02:41:22 David So it runs the whole spectrum of private markets. And really, the way that we approach things is at least my brief from the CIO when I joined was really establish the team as sort of consistent top-down view to private markets across the franchise. So I'm not sure how familiar people are with Aviva and Aviva Investors more broadly, 00:02:41:22 - 00:03:10:07 David but Aviva as a function is one of the U.K.'s largest insurance companies. And Aviva Investors is their investment manager that they use for investing some of the -- or a lot of their capital. And if you think about the numbers, Aviva Investors is $350 billion of assets under management dollars total, of which about $128 billion -- around $130 billion is fixed income and $130 is around multi-asset. 00:03:10:09 - 00:03:24:04 David There's another slice of equity and around $63 billion is private markets. So it gives you a feel for how big the private market franchise is at Aviva Investors. And I should just clarify, most of that is within Europe. 00:03:24:06 - 00:03:27:23 Jocelyn Is that an area of growth for you, too, private markets? 00:03:28:00 - 00:03:57:24 David Absolutely. And we've seen a lot of growth there. I think, Jocelyn, from the perspective of how private markets is sort of plugging into the wider investment ecosystem. From my point of view, and Aviva Investors is, again, a large U.K. insurer is also one of the largest DC providers in the U.K. So we're seeing material growth in the DC channels and the allocations to private markets through those DC solutions for investors. 00:03:58:00 - 00:04:18:00 David And I think this is an interesting dynamic for private markets - probably something we'll explore later - is how do we get private to talk to public so that these allocations work because despite a lot of the default funds, at least that Aviva Investors runs anywhere from 10% to 25%, in fact, some of the funds are private, 00:04:18:01 - 00:04:29:12 David it's still a minority or at least a relatively small share of that overall allocation. So it's really important that private can talk to public in that sense. 00:04:29:14 - 00:04:46:18 Chris So private talking to public and then also being focused very much on Europe, you're seeing multiple jurisdictions. I'm sure you're taking in a lot of information about different market dynamics. How does that inform the research that you're doing, the way you think about structuring -- just what perspectives does it give you overall? 00:04:46:18 - 00:05:07:20 David Yes. That's a good question, Chris. So I think when we think about how we use research in a way or the data that comes through from the private market ecosystem, and let's call it the shop floor, if you will, in terms of our business. So as I mentioned, we run these large areas of private markets across Europe in real estate, both debt and equity, et cetera, infrastructure as well. 00:05:07:22 - 00:05:27:13 David We get a lot of sort of real-time intel coming through. And we do use that. We also are able to buy in third-party data. So we do sort of augment the third-party data provision with our own intel. And then from there, the team is tasked with sort of building up the sort of proprietary tools that we would use to help make better investment decisions and help inform. 00:05:27:14 - 00:05:49:23 David And I think I should probably clarify as well, Chris. The research, the top-down views and for those listeners who are in the weeds of private markets, they know that a top-down view is probably more applicable in the public space than it is the private space, right? So we may have a view on a certain market, but actually, the application is harder in the private space because of access routes, constraints, liquidity 00:05:49:23 - 00:06:09:20 David you might have to develop out an asset that brings in its own type of risk, et cetera. So really, whilst we offer that top-down view, there is that sort of, let's call that, the theory of where we think the markets are going. But the reality is the actual implementation of the investment, there's a journey in there, which my team supports the business on in terms of how we do that. But it's not a one-for-one. 00:06:09:21 - 00:06:26:21 David The views from my team are not necessarily dogmatic in a sense because the application will be very, very challenging to do because we may like a certain sector that there may be no product available, for example, right? But either way, having that top-down view is critical when we think about how we look at the various types of private markets. 00:06:26:21 - 00:06:44:18 David So third-party data is bought in. We use that -- we use our own sort of intel from the shop for that operational leverage to really refine and reinforce and come out with what we think is better options and for our investor base. 00:06:44:20 - 00:07:22:11 Jocelyn And then thinking about those different options and solutions that you have across the investor base. So Aviva is mainly investing in Europe. But when you think about Europe and private markets, that's all different geographies really because you have all these different European countries so -- or European jurisdictions. So how do you bring that into your research? And what unique insights are you then able to get from taking in all of that data and research to then say, here's how we're going to structure our outcomes. 00:07:22:11 - 00:07:44:03 David Yes. No, again, this is, I guess, in a way, the advantage of Europe and that some of the -- there's some barriers to certain countries for tax reasons, et cetera, depending on where you're domiciled, Justin. So absolutely, there are considerations there. And that probably relates back to my previous point that we may like a certain country or a certain sector, but actually -- it may not be tax beneficial depending on the jurisdiction where the fund is domiciled, 00:07:44:03 - 00:08:06:13 David right? And so that's another layer, I think, that a lot of investors have to consider in Europe. So if you think about how we would break that down, we would look at the country risk. And so we're supported by a wider macro strategy team that sort of look at the various -- have views on country dynamics, cyclicality of countries, GDP growth per country. So 00:08:06:13 - 00:08:33:00 David we have a view on the sort of top down. We take that view and then think about, okay, how does that impact, let's say, the built environment in the real estate case or the demand for energy in certain countries or from a lending perspective, spreads, et cetera, in various markets, clearly, liquidity is a consideration there. And that sort of cooks down to your sort of, I guess, in a way, Jocelyn, on your risk premium per country and how we think about that. And how we do that and how we navigate that is through what we call relative value. 00:08:33:00 - 00:09:02:11 David So we look at everything through a relative value lens. In order to get there, it is not very straightforward in private markets because as you both know, sometimes the data is not available to be able to base anything off. So you almost have to manufacture that. So we will pull in this data for various markets, and we'll have visibility because we have visibility from deal flow, either maybe deals we didn't win, but we have evidence of where we outbid, potentially bids we did win, and we know potentially exact underbidder number, 00:09:02:11 - 00:09:19:04 David but we may have a feel for how many underbidders there were and is there a lot of demand for this type. And clearly, we're sellers as well. So we know what market is pricing when we sell. So we can sort of triangulate all that data, and that is proprietary, right? That is the sort of informational advantage, I would say, in this market. 00:09:19:04 - 00:09:37:18 David And what we do then is we put that into a relative value framework to be able to establish, okay, where are we seeing the best value today on a risk-adjusted basis? Now that's not for everyone because that's a coefficient, that's a ratio. And clearly, if the absolute return of that doesn't meet the hurdle, then the investor doesn't care. 00:09:37:19 - 00:09:57:13 David We may have a good risk-adjusted return, but the absolute return doesn't hit the hurdle, it's not a viable investment. But this is where I think private markets -- and back to the point that you mentioned, Chris, in terms of that public-private dynamic, this is where private markets, I think, really needs better data, 00:09:57:13 - 00:10:25:05 David and we're getting there. And I joined the industry 20 years ago, working for what was a data provider, hoovering up valuation data on private assets, putting that into a sort of confidential mixer and out came an index for New York offices or out came an index for the London City, whatever it might be. And what that gave investors was a sort of basis to be able to establish some sort of reference point, right? 00:10:25:06 - 00:10:49:08 David And that gave people that are looking to model that out, okay, here's the relationship with different drivers in the macro economy, right? Here's the relationship of this asset class versus this asset class. Now that's real estate, right? That's alongside sort of core private equity, that's probably the most invested part of the private market stack, right? And we can see that from our own survey data, 00:10:49:08 - 00:11:06:10 David and that's not a surprise to anybody. So it's quite mature in the private market sense. It's often the first investment people in private markets is real estate makes sense. But what the index gave investors was the ability to then start to model out a basis and a framework to think about how they do it. 00:11:06:11 - 00:11:22:20 David To your point, Jocelyn, on data where maybe there isn't a reference point in a European market that's maybe more developing, more nascent or the transparency is not there, it is hard. So we have to think about ways that we can do that without necessarily having some sort of reference point to base 00:11:22:22 - 00:11:36:23 Jocelyn Chris, does it make sense to talk a little bit about our new data set? And since we have real assets and private credit as the first 2 segments that are available within that data set it might be helpful. 00:11:37:04 - 00:11:54:12 Chris I think it does, and this is a topic that's near and dear to my heart. especially, but I want to frame it almost as the complement to what you're describing is all the proprietary data that you collect. There's everything happening on the shop floor. There's the deal pipeline, you're on both sides of it, you're buying and selling. 00:11:54:13 - 00:12:17:20 Chris Then there's this layer of market data that you need. Some of that comes from public sources. Other sources, I think, are newly developing. And so what we've done with our partnership with Cambridge Associates and Mercer is really to take a look at the institutional reported universe almost, right? So funds reporting into LPs and what signals you can draw from a data set like that in aggregate. 00:12:17:21 - 00:12:34:16 Chris So we did start in March, we released our credit and real assets data product. For us, real assets is everything you described, it's real estate infrastructure, nat res. But can you talk about the importance of market data and where you see maybe some inefficiencies or opportunities and what role that would play in your process? 00:12:34:16 - 00:13:05:21 David Yes. So this is a live conversation. We're always looking for more data. So obviously, when I heard about the project, Chris, that was coming out and obviously spoken to you about it as well, really, really interested to see what data was coming out and how it could be used. And I think the use case for us, right, is, as I mentioned to Jocelyn's question, this idea that we can look at post returns for any type of private asset historically and give the journey, 00:13:05:21 - 00:13:30:17 David the volatility of the journey is really critical, particularly looking back to the point on DC and public investors, that's the language that they speak. They're used to seeing NAV volatility, valuation volatility. They're not used to seeing a 5-year IRR projection. That's one number, right? And that's a really important distinction. So I'll paint this with a live example about how we've done it, 00:13:30:17 - 00:13:52:01 David and this hopefully will get to your point, Chris. Historically, where we didn't have a reference point for a market data series, a nascent infrastructure asset class, something, let's say, EV charging, right? Now your data set may have a series for EV charging, but even if it did, it's probably not historic enough to be able to sort of hang your hat on, 00:13:52:03 - 00:14:12:09 David Sure. So what we did as a business, and this is our original relative value framework was basically say, okay, well, we're doing these deals. We've got the models, we've got the cash flows. Let's hand them over to some quants on the research team to basically stress those models and give you a sort of stochastic projection of your IRR permutation. 00:14:12:09 - 00:14:31:12 David So 5,000 IRR scenarios versus various. So you have a base case and then you have a stress and then you end up a situation, okay, what's your level of confidence in your central IRR because you now have the potential distribution, right? Now that's great. That's an IRR that gives you a risk-adjusted -- sorry, it's not risk-adjusted as we think in terms of the volatility over the return. 00:14:31:12 - 00:14:37:01 David It's actually risk-adjusted in terms of your -- probably your predictability of hitting your central case. 00:14:37:01 - 00:14:39:05 Chris Distribution 00:14:39:07 - 00:14:53:24 David So that's fine. And that actually worked. For a long time, that worked. And it was prior to my time in the business, but it was one of the first things I was asked to do is look at this model, and it did work, and it was great. It was very clunky because you had to then take a new deal. 00:14:53:24 - 00:15:10:01 David And if you didn't have a deal, we are a big player in the European private market space. But if it was a new asset class you hadn't done an underwrite on, guess what, you have to build that. You're not going through that level of detail necessarily because nothing sharpens the mind like a live deal, right? 00:15:10:03 - 00:15:27:22 David We all know that. So fundamentally, we were using these deals where we've done a material amount of DD and be able to stress it. And this was -- the problem is this was effectively a country-specific EV charging program, right? It wasn't a sort of wider context of how is this working? Whether it's a nascent sector like battery storage 00:15:27:22 - 00:15:47:13 David now, again, new, very popular and a lot of investors looking at that sector. These are things that are challenging to do. So you had this situation where we had this really interesting output, IRR-based outcomes across all these different sectors, and you could do it for real estate as well, clearly, right? We knew that. You had to make some assumptions on correlations and how, 00:15:47:16 - 00:16:20:04 David but you could start to run various outputs and sort of say, how does this work and then assess, okay, where is the best risk-adjusted return here for this ecosystem of private markets. The problem is the DC, the public side would say, how can this talk to my book, which is using some sort of post modeled out volatility of the future and the past, and we know the max drawdown and we know the potential banana skins or what will react if there's a macro event. That doesn't give you that. 00:16:20:04 - 00:16:42:05 David That's basically one number. So weaving that in was challenging. So we've started to augment that now and using where we can, to your point, Chris, this data. So where there's viable data sources that have history, you can actually do things very similar to what they do in public now, where you're actually modeling very, very similar total return forecast with similar types of volatility metrics. 00:16:42:05 - 00:17:05:20 David You can de-smooth the series and you're actually having for a public market CIO - and let's be frank, most CIOs in investment firms cut their teeth in the public sector -- public sector, the public side, excuse me, right? And so this sort of IRR conversation is often a challenge sometimes. So when you can then say, well, this is now on the same metrics on the same basis. 00:17:05:20 - 00:17:24:04 David So where you have to your data set, where you have that ability to sort of say, okay, this is a long enough series, a deep enough series, even if it's not as robust as you would like, you can still start to use it as a base, that's extremely helpful to start to think about how you potentially look at some of the factors influencing that asset class, 00:17:24:04 - 00:17:44:21 David how sensitive are the various market dynamics to rates, GDP growth, whatever energy, whatever it is you're looking at. And I think where the market is going is very much down that route, at least from my perspective. And look, I'm speaking from a major DC player, private market investor. We don't run a lot of closed-end vehicles. 00:17:44:21 - 00:18:05:02 David We don't run a lot of sort of 7-year life vehicles. We're mainly open-ended funds, LTAFs, evergreen structures for DC solutions. So this is sort of the lens that I look at it through. But I can tell you now, we've got people on my team who solely look at getting that private market output to talk to public, so it can be modeled. 00:18:05:02 - 00:18:25:19 David So strategic asset allocation makes sense. And that's, I think, to the point, Jocelyn, is what's happening there is how it's used and how the data is used in public -- private is coming to public to a degree, Chris. So the more of these lines you can get, which show the sort of ex post returns and 00:18:25:19 - 00:18:43:20 David Even if it's investors questioning the depth of the data, it's still better than nothing. We're at the moment, for a nascent sector, one that we don't have data for, we're having to effectively create it for nothing. We're here, you at least have a basis to be able to sort of reference that to a degree. 00:18:43:22 - 00:19:01:20 Chris It's incredibly interesting. I think this is definitely an area where we'll see a lot more developing. For us, the goal is always to capture the total market. And that's not just from a data or performance metric standpoint, but then also how granularly we can detail the assets themselves, the sectors that we're covering, hopefully, to give you more and more of those inputs. 00:19:01:20 - 00:19:25:17 David And I think that's the next evolution, I would say, right? So this is now -- if you think about â you are flying the flag for private markets, you say, okay, so now you're starting to model out against public. It's a total return methodology. It's not a sort of specific private market IRR or any type of private market-only equation that's used. 00:19:25:18 - 00:19:40:15 David I don't think those will go away. But in order for people sort of understand and be able to do proper SAA, they need to be consistent, right? And yes, there's -- you need to look at these. And as I said, this isn't dogmatic. This is not something that we say this is the outcome, this is the SAA. 00:19:40:15 - 00:19:54:02 David It's more this is your sort of a skeleton of how we would view it based on the data. And then you start to put the meat on the bones of this thing and say, okay, there's lateral movement from the asset allocator, there's lateral movement from the fund manager to do what you want. But fundamentally, this didn't exist before 00:19:54:03 - 00:20:26:17 David and now starting to come to fruition. But if that's the sort of input, right, the other side of it is, to your point, Chris, on the output and starting to assess performance, right? And this is where I really think -- and when I spent 4 years at IPD, I was presenting to clients. So IPD, again, this sort of index provider that was hovering up private data on behalf of private investors. It wasn't a forecasting shop. It was a consultancy service that basically diagnosed performance. 00:20:26:21 - 00:20:51:08 David So it was very much backward looking. But I probably did up to maybe 100 presentations a year on portfolios. And you're sitting down with investors through the good times in '06, through wobbly times in '07, the bad times in '08 and then out the other side, right? And you see -- you learn a lot. And there's a lot of behaviors that you saw that -- and lessons learned from that experience. 00:20:51:10 - 00:21:18:01 David And a big one was around performance and investors moving or having some sort of viable reference that they could show that they were good managers. So even though -- I mean, we're in London today, that market took a 40% drawdown during the financial crisis from a capital value point of view, there were some investors out there that probably lost money because of higher quality product, better underwriting on their tenants, better 00:21:18:01 - 00:21:37:08 David location, whatever it might have been, the factors that influence that haircut on their values to not be as severe. -- they want to show investors that actually they were good. So yes, it was bad, but they were much better off than the market average. Now that's 40% average for the index. There were some actually that it's around that 40%, right, 00:21:37:09 - 00:22:00:05 David which wasn't pretty. And it was difficult for investors to -- and fund managers to handle and explain. But having viable data to do that and reliable data to show that is critical, right? And I think when you get into the realms of public as well, then you start to get into things around attribution. So not just absolute returns and thinking, okay, well, the market did minus 40% on the capital, but we 00:22:00:11 - 00:22:22:06 David did minus 20. It's okay, well, where and why? And how is that important, right? And as private markets becomes more sophisticated, right, as more capital flows into this, not just from the traditional institutional channels, but also from DC, which is a huge growth channel globally, but also retail channels as well, wealth advisory, massive opportunity for the private market space. 00:22:22:12 - 00:22:44:17 David they are used to seeing diagnosis of performance, not just, well, here I am, here's a number, and I beat this number. It's actually, well, why did you do that? And actually, how is your risk control working? So the better data you have, whether it's in the private credit space or in the credit space or the equity space and the ability to slice and dice that and diagnose that is absolute absolutely critical. 00:22:44:17 - 00:23:10:14 David And we see it now. We see it now where you can do that and say, okay, well, the reason we did well here is because we weren't invested in this market or the reason we did well is because we're overweight in this market. It's very, very powerful, not just for getting people up to speed with private markets and how it operates, but also from a manager fundraising point of view in terms of saying I see we're pretty good at this and we make the right call, whether that's a thematic call, whether that's a cyclical call or something... 00:23:10:14 - 00:23:12:04 Chris Can explain what we do and what we don't do. 00:23:12:09 - 00:23:12:12 David Exactly 00:23:12:12 - 00:23:13:14 Chris as well with evidence. -- 00:23:13:14 - 00:23:30:07 David which is bread and butter for the public space, right? -- overweight tech, we're underweight tech, whatever it is, you can do that very easily and show should have been here. I was overweight here, this was a benefit. Private is getting there, and it will only benefit the sector as it gets more and more pronounced. 00:23:30:07 - 00:23:30:11 Jocelyn Yes. 00:23:30:11 - 00:23:33:21 Jocelyn And that track record that you have, that's another data point, too. Exactly, Jocelyn, 00:23:33:22 - 00:23:57:11 David exactly. And that's, again, to the point on DC with evergreen funds, a lot of these funds favor evergreen. That track record is important, right? Because they're constantly investing into this vehicle as opposed to sort of one set of DD and then 5, 7 years later, there's potentially another fundraising... 00:23:57:13 - 00:24:20:21 Chris Let's talk about investments for a minute. So in discussing Aviva, obviously, the insurance side of the business is immense, and you have a lot of insurance-based capital in your funds. You talked about a strategy of insurance-backed buy and maintain for private debt. Can you talk to us about how that expresses itself in the portfolio, how you handle portfolio construction? 00:24:20:23 - 00:24:24:16 Chris Just what -- how does that inform your strategy overall? 00:24:24:16 - 00:24:52:01 David Yes. So it does a number of things, Chris. We talked about this sort of intel from the shop floor. It obviously means that we're very active in the market. And so Aviva being one of the largest insurers in the U.K., absolutely, there's a lot of private debt originated on behalf of the insurance parent, absolutely. That tends to be liability driven the buy and maintain. 00:24:52:01 - 00:25:18:13 David And so it tends to be investment grade. A large portion of it is asset-backed as well, so I think infrastructure and real estate. And there's also an element of senior corporate and structured funds. So the majority of the book from that slice is investment grade. Now there is a subsector to that, which is the fund space, which is a multi-sector private debt approach. 00:25:18:13 - 00:25:34:10 David So in a way -- and I would say that how does the -- so the question is how does the insurance book sort of drive the strategy? I would say it helps us get visibility on the market dynamics. So we originated 00:25:34:11 - 00:25:55:08 David almost $5 billion last year in U.K. and Europe on behalf of the insurance book, but in terms of our total private debt exposure, that's a pretty typical run rate for us anywhere between $4 to $5 billion -- so we're constantly in the market doing this. Where it really starts to sort of manifest itself is in the multi-sector private debt. 00:25:55:13 - 00:26:14:12 David So what it's done is we've done this -- we've been working on this -- or we've been in this sector for over 40 years. And we've got a huge proprietary database that we use. And this is something that we do share snippets with the market, the illiquidity premium. We release it every quarter. But effectively, we've got over 2,000 deals. 00:26:14:14 - 00:26:23:10 David We know the excess spread we would get over a commensurate public proxy, and we know that by investment banding, 00:26:23:12 - 00:26:58:05 David and we also know it by duration. And so we can get a feel for how these asset classes are behaving through cycles, particularly private debt. We actually talked a lot about equity, private debt. this database really helps us think about how we approach portfolio construction from a multi-sector private debt. So back to your point on the data set that you're building out with Mercer and Cambridge, this is very much proprietary data where we can see the different spreads we're achieving across the cycle. 00:26:58:08 - 00:27:18:22 David And what we can see from this is that illiquidity premium, which, I mean, goes back to our sort of university days, it's not some sort of a static variable. It's very much dynamic, and it does ebb and flow. And actually, the different characteristics of private debt have different sort of pinch points with illiquidity premium, the excess spread you receive over that public proxy. 00:27:18:22 - 00:27:39:23 David So something like real estate and infrastructure, unsurprisingly is very, very sticky. So it tends to reprice quite slowly. So what tends to happen with real estate, for example, and for a 2 degree is public spreads will tighten quickly and the private space won't react. -- quick. So you end up with a sort of exaggerated or a higher illiquidity premium, 00:27:39:23 - 00:28:05:15 David you can lock that in through the structure of the credit. Private corporate debt structured finance, much more dynamic, right? -- tends to move much more -- priced much more like public. That's unsurprising. The deals can be done quicker, et cetera. So that makes sense. And so actually, what you find is whilst the spread -- the average spread achievable is higher for something like a private corporate debt, the volatility of that is also elevated. 00:28:05:15 - 00:28:27:09 David So back to our -- to go back to coefficient variation risk over return. But fundamentally, the ratio is predicated on a higher volatility number through that cycle or through the cycle, whereas infrastructure and real estate, whilst the long-term average is lower, it tends to not be as volatile. So it's more stable. It does move. 00:28:27:09 - 00:28:51:06 David It does have with the real estate cycle for sure, or wide infrastructure inflows, et cetera, but it's not to the same degree. So this sort of big book of origination on behalf of -- it's not just Aviva insurance, it's also other third-party managers that invest with us as well because of our breadth and depth in the market. We have other insurance partners alongside us that we originate for as well. 00:28:51:10 - 00:29:00:02 David But if you take a multi-sector approach to private debt, the data that we have can help us illustrate at what point is a good time to maybe go overweight to certain sectors. 00:29:00:02 - 00:29:18:21 David So back to the portfolio construction piece, back to the point around private debt not being a monolith. And actually, there's a lot of moving parts under the surface, something both of you will know very well. And this is really important around portfolio construction. So this is the sophistication of the private market space, zeroed in on private debt, 00:29:18:22 - 00:29:25:21 David where actually we look at, okay, we know how these spreads are going to move or expect to move, we should be focusing efforts here or there. 00:29:25:23 - 00:29:53:08 Jocelyn And when you think of the private market space, because it's private, that means that it's not as transparent as the public markets, but you are bringing in all this data. You mentioned the proprietary data set that you have. What is the balance that you have of giving transparency to those who need it. So whether it's your partners that you're investing on behalf of, you mentioned external insurance companies as well. 00:29:53:10 - 00:30:07:06 Jocelyn What level of transparency can you provide because that has to be somewhat of a differentiator when you're able to give comfort in the fact that you have transparency and are willing to at least provide some of it to help with explanations? 00:30:07:06 - 00:30:28:22 David Yes. Great question. And I think something -- my view on this, Jocelyn, and again, 20 years in privates, working for a company in the past, at least that was their business case was confidentiality that REITs and port cos and private vehicles submitted data into a confidential pot, and I'm sure your business is the same. And -- 00:30:28:24 - 00:30:34:14 David I feel like the private markets focus on confidentiality is maybe a little bit overcooked. 00:30:34:17 - 00:30:57:09 Jocelyn And I think it varies a little too between some groups or some investors, I think, are a little more transparent than others because going back 20 years when I was in the asset management, I sat with some of the investors and gave them transparency, but it wasn't all of them. So I think that matters as well, the relationship as you have. 00:30:57:10 - 00:30:59:08 Jocelyn But correct me if you see something different. 00:30:59:10 - 00:31:22:10 David I think we're in agreement there. I think where it's going is more transparency. And I think that's the way -- and that's the way that Aviva Investors definitely approach it. The fact that we release our illiquidity premium, we don't give obviously the fully behind the curve of the data, but you can look at the calendar year average for 2025 and see what the illiquidity premium was for infrastructure debt in Europe versus real estate debt in Europe, 00:31:22:11 - 00:31:43:06 David right? Like nobody else is doing that. And we just felt we've got this data. rising tide lifts all boats to a degree, this helps the wider market. But clearly, we then can go to investors and say, look, we're sharing this. We've got this edge here. We've got this data. We use this, and we can show them that we use it. And the level of sophistication we can do back to the modelling point, 00:31:43:06 - 00:32:01:23 David we can then run optimal portfolios, right? So we run optimal portfolios for multi-sector strategies in private debt, for example, because we've got a view of, a, where potentially spreads are trading, right? We have a view. Obviously, we know where the rate environment is going or certainly environment is going. We know where rates are today and potentially where they could go. 00:32:01:23 - 00:32:21:20 David Clearly, if it's floating, that changes some of the projections going forward. But also, we also know the potential liquidity premium. So this helps us navigate that. So Jocelyn, I think what we've seen is an evolution within the market of -- there's a lot more data providers out there, for sure. There's a lot of 00:32:21:21 - 00:32:27:12 David shops that are looking to have an angle with data, right? 00:32:27:14 - 00:32:28:04 David 00:32:28:06 - 00:32:47:10 David a lot of it, I would say, is absent of, I think, what we're speaking to Chris about a minute ago around the sort of long history of deep data, right? So some of it will be specific niches in private markets or might be consultancy services, but there's not the sort of what we're after is the sort of big, deep data sets where we can really dig drill into it. 00:32:47:11 - 00:33:03:21 David Now arguably, if we were a smaller investment house or I was a team of one, I may need that. But for a team, the depth and breadth of my team, we need probably the baseline data to be able to build off and make our -- but on the transparency point, we will pull in third-party data. 00:33:03:21 - 00:33:21:24 David We buy that in from various sources. We then augment that with the bottom up or the shop floor intel that we have. We then put it through the various models that we have, and we do play that back to investors. And investors, particularly on the DC side and more sophisticated plans will ask for, 00:33:22:04 - 00:33:44:14 David okay, let's see how this works. Let's see what assumptions have you made? And I think the whole thing around private markets is this education point, right? And you've got very, very clever people who are new to the sector, right? And they're asking very valid questions about how it works, and I think that's fair, right? And so I think from a private markets, we've got to help them out. 00:33:44:16 - 00:34:04:17 Chris We've covered a lot of ground talking about data. There is one source of data that we haven't touched on, which I'm thrilled to here, and that is survey data. So Aviva recently released a survey of institutional investors. Would love for you to take us through some of the information you got on attitudes toward the space, expectations, just what other conclusions you drew from that. 00:34:04:17 - 00:34:39:07 David Yes. No, it's a really interesting study, Chris. So our study is done every year, 500 institutional investors around the world, $6.5 trillion of AUMs. And this covers insurance, sovereign wealth, DC and DB plans. and really only focused on private markets, but we control the questions I'm involved in the survey construction, and we can ask questions that, quite frankly, I'm interested in sometimes proving points or investigating things a little bit further. 00:34:39:07 - 00:35:05:24 David So main takeaway and the fact we're on this podcast today is that private markets remains in favor very much. So I think around 88% of investors across that entire $6.5 trillion are looking to either hold or increase allocations. Now that hold is running at about 12.5% is the average allocation to privates across that data set. North America is slightly higher, 00:35:06:00 - 00:35:33:13 David around 14.5%. Asia Pac, slightly lower. Europe is around that 12% rate. So that's come from roughly 10% 2, 3 years ago. So again, this growth has been material for private markets. So that's probably one takeaway that private markets very much remains in the crosshairs of investor thinking around the globe. The second one, I think, was a major takeaway from the study was around actually illiquidity premium. 00:35:33:13 - 00:35:55:15 David I know we've touched on this a lot, but it was really interesting that this was now the second most reason to allocate to private markets across the survey. Number one was diversification. So my thinking on this is if you think about how -- if you were new to private markets, let's say, and you didn't have necessarily a full understanding. 00:35:55:15 - 00:36:13:21 David And as we talked about, it's still quite opaque. There's still areas where it is uncertain for sure, and you are going to get paid through the excess return you should achieve. But fundamentally, diversification is the #1 reason investors look at private markets. That intuitively makes sense, right? Some of these sectors are less linked to the business cycle. 00:36:13:21 - 00:36:33:05 David Some of them have different demand drivers and supply considerations than other asset classes for sure. So that kind of intuitively makes sense, I don't know if anyone needs data to prove that necessarily. It's helpful when it's there and the data is getting better. But I think intuitive, you could probably get there. illiquidity premium, this was #10 3 or 4 years ago, 00:36:33:06 - 00:36:52:09 David and now it's #2. So it's really shot up the ranking. And my view, and I was speaking to my team about this as well, the sort of consensus was that the data is just getting better, that although they're not nailing the illiquidity premium to a sort of third decimal place, they're starting to see with better data, the relationship with public, 00:36:52:10 - 00:37:10:16 David they're starting to see more ability to start to unpick that and triangulate that using different data sources. So part of this will just be there's more assets in the market. There's more people looking at this. Therefore, naturally, people start to say, okay, how can I sort of measure this, right? That makes sense. But secondly, combine that with more data. 00:37:10:17 - 00:37:29:01 David So it's more eyeballs and more data means actually people get more comfortable with this illiquidity is there. And therefore, it's become the second most reason to allocate. So that was probably the second big takeaway from the study. The third one was the rise of evergreen funds. 00:37:29:01 - 00:37:35:07 David Evergreen funds, a large majority saw the rise of Evergreen funds is here to stay. 00:37:35:09 - 00:38:09:24 David So this is quite a shift in terms of how investors have been thinking about private markets access historically and the rise of Evergreen was something that was really, really clear in the survey. And I think that makes sense, right? I think when you think about what Evergreens offer, and we talked about DC solutions, but also just wider investment committees having to do a renewed round of due diligence or bring new things to market or you've got a seed fund ready to go that you can invest in on a regular basis and potentially arguably at some point when a DC is going to wind down, redeem, 00:38:10:05 - 00:38:36:14 David right? So this is -- there's a natural sort of partnership there in our view with that DC and that evergreen structure. And that was clear in the survey that DC investors were clearly looking at that Evergreen as an access here to stay for private. I think some parts of the private markets landscape maybe don't lend themselves so well to evergreen. 00:38:36:16 - 00:38:55:00 David If you think about maybe something like real estate development, which is much more buy it, fix it, potentially sell it, back to the journey of the NAV and what investors want out of that, that lends itself more towards, in my view, an IRR type structure where you're thinking about, okay, what's my return on capital in 7 years, let's say, or 5 years, 00:38:55:01 - 00:39:14:23 David whereas a sort of more core stabilized product, you can see the rationale for Evergreen, where investors are looking at what's the NAV volatility of this vehicle on a quarterly basis, whatever it might be and how does that relationship work with the rest of my market book. So those are probably the illiquidity premium, the evergreen structure is the other one. 00:39:14:23 - 00:39:38:00 David And then actually, the rise of infra. The rise of infra equity was probably another big takeaway from the study. That was the #1 destination for capital across the board and for equity in particular. And again, this was done -- the survey was probably done in November, December, results come sort of come out in February, March time, 00:39:38:00 - 00:39:59:08 David and here we are in May speaking about it. And infrastructure is a really interesting one. This one, I think, has evolved in investor mindsets as well and what it can deliver. And I think through the hiking cycle, I think infrastructure really proved its sort of defensive characteristics, right? You think about the reasons why the hiking cycle was triggered. 00:39:59:09 - 00:40:20:04 David There was coming out of COVID, there was a demand shock, there was a surplus demand that opened up. There was a big impulse on demand, but also energy shocks from -- particularly in Europe, I'm the European lens, there was the war in Ukraine sort of putting a choke point on energy from Russia. So that caused a material energy spike. 00:40:20:04 - 00:40:39:24 David But if you think about the reasons why infra held up well was actually a lot of the cash flows either have some sort of implicit inflation linkage or explicit inflation linkage or they're linked to energy, they're energy producers, right? And so despite rising discount rates for infra, that was offset by the other side of the discount rate equation, which is cash flows. 00:40:39:24 - 00:40:59:10 David So infra, and we can see this through data back to the data point, we're starting to get better data on infrastructure equity. And we can see that relative to another equity class, a hard asset like real estate, infrastructure held up much, much better from that sort of less correlation to that sort of real re-rating that experience. So that's the other big one, 00:40:59:10 - 00:41:18:10 David I would say that infrastructure has been there. And if you look at allocations more broadly for investors, you could argue that infrastructure underweight infrastructure. And so whether this is also a part of the catch-up that real estate and PE have been sort of dominant homes for -- outside of private credit in the equity space has been mainly private equity and real estate equity, 00:41:18:12 - 00:41:24:09 David there's clearly space emerging now for infrastructure equity as well. 00:41:24:09 - 00:41:44:23 Jocelyn Yes. And then it goes back to that kind of rebalancing question, too, because you think of private markets and it's like we are in the private markets, do you want to invest? And there's so many options. So how do you choose the right one based again on the strategy that you're seeking or the returns that you're looking to achieve? 00:41:45:00 - 00:42:12:13 Jocelyn David, another thing I'm curious about, too, is when investors want to get into private markets or they want to expand their footprint, there's operational challenges that are associated with that. So when you're speaking with investors, what types of questions are you getting about some of the challenges that they're facing with getting into private markets and being able to support that operationally? Yes. 00:42:12:15 - 00:42:40:07 David It's a good question, Jocelyn. I think -- I would say, actually, you probably hinted at it with your question actually is to me, the big one is a lot -- the private markets is not sort of a single entity. So I would say if there's one barrier, it's education and knowledge. And as I mentioned, there's some very clever people here who are looking at the sector for the first time, and they're asking very valid questions around how does this work, 00:42:40:08 - 00:43:04:01 David right? And that's totally acceptable. But I think in terms of more momentum for private asset class as an entity, whether that's any component underneath, there's an education here. So you're right, people do look at private markets as a monolith, right? They'll say, okay, this is -- but it's -- you can't allocate to private markets, right? And even as you peel the onion further, you can allocate to German real estate, 00:43:04:02 - 00:43:19:21 David right? And further and then you get down to a single asset in Berlin, right? So that's, I think, really, really interesting when you start to do that education. So from an operational point of view, and as we start this journey with a lot of investors that we have and a lot of investors that we're speaking to, -- it is about, okay, let's break this down. 00:43:19:21 - 00:43:40:01 David And the best way to do that and the language that they speak is data, right? It comes back to showing the classic example I often point to, Jocelyn, is let's just put up a scatter plot of risk and return on a 10-year basis, right, for the various public equity -- public equity sectors or indices around the world. 00:43:40:03 - 00:44:00:10 David And your private counterpart is -- has some challenge or there's no dot because there's no data, right? And so slowly, over time, we're starting to get to ways where we can des-smooth. We go to understand the limitations of some of the valuation approaches and the smoothing nature that comes with it. And you're starting to put those dots onto that scatter plot. 00:44:00:10 - 00:44:25:14 David And that is so beneficial when you sit down with investors and say, right, this is the landscape we're talking about here. And then it comes back, okay, what do you want? And actually, I think what private markets can really offer investors is solutions, right? So we talked about the liability piece. earlier, Chris, that is effectively a solution that private markets can offer investors, whether that's floating rate income, whether that's fixed, 00:44:25:15 - 00:44:41:22 David right? Again, different investors want different things, whether that's long duration, short duration. You can bespoke this and you can originate based on that basis, right? And if you want that value add, then you go down the equity space looking for that sort of -- maybe it's a real estate development, maybe it's some buildup from an infrastructure point of view, whatever it might be. 00:44:41:23 - 00:45:04:19 David But yes, operations, I think that's probably the main bit. I think particularly for Europe, the regulator, and I don't want to get too into the weeds of sort of jurisdictional differences. I think we've been pretty good about speaking more broadly across the globe here. But there has been sort of jurisdictional implementation of private market asset classes through the LTAF, long-term asset funds and the LTIF, which is the European equivalent. 00:45:04:22 - 00:45:28:17 David These are effectively structure is designed to hold private market asset classes that can be held by various institutions slightly easier, for example. And there's very clear liquidity requirements. So they're evergreen in a sense, but there's rules around redemption notices, which are very, very clear. And that structure means that they're authorized, which means it's helpful from at least some operational point of view. 00:45:28:17 - 00:45:47:12 David But fundamentally, the valuations are different, Jocelyn. So when you think about any private market, so valuing infra deal will be different to a real estate deal, which would be different to any sort of private credit deal, right? So there's different valuation approaches. So again, private markets value the same way, right? It's not done on the same basis. 00:45:47:12 - 00:46:07:05 David So this again poses a chance. So it is an education. It's an education. But I think to me, the story will sell itself when investors can see what it can bring, the diversification that it can bring and also depending on what they want, whether that's the return spectrum or the liability spectrum or somewhere in between, private markets can deliver that. 00:46:07:07 - 00:46:17:17 Jocelyn And with private markets being so vast, too, and you probably touched on some of it, but why the popularity with the evergreen funds? 00:46:17:19 - 00:46:47:17 David So I touched on it briefly, yes, with the DC channels. But I just feel that from the perspective of investors with continual flow, whether that's DC or other providers, the fact that there's continual investment opportunity rather than a big tranche upfront and then potentially not seeing that for a period of time. Now that's fine. Often the returns are what the investor wanted, but you're also getting a lot of capital back at the end. 00:46:47:19 - 00:47:05:04 David right, and then you have to find a home for that again. And that's not efficient. And I think given that the access routes are there and given the structures are in place, the evergreen funds are becoming more and more favorable because of that ability to arguably come in and come out. Now to be candid, there's challenges around that. 00:47:05:04 - 00:47:26:06 David There's got to be very, very clear guidelines on liquidity constraints and how money is -- how capital is brought in and out of the funds. But selection of the right manager and the right vehicle and the right sort of requirements around those vehicles as long as investors are clear right going in, I think private markets can thread that needle. 00:47:26:08 - 00:47:35:16 Chris I'd like to circle back on infrastructure for a moment. I'm old enough to remember when data centers were a real estate play and infrastructure was roads and bridges... 00:47:35:16 - 00:47:38:09 David Right? 00:47:38:11 - 00:47:47:18 Chris The market has evolved so much since then, there are so many different flavors. Can you give us a sense of how you define infrastructure and how you have that conversation with investors and even with your own research team? 00:47:47:20 - 00:48:08:19 David Yes. So interesting, it relates to Jocelyn's question earlier around private markets. I guess we would view it as a does it -- is it a solution for an investor? Is it giving the investor what they want? So there is a blurred line here for sure. And the line -- the Venn diagram of real estate and infra is very much sort of increasingly overlapping. 00:48:08:20 - 00:48:26:00 David You touched on data centers there. We differentiate in the team. So I -- there is a sort of, let's call it, a primary researcher focusing on infra that sort of -- and that team is doing the sort of deep dive into the infra sectors. But we also have a primary research team doing real estate, right? Now 00:48:26:02 - 00:48:42:03 David they talk to each other. They're both reporting to me, so I have visibility on what's happening. But it's probably more of a matrix structure, Chris. I think from an org chart, it kind of looks like a tree, but actually it's much more of a matrix and the teams are very much alive to this overlap and what characteristics it brings. 00:48:42:03 - 00:48:45:00 David But I think it is really interesting how 00:48:45:02 - 00:48:58:18 David Asset classes that were historically viewed as real estate are morphing into infrastructure. You touched on data centers. I worked on real estate funds 10 years ago that had data centers in there, and that was firmly considered a real estate asset. 00:48:58:19 - 00:49:27:02 David I think what's changed is the critical nature. There's a couple of things that have changed. One is the critical nature of data centers now and just how they're seen as more systemic and sort of economically material to the wider economy. I also think infrastructure, the roads, the bridges, the utilities, those were ring-fenced, high barriers to entry, inelastic demand, contractual cash flows, all the things that classic Infrastructure 1.0. 00:49:27:03 - 00:49:56:15 David But if you want to call it infrastructure 2.0 is much more around digital, around, yes, they need pricing power for sure, but highly predictable cash flows are also in the mix now, not just contractual, something that's highly predictable. And clearly, some of these asset classes that were there are moving towards that sort of infrastructure like characteristic. I think data centers is one, given how systemically important these are becoming or are in society. 00:49:56:17 - 00:50:21:22 David Another smaller example that maybe, I guess, for listeners kind of brings it home to life, maybe not such a behemoth as data centers is cold storage. right? So again, cold storage was viewed historically as a sort of real estate and arguably some sort of logistics, cold logistics, right, a cold logistics storage where a van would pick up anything required deep freezing or frozen product and move from place to place 00:50:21:22 - 00:50:46:13 David now. That has evolved very much to something and COVID kind of turbocharges because of the need for super cool vaccines. If you remember, the vaccine requirement had some of the vaccines needed to be extremely cold, and this became sort of mission-critical real estate. And as soon as that starts to happen, it then moves into infrastructure like these are supply chain critical. They're used for food and they're used for pharmaceuticals. 00:50:46:13 - 00:51:12:20 David And right away, they start to sort of come into the sort of crossover space said, okay, well, hang on, it's a building. It's got a lease, but the barriers to entry are high, the power requirements, again, this is becoming a sort of moat in itself is that if you have the power connection, whether it's a data center or something like cold storage, that's a really interesting dynamic now, which is creating its own moat that the power plug-in is critical for these things, and that creates its own defensive characteristic as well. 00:51:12:20 - 00:51:40:09 David So yes, the Venn diagram is overlapping. But I think when it comes back to the investor lens and saying, okay, well, how does this satisfy the investor requirement, right? And things like are probably where we would look at both across the business is things like potentially social housing, right? They're residential housing, potentially subsidized by a government, let's say, or have some sort of contractual cash flow in there to some local government or municipal entity, 00:51:40:10 - 00:51:58:15 David let's say, for example, their real estate, people live in them, it's a residential property, but the cash flows could be seen maybe as a little more infra-like, right? And so the crossover there, I think you could see a case where potentially both the real estate team and the infrastructure team potentially would look at something like that 00:51:58:15 - 00:52:19:13 David and would it satisfy their investor requirement. And from there, they would make a decision on their underwriting and the hold periods might be different. The long-term projections might be different. But fundamentally, I think the investor wins here because it's actually something new that the investor could help satisfy their goal of saving for their retirement, whatever it might be. I 00:52:19:15 - 00:52:27:07 Jocelyn So David, could you talk also about how you're leveraging your expertise to attract external investors? 00:52:27:07 - 00:53:02:17 David through the lens of sort of third-party investment, Jocelyn, that's sort of your question. The way it's leveraged is really around the fund suite that we offer. And so we've got a number of solutions for clients, depending on their risk return profile across the capital stack, where we use the large footprint we have across the business to help triangulate, iterate, develop models to sort of make those decisions to show investors our capabilities and to really leverage that in-house data. 00:53:02:19 - 00:53:10:13 Chris David Hedalen, thank you so much for joining us today. And thank you to our viewers and listeners for another great episode of Private Markets 360Â°. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sp-global-ratings-oil-and-gas-price-decks-unchanged-amid-middle-east-disruptions-s101698094</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings today reviewed its oil price deck, leaving its oil and natural gas price decks unchanged. Our price assumptions for Brent and West Texas Intermediate (WTI) oil and Henry Hub, Alberta Energy Co., and Title Transfer Facility (TTF) natural gas remain for the rest of 2026-2029 and beyond. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings&amp;apos; oil and natural gas price assumptions --New prices-- --Old prices-- WTI ($/bbl) Brent ($/bbl) Henry Hub ($/mmBtu) AECO ($/mmBt</description><title>S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings&amp;apos; Oil And Gas Price Decks Unchanged Amid Middle East Disruptions</title><pubDate>23 July 2026 20:06:35 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/072326-tesla-shares-slide-as-multibillion-dollar-capex-surge-commences</link><description>Tesla Inc. spent more money in the second quarter of 2026 than in any prior quarter in the company&amp;apos;s 23-year history. Capital expenditure reached $5.79 billion, rising 142% from a year earlier and more than double the level recorded in the first quarter of 2026, Tesla said July 22 in its second-quarter shareholder update. The surge is central to CEO Elon Musk&amp;apos;s bid transform the leading electric</description><title>Tesla shares slide as multibillion-dollar capex surge commences</title><pubDate>23 July 2026 22:08:20 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Garrett Hering</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 23, 2026 Tesla shares slide as multibillion-dollar capex surge commences By Garrett Hering Editor: Jared Anderson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Tesla capex hits record $5.79B in Q2 2026 Shares drop 13% on weak earnings, low cash Tesla Inc. spent more money in the second quarter of 2026 than in any prior quarter in the company's 23-year history. Capital expenditure reached $5.79 billion, rising 142% from a year earlier and more than double the level recorded in the first quarter of 2026, Tesla said July 22 in its second-quarter shareholder update. The surge is central to CEO Elon Musk's bid transform the leading electric vehicle brand into a diversified developer of AI, robots, autonomous EVs, batteries, energy storage systems and solar panels. "We're investing a lot in growing the core business and really preparing for the future," Musk said on Tesla's earnings call. "This is a massive capex year, but I'm confident that all the things that we're investing in ... will yield incredible returns, really the best capex returns that we've ever seen." The second-quarter spending spree drove Tesla's free cash flow to a negative $1.09 billion and weighed more heavily on earnings than Wall Street had anticipated. Tesla's share price was down more than 13% in morning trading July 23 as investors parsed the mixed results. Year to date, the stock has lost over 26%. For the second quarter, Tesla posted adjusted earnings of $1.15 billion, or 33 cents per share, down from 40 cents per share a year earlier and more than 38% below the S&amp;P Capital IQ consensus estimate. Tesla generated $28.24 billion in revenues, up from $22.50 billion in the year-ago quarter and beating the S&amp;P Capital IQ consensus by roughly 7%. Tesla delivered "uninspiring [second-quarter] results as vehicle and stationary storage margins normalized lower on tariff impact and pricing dynamics" that suggests "lower operating margins going forward," analysts at Oppenheimer said in a July 23 note. "[Tesla] remains in the early stages of an expensive multi-year transition to scaled physical AI operations across multiple form factors." In the meantime, Tesla's current business continues to be centered around EVs and battery storage. The company released its battery storage and EV delivery results for the second quarter in early July, showing sales strength in both areas. Tesla delivered 480,126 EVs in the second quarter, up from 358,023 units in the first quarter and 384,122 in the second quarter of 2025. Tesla deployed 13.5 gigawatt-hours of battery storage in the second quarter, the company reported July 2, marking its second-highest volume ever after record Q4 in 2025. Capex surge just starting Despite the record spending, Wall Street had expected the company to spend more that it did. Tesla's second-quarter capex missed the S&amp;P Capital IQ consensus estimate of $6.4 billion, a trend that continued for the eighth consecutive quarter as Tesla struggled to keep up with Musk's sweeping plans. CFO Vaibhav Taneja reiterated Tesla's spending forecast for more than $25 billion in capital spending this year, signaling more record capital investment in coming quarters. "Capex will grow for the next two or three years," Taneja said on the earnings call. In addition to using Tesla's own cash, "we are being opportunistic in securing certain debt facilities that will give us the capacity to borrow up to $30 billion to help accelerate such investments," the CFO added. Musk and Taneja highlighted Tesla's manufacturing progress across multiple fronts, with several centered around its global headquarters outside Austin, Texas, where production of the self-driving Cybercabs began. At a separate site near Houston, Tesla is commissioning a third assembly facility for its large-scale energy storage system Megapack, which continues to see strong demand from utilities, independent power producers and data centers. Tesla is also ramping up its lithium-ion battery manufacturing activity in Texas, including battery cells, cathode materials and lithium refining. Another battery cell factory is under construction in Berlin, Germany. In California, Tesla is installing equipment to make its humanoid robot Optimus, scheduled for production later this year. A second Optimus production hub recently broke ground in Texas, where the company is accelerating AI training for its robots and vehicles. In Nevada, Tesla is commissioning an electric semi truck factory. Meanwhile, in Shanghai, the company is ramping up production at its second Megapack factory, which helped to achieve record storage deployments in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Tesla also reported progress on construction and equipment purchases for its Terafab semiconductor plant in Austin said it is making preparations for vertically integrated solar manufacturing operation. "This is going all the way from silicon refinement to producing the solar cell and then deployment of solar because there's going to be tremendous need for electricity in the future due to electrification of transport and AI, obviously," Musk said. The CEO responded to an analyst question on the potential of a merger between Tesla and Musk's rocket company Space Exploration Technologies Corp., known as SpaceX. "There's more and more overlap, especially with Terafab," Musk said, declining to discuss the matter further on the call. "It's got to be done with the appropriate process." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/creditweek-what-are-four-private-credit-pressure-points-to-monitor-s101697942</link><description>Private credit has recently experienced a shift in perception from being an enviable asset class to one facing heightened scrutiny. Concerns center on exposure to software companies whose business model could be threatened by AI, redemption challenges for nontraded business development companies (BDCs) and other semiliquid funds, and lack of clarity around the valuation process in some pockets of the market. In our view, current private credit stresses are unlikely to pose a risk that would mate</description><title>CreditWeek: What Are Four Private Credit Pressure Points To Monitor?</title><pubDate>23 July 2026 16:19:59 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-faq-what-the-uaes-exit-from-opec-means-to-oil-markets-s101698049</link><description>Editor&amp;apos;s Note: S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings believes there is a high degree of unpredictability around the duration and scale of the Middle East war and its potential effect on commodity prices, supply chains, economies, and credit conditions. As a result, our baseline forecasts carry a significant amount of uncertainty. As situations evolve, we will gauge the macro and credit materiality of potential shifts and reassess our guidance accordingly. This report does not constitute a rating action. On April 2</description><title>Credit FAQ: What The UAE&amp;apos;s Exit From OPEC Means To Oil Markets</title><pubDate>23 July 2026 18:22:35 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/us-corporate-credit-outlook-midyear-2026-ai-affordability-and-the-middle-east-shape-credit-trajectory-s101697382</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. U.S. corporate credit fundamentals remain broadly sound at midyear, underpinned by favorable financing conditions and AI-driven investment. Yet sector performance is becoming increasingly bifurcated as AI-related winners outpace the broader market, affordability pressures constrain consumer-exposed sectors, and geopolitical disruptions create earnings and margin headwinds. At the same time, the American economy is expanding near trend despite laye</description><title>U.S. Corporate Credit Outlook Midyear 2026: AI, Affordability, And The Middle East Shape Credit Trajectory</title><pubDate>22 July 2026 18:19:29 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/indian-discoms-remain-a-work-in-progress-s101694468</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. India&amp;apos;s power distribution companies (discoms) look stronger on the surface. But dig a little deeper and it&amp;apos;s apparent that many of these distributors rely heavily on government subsidies. They also lack the resources to invest in much needed modernization. Without deeper structural change, credit risks could grow and spread to other utilities. Steady improvements in EBITDA and liquidity are, in our view, only partly due to improving operational e</description><title>Indian Discoms Remain A Work In Progress</title><pubDate>13 July 2026 00:35:14 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/podcasts/look-forward/partner-perspectives-precision-in-a-shifting-bond-landscape</link><description>In this episode of Partner Perspectives, a special miniseries within the Look Forward podcast, host Molly Mintz explores the rapid evolution and enduring resilience of global fixed income markets. Drawing on S&amp;amp;P Global and Vanguardâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s joint research, Partner Perspectives: Unlocking Potential Ahead, the conversation examines how geopolitical disruption, technological innovation, and  new market innovations and infrastructure are transforming the bond market for issuers, investors, and portfolio </description><title>Look Forward | Episode 33: Partner Perspectives: Precision in a Shifting Bond Landscape</title><pubDate>18 June 2026 15:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Molly Mintz</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Look Forward 18 June 2026 Look Forward | Episode 33: Partner Perspectives: Precision in a Shifting Bond Landscape By Molly Mintz In this episode of Partner Perspectives, a special miniseries within the Look Forward podcast, host Molly Mintz explores the rapid evolution and enduring resilience of global fixed income markets. Drawing on S&amp;P Global and Vanguardâs joint research, Partner Perspectives: Unlocking Potential Ahead, the conversation examines how geopolitical disruption, technological innovation, and new market innovations and infrastructure are transforming the bond market for issuers, investors, and portfolio managers alike. Alexandre Birry of S&amp;P Global Ratings provides the macro-credit perspective, explaining that bond markets have remained orderly and functional despite geopolitical uncertainty, energy price volatility, and broader macro risks. He discusses the surge in tech and AI-related issuance, the growing importance of selectivity in credit markets, and the longer-term potential of infrastructure innovations such as tokenization, DeFi, stablecoins, and digital settlement rails. Matt Chessum of S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence unpacks the growth of global fixed income ETFs, which have expanded into a multi-trillion-dollar market by offering investors diversified bond exposure through a single tradable vehicle. Chessum explains how bond ETFs can improve accessibility, transparency, and price discovery (especially during periods of stress), while also pointing to a future in which digitalization and tokenized market infrastructure further enhance market liquidity and flexibility. Jeffrey Johnson of Vanguard takes listeners inside the mechanics of bond index fund management, explaining why fixed income indexing is far more complex than it may first appear. With benchmarks like the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index containing roughly 14,000 securities, Johnson describes the âart and scienceâ of sampling, risk alignment, trading, and cost management required to closely track a benchmark. He emphasizes why low-cost bond index funds remain a critical source of diversification and ballast in uncertain markets. Chapters 00:00 Introduction to Partner Perspectives and the evolution of fixed income 03:00 Alex Birry on bond market resilience amid geopolitical uncertainty 05:25 Tech issuance, AI disruption, and the new status quo in credit risk 07:50 The future of bond market infrastructure: DeFi, stablecoins, and tokenization 10:45 Matt Chesham on how fixed income ETFs work and why theyâve grown so quickly 13:20 Structural cost advantages, diversification, and the appeal of bond ETFs 16:00 How bond ETFs improve liquidity, price discovery, and market access 20:10 ETFs in volatile markets: resilience, stress scenarios, and risk transfer 24:10 Looking ahead: digitalization, modular bond investing, and market evolution 29:45 Jeffrey Johnson on the complexity of managing bond index funds 31:45 Why fixed income indexing lagged equities and whatâs driving adoption now 35:10 How investors use broad and targeted bond index funds 37:10 The âart and scienceâ of tracking the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index 41:20 Why active decision-making powers passive bond portfolios 43:20 Why bonds remain essential as portfolio ballast in uncertain times 45:00 Final takeaways and the importance of collaboration across markets This podcast was authored by a cross-section of representatives from S&amp;P Global and in certain circumstances external guest authors. The views expressed are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views or positions of any entities they represent and are not necessarily reflected in the products and services those entities offer. This research is a publication of S&amp;P Global and does not comment on current or future credit ratings or credit rating methodologies. Look Forward A changing world requires new insights, new analysis, and new approaches. Our clients require expertise and analysis that looks at the big picture. Explore More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/podcasts/look-forward/partner-perspectives-inside-the-forces-driving-resilience-and-expansion-in-private-markets</link><description>In this premiere episode of Partner Perspectives, a special miniseries within the Look Forward podcast, host Molly Mintz examines how private markets are reshaping capital formation, portfolio construction, and long-term investment strategy. Drawing on S&amp;amp;P Global and Vanguardâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s joint research, Partner Perspectives: Unlocking Potential Ahead, this conversation explores why companies are staying private longer, how private equity has expanded in scale and influence, and what todayâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s higher-rat</description><title>Look Forward | Episode 31: Partner Perspectives: Inside the Forces Driving Resilience and Expansion in Private Markets</title><pubDate>16 June 2026 15:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Molly Mintz</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Look Forward 16 June 2026 Look Forward | Episode 31: Partner Perspectives: Inside the Forces Driving Resilience and Expansion in Private Markets By Molly Mintz In this premiere episode of Partner Perspectives, a special miniseries within the Look Forward podcast, host Molly Mintz examines how private markets are reshaping capital formation, portfolio construction, and long-term investment strategy. Drawing on S&amp;P Global and Vanguardâs joint research, Partner Perspectives: Unlocking Potential Ahead, this conversation explores why companies are staying private longer, how private equity has expanded in scale and influence, and what todayâs higher-rate environment means for returns and risk. Vanguardâs Bill Stout outlines an optimistic but measured view on private equityâemphasizing that disciplined underwriting, operational execution, diversification, and manager selection matter more than ever as the era of easy exits fades. S&amp;P Globalâs Evan Gunter and Ilja Hauerhof discuss private creditâs rapid expansion, the rising trend of manager concentration, and how asset-based finance has emerged as a major growth engine. In addition, they highlight risks that are shaping this market evolutionâincluding liquidity constraints and structural complexityâand explain why greater transparency, standardized reporting, and data-driven insights will be essential to unlocking the next phase of private market growth. Chapters 00:00 Introduction to Partner Perspectives and the future of private markets 02:55 Bill Stout on how capital formation has shifted from public to private markets 05:15 The biggest risks facing private equity in a higher-rate, slower-exit environment 07:25 Public vs. private equity performance, illiquidity premiums, and return dispersion 08:50 Why Vanguardâs outlook for private equity is optimistic but measured 10:55 The case for manager selection and diversification across strategies, vintages, and regions 13:25 Whatâs next: secondaries, democratized access, and fee compression 16:15 Transition to private credit with Evan Gunter and Ilja Hauerhof 17:45 How private credit evolved after the GFC and why private companies are getting bigger 20:35 Concentration risk and the growing dominance of the top five credit managers 22:45 Asset-based finance, fund finance, and infrastructure as the next frontier 27:35 Key risks in private credit: liquidity, transparency, and complexity 32:35 Why standardized data and clearer reporting are critical for future growth 35:15 Final takeaways and where to find more research from S&amp;P Global and Vanguard This podcast was authored by a cross-section of representatives from S&amp;P Global and in certain circumstances external guest authors. The views expressed are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views or positions of any entities they represent and are not necessarily reflected in the products and services those entities offer. This research is a publication of S&amp;P Global and does not comment on current or future credit ratings or credit rating methodologies. Look Forward A changing world requires new insights, new analysis, and new approaches. Our clients require expertise and analysis that looks at the big picture. Explore More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/podcasts/look-forward/partner-perspectives-decoding-concentration-risk-index-design-and-the-next-era-of-choice</link><description>In this episode of Partner Perspectives, a special miniseries within the Look Forward podcast, the conversation explores one of the most foundational yet rapidly evolving forces in modern investing: indexing. Drawing on S&amp;amp;P Global and Vanguardâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s joint research, Partner Perspectives: Unlocking Potential Ahead, this episode examines how market concentration, changing corporate leadership, and expanding index tools are reshaping the way investors access markets and build portfolios.</description><title>Look Forward | Episode 32: Partner Perspectives: Decoding Concentration Risk, Index Design, and the Next Era of Choice</title><pubDate>17 June 2026 15:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Aries Poon</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Look Forward 17 June 2026 Look Forward | Episode 32: Partner Perspectives: Decoding Concentration Risk, Index Design, and the Next Era of Choice By Aries Poon In this episode of Partner Perspectives, a special miniseries within the Look Forward podcast, the conversation explores one of the most foundational yet rapidly evolving forces in modern investing: indexing. Drawing on S&amp;P Global and Vanguardâs joint research, Partner Perspectives: Unlocking Potential Ahead, this episode examines how market concentration, changing corporate leadership, and expanding index tools are reshaping the way investors access markets and build portfolios. Tim Edwards of S&amp;P Dow Jones Indices opens with a historical perspective on U.S. equity concentrationânoting that by mid-2025 the 10 largest companies in the S&amp;P 500 accounted for nearly 40% of the indexâs market capitalization, a level not seen since the mid-1960s. He explains how enthusiasm around AI, technology, and productivity has fueled todayâs market leaders, while also showing that concentration is not static: Over time, equity markets undergo a constant âchanging of the guard,â as old leaders fade and new giants rise. His core message is that broad, capitalization-weighted benchmarks remain powerful because they adapt alongside the market rather than trying to predict its future winners. The episode then shifts to Jim Rowley of Vanguard, who traces how indexing has evolved over the last 50 yearsâfrom the first simple S&amp;P 500 index mutual fund to todayâs far more targeted landscape of sector, size, style, and total-market strategies. Rowley explains how investors increasingly use âpassive for activeâ approaches to build portfolios with precision, while emphasizing that investors should look beyond labels and understand the underlying methodology of any index they own. He also points to direct indexing as the next frontier, offering greater customization for tax-loss harvesting, ESG preferences, and factor tilts. Chapters 00:00 Introduction to Partner Perspectives and the evolution of indexing 02:00 Tim Edwards on concentration in the S&amp;P 500 and why this moment matters 04:30 The role of AI, technology, and market optimism in todayâs top companies 06:10 Looking back to 1965: what happened to the prior top 10 giants 08:00 How a small number of stocks drive a large share of long-term market growth 09:55 The âchanging of the guardâ and how concentration evolves over time 11:20 Does underperformance by todayâs giants threaten the broader market? 13:10 Why broad cap-weighted benchmarks like the S&amp;P 500 remain resilient 15:20 Jim Rowley on the launch of the first index mutual fund and why it was revolutionary 17:10 How index investing expanded from simple market access to targeted exposures 18:20 Using âpassive for activeâ in portfolio construction 20:00 Why index methodology matters more than the label on the fund 21:55 A small-cap example: how similar index labels can produce very different outcomes 22:50 The future of indexing: direct indexing and portfolio customization 24:20 Why traditional index funds remain central in a more differentiated market 25:00 Key portfolio takeaways for investors and advisors This podcast was authored by a cross-section of representatives from S&amp;P Global and in certain circumstances external guest authors. The views expressed are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views or positions of any entities they represent and are not necessarily reflected in the products and services those entities offer. This research is a publication of S&amp;P Global and does not comment on current or future credit ratings or credit rating methodologies. Look Forward A changing world requires new insights, new analysis, and new approaches. Our clients require expertise and analysis that looks at the big picture. Explore More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/060324-interactive-platts-global-bunker-fuel-cost-calculator</link><description>The Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator shows how Platts price assessments for methanol, ammonia, LNG, bioblends and conventional oil-based fuels can be used to calculate the cost of marine fuels around the world, taking into account the EU Emissions Trading System and adjusted for energy density to put them on an equal footing.</description><title>Interactive: Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator</title><pubDate>14 May 2026 13:30:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Max Lin</name><name>Rowan Staden-Coats</name><name>Abhishek Anupam</name><name>Sophie Byron</name><name>Esther Ng</name><name>Megan Gildea</name><name>Santiago Canel Soria</name></author><content><![CDATA[ July 22, 2026 INTERACTIVE: Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator By Max Lin, Rowan Staden-Coats, Abhishek Anupam, Sophie Byron, Esther Ng, Megan Gildea, and Santiago Canel Soria Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... (Latest update July 22, 2026) The Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator shows how Platts price assessments for methanol, ammonia, LNG, bioblends and conventional oil-based fuels can be used to calculate the cost of marine fuels around the world, taking into account the EU Emissions Trading System and adjusted for energy density to put them on an equal footing. Click here to explore in full-screen mode. Methanol blend Shipping firms are struggling to acquire sustainable methanol due to its scarcity, and some industry participants suggest blending the green fuel with existing gray methanol could alleviate the shortage for now. The Platts sustainable-gray methanol price slider uses the month average prices of delivered sustainable methanol bunker and FOB gray methanol in the US Gulf plus logistics cost to show a representation of the blended price of marine methanol. Biofuel blend Bioblends are emerging as the top choice as an alternative marine fuel for conventional ships as regulators introduce new rules to lower greenhouse gas emissions from shipping. The Platts UCOME-VLSFO price slider uses the month average prices of FOB Straits used cooking oil methyl ester plus logistics cost and delivered 0.5%S marine fuel oil to show a representation of the blended price of biobunker fuels. LNG blend LNG, with its accessibility and competitive pricing, has long been the most used alternative marine energy for shipowners willing to invest in alternative propulsion technology. A growing number of companies operating LNG-capable ships are introducing bio-LNG into their bunker mix for deep decarbonization, and market participants suggest the more expensive green fuel could be blended with fossil LNG -- possibly through mass balance -- for lower fuel expenses. The Platts bio-gray LNG bunker price slider uses monthly average delivered bunker prices of bio- and fossil LNG in Rotterdam to show a representation of the blended price of marine LNG. Further reading: INTERVIEW: Gibraltar worried about RED impact on West Med bunker markets INTERVIEW: High bunker prices drive decarbonization amid Hormuz crisis (subscriber content) ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-faq-how-redemption-risk-factors-into-ratings-on-common-private-credit-investment-vehicles-s101684910</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The growth of private credit has fueled an expansion of investment vehicles with a range of investment objectives and different liquidity and risk profiles. While the underlying assets may be similar across investment vehicles, structural features and the fund manager&amp;apos;s flexibility can influence our credit rating analysis. Our approach to rating private-market investment vehicles covers multiple types of entities--from regulated investment compani</description><title>Credit FAQ: How Redemption Risk Factors Into Ratings On Common Private Credit Investment Vehicles</title><pubDate>21 May 2026 14:31:29 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sustainability-insights-eu-emissions-trading-system-proposal-could-provide-certain-sectors-some-breathing-room-s101697273</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings expects the proposed revisions to the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) to provide some relief to industrial sectors facing decarbonization pressures. The EU Commission&amp;apos;s proposals would see the overall emission reduction rate slow after 2030, giving included industries more time to decarbonize. At the same time, we have put little weight until now on decarbonization measures post 2030 in our credit ratings, notably because of t</description><title>Sustainability Insights: EU Emissions Trading System Proposal Could Provide Certain Sectors Some Breathing Room</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 15:55:11 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/scenario-and-sensitivity-analysis-middle-east-war-creates-uneven-risk-for-gcc-corporate-sectors-s101693902</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Ongoing uncertainty relating to the Middle East conflict and its fallout promises increasingly heterogenous effects on the creditworthiness of Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) corporate sectors. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings expects more defensive industries, including utilities and telecommunications, will continue to prove resilient. Yet credit quality pressures are already evident in sectors with greater direct exposure to the conflict (including the ongoin</description><title>Scenario and Sensitivity Analysis: Middle East War Creates Uneven Risk For GCC Corporate Sectors</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 12:36:08 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/072226-et-highlights-taiwan-south-korea-saf-new-zealnad-climate-change-ammonia-power-generation-brussels-ets</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Taiwan, South Koreaâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s SAF push; environment groups file lawsuit in US; pro</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon July 22, 2026 ET Highlights: Taiwan, South Koreaâs SAF push; environment groups file lawsuit in US; proposed redesign of EU ETS Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet as Asia next SAF pathway Alcohol-to-jet technology is gaining commercial traction in Taiwan and South Korea, as both markets position uel as the pathway best suited to overcoming domestic feedstock constraints. Policy developments and industry engagement are accelerating across the region, even as analysts warn that demand-side mandates remain the critical missing piece. Taiwan's sustainable aviation fuel demand could reach 182,000 mt by 2030 under a 5% blending mandate, while South Korea hosted a July 2-3 conference on biofuels and SAF that highlighted alcohol-to-jet's role in meeting the country's 2030 blending targets, according to the US Grains and BioProducts Council. The parallel momentum in both markets reflects a broader strategic shift across Asia-Pacific, where rising electric vehicle adoption is expected to free ethanol currently blended into gasoline and ease concerns over future waste-based oil-derived feedstock constraints that threaten to limit hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids production. Taiwan has completed its national standard for E10 ethanol-blended gasoline, establishing a regulatory framework that could accelerate bioethanol adoption in its transport sector as policymakers seek to reduce carbon emissions and enhance energy security. Benchmark of the Week $2,475/mt Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits on July 17. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com/energy New Zealand introduces amendments to climate change act New Zealand has amended its Climate Change Response Act, which would expand the scope of its emissions trading scheme to recognize additional carbon removal activities beyond forestry and remove some industrial allocation review requirements, according to the Ministry for Cities, Environment, Regions and Transport. The Climate Change Response Amendment Bill, introduced to Parliament on July 15, proposes adding "carbon removal activities" as a category that can be recognized under the New Zealand ETS, while removing allocative baseline and eligibility reviews for industrial allocation. Forestry is already a part of New Zealand's approach to removing greenhouse gases; however, the government also wants to ensure businesses and organizations can explore other ways, the ministry said. Environmental, tribal groups sue to block Trump ESA rule changes to habitat Environmental and tribal groups filed three federal lawsuits July 14 challenging a Trump administration rule that removes habitat protections under the Endangered Species Act, creating regulatory uncertainty for energy project developers seeking permits despite industry support for the changes. The rule â announced July 10 and published in the Federal Register July 14 â eliminates the definition of "harm" to species habitat without providing a replacement, prompting attorneys who represent energy clients to warn that companies could face litigation over how federal agencies interpret the law going forward. The lawsuits allege that the rule defies the text and purpose of the ESA. INTERVIEW: RepAir targets modular electrochemical CO2 capture to cut energy use Startup RepAir Carbon is developing a modular electrochemical approach to carbon capture designed to work at low CO2 concentrations, expanding the range of industrial applications where carbon capture and storage could be deployed, and dramatically lowering energy use for the capture process. The technology uses a solid-state electrochemical cell to capture CO2 at concentrations below 5%, where more established technologies can struggle. The technology is at the crossroads between batteries and fuel cells, but applicable to carbon capture, RepAir Vice President for Strategy &amp; Growth Jean-Philippe Hiegel told Platts in an interview. S&amp;P Global Energy Core IHI starts ammonia-fueled engine demo for land power generation IHI Power Systems and IHI Corp. commenced demonstration of a land-based power generation plant powered by a 6,000 kW-class ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine at Ota Works in Gunma Prefecture, Japan, according to IHI. Leveraging its work on ammonia-fueled marine engines, IPS is advancing the development of a land-based ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine capable of achieving ammonia fuel ratios and greenhouse gas emissions reductions of more than 90%, it said. Through this demonstration program, IPS will verify the safety and operability of the complete power generation system, including auxiliary facilities, it added. Brussels redesigns 'business-friendly' ETS with slower emissions cuts The European Commission proposed a substantial redesign of the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17, slowing the pace of emissions reductions beyond 2030, delivering Eur6 billion ($6.9 billion) in additional free permits to manufacturers, and introducing controlled access to carbon removals and international credits while deploying more than Eur100 billion toward industrial decarbonization through a new financing instrument. "Today's proposal on the ETS brings together three key goals: sustained truly ambitious climate action, much more competitiveness and a huge boost for our independence," Climate Commissioner Wopke Hoekstra said, calling the approach more "business-friendly." US Commerce begins circumvention inquiry into solar imports from Ethiopia The US Department of Commerce initiated a countrywide circumvention investigation on solar cell and module imports from Ethiopia at the request of a group of US solar manufacturers. A notice on the investigation was dated July 13 and is scheduled to be published in the Federal Register on July 17. Commerce will determine whether crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells from Ethiopia are "circumventing the antidumping duty and countervailing duty orders on solar cells from China," the filing said. The circumvention inquiry will look at solar cells that are completed in Ethiopia using Chinese-origin parts and components and exported to the US directly. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072126-interview-hygenco-eyes-more-renewable-hydrogen-projects-export-push-after-equity-raise</link><description>Hygenco Green Energies plans to build more renewable hydrogen plants and accelerate development of its export-oriented renewable ammonia project in India, following a recent equity raise, a senior company executive told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, July 21. The renewable energy developer has been an early mover with two operational renewable hydrogen plants for domestic industrial use and a</description><title>INTERVIEW: Hygenco eyes more renewable hydrogen projects, export push after equity raise</title><pubDate>22 July 2026 04:15:30 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Fertilizers, Chemicals, Hydrogen, Renewables July 21, 2026 Â· Updated July 22, 2026 INTERVIEW: Hygenco eyes more renewable hydrogen projects, export push after equity raise By Ruchira Singh Editor: Aastha Agnihotri Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS To add 4 domestic renewable hydrogen projects Renewable ammonia project starts in 2030 Middle East conflict ups renewables demand Hygenco Green Energies plans to build more renewable hydrogen plants and accelerate development of its export-oriented renewable ammonia project in India, following a recent equity raise, a senior company executive told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, July 21. The renewable energy developer has been an early mover with two operational renewable hydrogen plants for domestic industrial use and a 1.1 million mt/year renewable ammonia project in Gopalpur, Odisha, where phase one will be commissioned in 2030. "With our recent equity investment, we will look at growing both domestic distributed green hydrogen plants across India and expedite development of the Gopalpur Green Ammonia plant," said Harish Jayaram, vice president of business development at Hygenco. The Odisha project is targeting exports of RFNBO-compliant renewable ammonia to Europe and Far East Asia. For renewable hydrogen, the company is in "active discussions" with "existing and new customers to set up new plants/add capacity." Hygenco signed definitive agreements for $105 million in equity investment from International Finance Corp., Siemens Financial Services and Fullerton Carbon Action Fund to expand renewable hydrogen/ammonia production, the company said last month. Hygenco also conducted a study in collaboration with Mitsubishi Heavy Industries on the feasibility of exporting renewable ammonia from India to Japan and Singapore, supporting decarbonization, Jayaram said. Four new projects Jayaram said market opportunities are emerging across India, including new applications that require renewable hydrogen, and Hygenco was preparing to step up its presence in the domestic market. "We are developing four additional green hydrogen projects in India for industrial customers," Jayaram said. "These will be commissioned within 18 months in multiple states, including Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra and Telangana." "Key learnings include patience in building capabilities and operationalizing plants across the country, modular design, supply chain diversification, and continuous learning from the integration of the gas plant with renewable energy sources," he added. Hygenco commissioned its first commercial renewable hydrogen plant in Hisar, Haryana, in partnership with Jindal Stainless in 2024. The following year, it started a renewable hydrogen facility in Maharashtra to supply to optical fiber manufacturer Sterlite Technologies. With India's national carbon market expected to begin operations in late 2026 or early 2027, and emissions caps set on plants across nine sectors, including iron and steel, cement and textiles, the industry is expected to step up adoption of clean fuels. Cost escalation challenge According to Jayaram, despite cost inflation and supply chain disruptions stemming from the prolonged conflict in the Middle East, concerns over energy security, supply diversification, and supportive policies are expected to boost renewable hydrogen. "Impact is highly positive with end customers now more keen to diversify their supply sources to ensure energy security and to have better control over the supply chain," he said. "India definitely stands to benefit as a dependable source of supply." Jayaram said the commodity cost escalation is temporary and "will start to moderate in due course," as was generally believed in the clean fuels industry. India's renewable hydrogen industry is in the spotlight after a string of government-led auctions for subsidy disbursement for renewable hydrogen, renewable ammonia and electrolyzers with projected low production costs. The Solar Energy Corp of India auctions were executed in rupees, so the impact of its depreciation against the Dollar is not applicable, according to Jayaram. However, imported equipment -- stacks, compressors, storage -- if contracted in dollars or euros, can hurt due to the currency depreciation, he said. Platts assessed the India Renewable Hydrogen Term Contract at $3.22/kg (weekly assessment), down 2.4% from a month ago. Policy push "Make in India and Production Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes will encourage localization and minimize import dependence," Jayaram said, referring to the backward integration drive to build renewable energy components, including electrolyzers. "The ministry is actively seeking inputs from the industry to extend opportunities to localize beyond the existing schemes/PLI." The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy is implementing the PLI Scheme for the National Programme on High Efficiency Solar PV Modules, for achieving manufacturing capacity of gigawatt scale in high efficiency solar PV modules with an outlay of Rupees 240 billion ($2.49 billion), it said on its website. Hygenco partnered with technology provider Topsoe as the licensor for its Odisha renewable ammonia plant in 2024. It also said in 2024 that it had signed a term sheet for renewable ammonia with Swiss trader Ameropa. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072126-interview-data-center-boom-drives-european-ccs-power-uptake-carbon-clean</link><description>The surge in data center construction across Europe is driving demand for carbon capture technology as operators seek clean behind-the-meter power generation to bypass lengthy grid connection queues and meet decarbonization targets, Carbon Clean CEO Aniruddha Sharma told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. Data center developers are increasingly turning to on-site gas-fired generation paired with</description><title>INTERVIEW: Data center boom drives European CCS power uptake: Carbon Clean</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 15:34:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Carbon, Emissions July 21, 2026 INTERVIEW: Data center boom drives European CCS power uptake: Carbon Clean By James Burgess Editor: Derek Sands Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS UK data centers seek gas power to skip grid queue Centrifugal tech cuts carbon capture footprint Pipeline access key constraint for CCS projects The surge in data center construction across Europe is driving demand for carbon capture technology as operators seek clean behind-the-meter power generation to bypass lengthy grid connection queues and meet decarbonization targets, Carbon Clean CEO Aniruddha Sharma told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Data center developers are increasingly turning to on-site gas-fired generation paired with carbon capture systems to secure power supplies years faster than grid connections would allow, while meeting stringent decarbonization requirements in European jurisdictions, the CEO of the carbon capture technology company said in an interview July 16. Grid connection approvals can take six to 10 years, making behind-the-meter generation with a decarbonization pathway the more attractive option for projects targeting near-term start dates, Sharma said. "It's almost impossibly hard to get a 200-megawatt behind-the-meter gas power development approved in 2027 if you don't have some kind of carbon capture thinking behind it," he said. The economics are compelling for London data centers, where behind-the-meter power with gas or diesel generation paired with carbon capture will be cheaper than grid power costs when factoring in carbon prices and avoided network fees, he said. The UK is targeting a decarbonized power system by 2030, and while analysts largely agree that the aspiration will not be met, the direction of travel is clear. No new gas-fired generation was awarded in the country's latest capacity market auction, with 364 MW of combined-cycle gas turbine capacity exiting the auction. However, committing to gas supply for power is not without risks. The European gas market has experienced two major disruptions and price shocks over the last five years, and a lack of grid connections could reduce power supply optionality. Platts assessed month-ahead UK NBP gas prices at Eur56.68/MWh ($64.71/MWh) July 20, up from about Eur30/MWh before the start of the US-Israel war with Iran began at the end of February. Centrifugal capture technology Carbon Clean's centrifugal capture technology offers a significantly smaller physical footprint than conventional carbon capture systems, addressing permitting challenges and local opposition that can delay projects, Sharma said. The company's prefabricated modular system can reduce the unit footprint by 50% and reduce equipment size by 10 times compared with established conventional technologies, the company says. The technology uses chemical-capture principles in a centrifugal design that reduces facility size and enables rapid deployment. "When you have that kind of size reduction, you can build everything inside the box," Sharma said. "All you have to do is go to the site and integrate it." A demonstration plant at ADNOC's Ruwais facility in the UAE, capturing 10 metric tons/day of CO2, was built on site in four days using three shipping containers, Sharma said. After 4,000 hours of testing, the unit was relocated to Saudi Arabia, highlighting the system's mobility and scalability. Carbon Clean's capture rates range 90%-92%, with potential for higher performance, depending on customer requirements, Sharma said. Some companies can achieve net-zero emissions when combined with biomass fuels that provide negative emissions, he added. Energy consumption varies by capture sector, with gas turbines producing 3.5%-4% CO2 concentration compared with 20% for cement production. The technology uses on-site heat and reduces regeneration temperatures during the capture process, Sharma said. The company manufactures its next-generation technology in the UK, positioning carbon capture as a significant manufacturing opportunity for the country, leveraging existing oil and gas and North Sea expertise, he said. Infrastructure requirements CCS requires three key elements to scale successfully: policy certainty, long-term regulatory stability, and support to get initial projects operational, Sharma said. "Just those three things would actually make it happen." Pipeline and terminal access to carbon storage sites has emerged as the primary constraint for projects, with most storage facilities expected to come online in the late 2020s and into the 2030s, Sharma said. Many data centers are planning locations near areas with excess power capacity or existing industrial connections to storage infrastructure. Effective carbon pricing likely needs to reach the low three-digit range, though prices that are too high risk destroying demand and damaging the economy, Sharma said. Platts assessed nearest December UK carbon allowances at GBP61.50/mt ($82.35/mt) on July 20. The setback from Orsted's canceled FlagshipOne e-fuels project in Sweden -- for which Carbon Clean was to supply capture equipment -- provided valuable learning opportunities that can be applied to other developments, particularly as e-SAF mandates drive demand for sustainable aviation fuel, he said. The company is also pursuing projects in India focused on methanol production, driven by the country's goal of increasing energy independence and reducing import dependency, Sharma said. Effective carbon pricing likely needs to reach the low three-digit range, though prices that are too high risk, destroying demand and damaging the economy, he said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/072126-moving-beyond-the-grid-bottleneck-with-smart-technology</link><description>Smart technology is rapidly redefining the debate over grid infrastructure. Rather than spending millions on new transformers, transmission lines and generation capacity, a growing consensus suggests the answer lies in using existing resources more intelligently. In this episode, host Eklavya Gupte speaks with Devrim Celal, Chief Flexibility and Marketing Officer at Kraken Technologies, about how</description><title>Moving beyond the grid bottleneck with smart technology</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 22:13:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 21, 2026 Moving beyond the grid bottleneck with smart technology Featuring Eklavya Gupte HIGHLIGHTS Smart tech transforms devices into power plants Batteries become fastest-growing energy tech Smart technology is rapidly redefining the debate over grid infrastructure. Rather than spending millions on new transformers, transmission lines and generation capacity, a growing consensus suggests the answer lies in using existing resources more intelligently. In this episode, host Eklavya Gupte speaks with Devrim Celal, Chief Flexibility and Marketing Officer at Kraken Technologies, about how consumer devices are being transformed into virtual power plants managing gigawatts in real time. Celal explains how Kraken coordinates nearly 8 gigawatts across half a million devices, from utility-scale batteries to home EV chargers, turning flexibility into the new currency of power markets. He discusses why the shift from thermal to renewable generation has created unprecedented volatility, and how time-of-use tariffs and smart optimization are unlocking consumer participation at scale. The conversation also examines why batteries have become the fastest-growing energy technology globally, and how the dual pressures of electrification and data center growth are forcing a fundamental reimagining of the grid. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/agriculture/072126-ctracker-black-wheat-platts-french-lng-gas-alumina-guinea-restriction-soybean-brazil</link><description>Wheat prices in the Black Sea climbed amid conflict-related shipping concerns, while weaker economics pressured French LNG terminal utilization. Alumina markets eye tighter balances ahead, and Brazilian soybean exports climbed to their highest point since late 2023. </description><title>COMMODITY TRACKER: 4 charts to watch this week</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 17:18:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Agriculture, Energy Transition, Grains, Renewables July 21, 2026 COMMODITY TRACKER: 4 charts to watch this week By Staff Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Wheat prices in the Black Sea climbed amid conflict-related shipping concerns, while weaker economics pressured French LNG terminal utilization. Alumina markets eye tighter balances ahead, and Brazilian soybean exports climbed to their highest point since late 2023. 1. Black Sea wheat prices climb on escalating conflict What's happening? Black Sea wheat prices increased over the week of July 13 following intensified Russia-Ukraine attacks since July 10, which targeted vessels loading at ports and export infrastructure. Platts wheat benchmark the Milling Wheat Marker rose 3% since July 10, reaching a three-week high as of July 20. Prices in Romania and Bulgaria jumped over 14% to their highest levels since June 2024. The price spread between the Constanta-Varna-Burgas market and Russian and Ukrainian wheat widened to $31-33/mt. Russian 12.5% and Ukrainian 11.5% wheat prices increased by 4% and 2.5%, respectively, reaching three- or four-week highs. Platts assessed the CIF East Mediterranean 12.5% price at $265/mt on July 20, up 7.7% from July 10 amid higher freight rates. Platts is part of S&amp;P Global Energy. What's next? Demand remains weak as buyers hold back, awaiting greater market clarity amid ongoing uncertainty. Some short-covering activity emerged, particularly in Romanian-Bulgarian wheat, to cover August tender positions. However, firm FOB bids are scarce, with Russian wheat FOB buyers bidding at $235/mt. In Egypt, one of the largest Black Sea wheat importers, buyers paused before entering the market, with CIF offers for 12.5% wheat quoted at $270/mt for August shipment. Market participants noted that Ukraine's military was planning to establish a special convoy to escort ships. Russia's Ministry of Agriculture stated the situation in the Sea of Azov would not affect food exports, with supply logistics to be reoriented if needed. 2. France's LNG terminal use drops on weak economics What's happening? France's LNG regasification terminal utilization fell sharply in July as weakening economics prompted slot cancellations. The combined regasification rate for all terminals reached 490,000 metric tons so far in July, or 23% of France's total regasification capacity, down from 970,000 mt, or 46% in June, and 1.51 million mt, or 71% in May, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA data released July 16. Regasification at French terminals is currently out of the money, an Atlantic-based trader said. Platts assessed the delivered ex-ship Northwest Europe marker for September at $18.189/MMBtu July 16, at a discount of 22 cents/MMBtu to the September Title Transfer Facility hub futures price. What's next? The unprofitable regasification in France suggests that most other European terminals are likely out of the money as well, except for Gate and Dunkirk, which are the most competitive facilities in Northwest Europe, the trader said. Imports were also pressured by a stronger eastward pull for LNG cargoes, as higher Japan-Korea Marker prices, driven by concerns over halted Qatari LNG exports, boosted the attractiveness of deliveries into Asia. As Asian buyers moved to backfill potential losses of Qatari supply, fewer spot cargoes were available for Europe. France has imported around 490,000 mt of LNG so far in July. 3. Pacific alumina market eyes tighter Q3 balance What's happening? The Pacific alumina market could see stronger support in the third quarter of 2026, as uncertainty over Guinea's export controls, rising Indonesian aluminum demand, and the gradual recovery of Middle Eastern smelting capacity begin to offset the second-quarter surplus. Platts assessed FOB Australia alumina at $330/mt on June 26, up 8.19% from $305/mt in early June. The assessment averaged $307.42/mt in the second quarter, up marginally from $306.91/mt in the first quarter. CIF China alumina averaged $340.74/mt in the second quarter, up 2.83% quarter over quarter. What's next? CERA analysts forecast the global alumina market will remain in a 1.79 million mt surplus in 2026. Potential Guinea export restrictions or quota measures could raise feedstock costs for Chinese refiners, supporting alumina prices in the third quarter. However, China's elevated bauxite inventories are likely to cushion the initial impact, suggesting that any supply shock may take time to reach physical markets. Indonesian aluminum expansions remain the clearest source of incremental alumina demand, with CERA forecasting Indonesia's aluminum output could approach 1.2 million mt in 2026, about double 2025 levels. Recovery in Gulf Cooperation Council alumina demand is expected to be gradual. Third-quarter prices are likely to be driven more by policy developments and expectations for future demand growth than by immediate changes in supply-demand fundamentals. Related content: METALS MONITOR: Critical mineral shortages persist despite new projects; US anthracite coal industry welcomes Section 232 probe 4. Brazilian soybean export prices reach higher level since late 2023 What's happening? Brazilian soybean export prices hit an over two-and-a-half-year high July 15, supported by gains in Chicago Board of Trade futures and firm overseas demand, which has kept port differentials firm despite a record domestic crop. Platts assessed SOYBEX FOB Santos for August loading at $483.66/mt July 15, the highest level for a spot shipment since Dec. 29, 2023. The Brazilian soybean assessment has risen nearly 20% so far in 2026. The gains have been partly driven by stronger CBOT soybean futures amid renewed optimism over Chinese purchases of US soybeans. US farmers are preparing to harvest the upcoming crop in the coming months, while adverse weather in early July -- including hot and dry conditions across parts of the US Midwest -- also supported Chicago benchmarks. What's next? Brazilian soybean export premiums are expected to remain resilient despite the country harvesting a record 182 million mt of soybeans in the 2025-26 season, up more than 10 million mt from the previous cycle, according to CERA estimates. For July, Brazil is expected to export 13.76 million mt of soybeans, also a record for the month, according to the Brazilian Grain Exporters Association. The projected July volume would be up 15.2% year over year but largely unchanged month over month. Reporting and analysis by Vivian Iroanya, Angeles Rodriguez, Clio Ho, Nick Tan, Louissa Liau and Jose Roberto Gomes. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/corporate-strategy-supply-chain-outlook-q3-2026</link><description>Supply chain bottlenecks now stem from scarce materials, AI-driven component shortages and tariff timing, reshaping 2026 strategy.</description><title>Not All Supply Chain Bottlenecks Are Geographic: Q3 2026 Corporate Strategy Outlook</title><pubDate>21 July 2026 16:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â July 21, 2026 Not All Supply Chain Bottlenecks Are Geographic: Q3 2026 Corporate Strategy Outlook By Chris Rogers, Vania Alvarez Murakami, Ines Nastali, and Eric Oak KEY INSIGHTS Supply chain risk in late 2026 is shifting from purely geographic chokepoints toward scarce materials, constrained components and compressed decision time. Middle East disruption has highlighted the difficulty of replacing petrochemicals and naphtha, while AI-led memory demand is pushing electronics costs higher into 2027. Tariff uncertainty and peak-season demand are encouraging early shipping and safety-stock rebuilding, but those buffers increase cash-flow and markdown risks if demand weakens. Physical bottlenecks: Far from Strait ahead Supply chain decision-makers have spent much of the 2020s managing physical chokepoints, from pandemic-era port congestion to Red Sea disruption. The latest Middle East conflict and Strait of Hormuz closure showed that some inputs are much harder to replace than shipping capacity itself. Negotiations through mid-August 2026 may allow normalization, but the disruption has already exposed weak points in upstream industrial supply chains. Outside energy, the biggest manufacturing impacts have come from reduced availability of plastics precursors, aluminum, fertilizers and specialty materials. Naphtha and petrochemicals have been the most difficult to replace: imports to mainland China, Japan, Singapore and Taiwan fell in April 2026 to 73.0% of pre-conflict levels, while propylene polymer shipments were 80.9%. By contrast, ethylene glycol shipments were 97.9% and unwrought aluminum shipments increased as buyers sourced more from outside the Middle East. Even if flows normalize, firms still need to decide whether to pass higher upstream costs to customers. PMI data suggest input-cost inflation was already slowing in June 2026, but firms have historically been slow to pass through cost shocks. As of June, the gap between input and output prices was the widest since the post-pandemic inflation period, leaving manufacturers exposed to margin pressure if demand weakens. Other physical bottlenecks remain in view. Panama Canal shipping may face renewed pressure over the next 12 months if El NiÃ±o weighs on water levels. In previous El NiÃ±o episodes, shippers routed more freight through the US west coast and moved goods onward by rail. Components as a bottleneck: AI, memory and electronics costs Technology supply chains face a different bottleneck: component scarcity. The AI boom has tightened memory-chip availability and lifted prices for consumer and commercial electronics. South Koreaâs semiconductor producer price index reached 275% of its 2023 average in May 2026, while export prices rose to 715%. Major memory producers expect pressure to persist, so rising costs will feed gradually through contract terms and product cycles rather than reversing quickly. The impact is already visible in electronics. Producer prices for computers are forecast to rise by 10.9% in mainland China and 16.0% in the US by Q2 2027 versus Q4 2025. Recent price increases across computers, gaming hardware and smartphones point to similar pressure across consumer-electronics categories. Higher prices are drawing innovation and investment ranging from revised chip architectures to software compression techniques, while capital spending by the three largest memory producers is estimated to reach US$181.1 billion in 2027, up 141% versus 2024, but new capacity and qualification cycles mean relief is unlikely to be immediate. Sourcing shifts are another response, but they carry regulatory and qualification risks that means change can take years not months. Mainland China and Hong Kong SARâs exports of memory circuits grew 151.5% year over year in the three months to April 30, 2026, accounting for 28.1% of global trade, still behind South Koreaâs 44.5% share. Time as a bottleneck: Peak season, tariffs and inventories The third bottleneck is time. Rising memory costs are colliding with the consumer-electronics peak season, while tariff uncertainty is changing shipping patterns. Airfreight demand typically rises around new smartphone, computer and gaming releases, while maritime volumes are driven by leisure goods, winter apparel and larger electronics such as televisions. There is evidence of early shipping in 2026 as firms try to pre-empt higher Section 301 tariffs and capture seasonal demand. US seaborne imports of consumer electronics and leisure goods rose 23.4% sequentially in May 2026, compared with a 10-year average of 6.6%. That surge may not last: June shipments rose 12.6%, broadly in line with the prior 10-year average of 12.7%. Firms can offset time and supply risks by building precautionary inventories, but that comes at a cost. The world manufacturing PMI measure for purchased-material inventories reached 51.4 in May 2026 from 49.7 in January, indicating expansion and the highest level since August 2022. Safety-stock building has also picked up, though only to around one-fifth of its December 2021 post-pandemic peak. Retailers have less flexibility because they must balance availability, cash flow and markdown risk. The strategic implication is clear: Supply chain bottlenecks are no longer just about where goods move. They increasingly depend on what materials are scarce, which components are constrained and how much time firms can afford to buy. Learn how our data and insights can empower strategic, operational, and tactical decision-making Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/071526-delta-shell-expand-saf-partnership-at-us-hubs-in-five-year-agreement</link><description>Delta Air Lines has signed a five-year agreement with Shell Aviation to expand sustainable aviation fuel supply across multiple US airports through 2030, building infrastructure to support consistent SAF delivery as the carrier advances decarbonization efforts, the airline said in a July 15 statement. The partnership will expand SAF availability at key Delta hubs and priority cities, including Los</description><title>Delta, Shell expand SAF partnership at US hubs in five-year agreement</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 17:47:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 15, 2026 Delta, Shell expand SAF partnership at US hubs in five-year agreement By Samyak Pandey Editor: Marieke Alsguth Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Agreement expands SAF to five major US hubs Infrastructure supports Delta's 2030 goals Delta Air Lines has signed a five-year agreement with Shell Aviation to expand sustainable aviation fuel supply across multiple US airports through 2030, building infrastructure to support consistent SAF delivery as the carrier advances decarbonization efforts, the airline said in a July 15 statement. The partnership will expand SAF availability at key Delta hubs and priority cities, including Los Angeles, New York's JFK, Boston, Minneapolis-St. Paul and Portland, with Shell supporting the blending, logistics and distribution infrastructure needed to integrate SAF into day-to-day operations. The agreement builds on existing SAF initiatives between the companies and decades of collaboration on conventional jet fuel supply. The deal underscores the aviation industry's push to scale SAF adoption amid constraints from limited production and high costs. Airlines increasingly view long-term supply agreements and infrastructure investments as critical to securing reliable SAF availability while advancing industrywide decarbonization goals, with sustainable fuel seen as the most immediate pathway to lowering aviation emissions. Infrastructure focus Shell will support both blended and neat SAF deliveries at select hubs and priority cities, establishing the logistics, blending and distribution capabilities required for dependable supply across Delta's network. The infrastructure-first approach aims to ensure SAF can scale with demand while maintaining operational reliability. "Current instability and uncertainty have made one thing very clear to consumers and businesses alike -- supply diversity matters," Amelia DeLuca, Delta's chief sustainability officer, said. "With Shell, we're proving that scaling SAF isn't theoretical, it's achievable. This is about activating real supply chains at scale and creating a model that others can build on as we work across the industry to expand lower-impact travel." The collaboration will also explore next-generation fuel technologies, including alcohol-to-jet and power-to-liquid pathways, to unlock additional supply and further reduce life cycle emissions over time. "This collaboration delivers on today's fuel needs and tomorrow's aviation solutions," Reema Bari, head of aviation Americas at Shell, said. "By supplying conventional jet, SAF and longer-term innovation, the deal will help strengthen energy security and contribute to the transformation of aviation." Building on momentum The agreement builds on Delta's broader SAF momentum, including its role as an anchor partner in the Minnesota SAF Hub coalition, which aims to scale SAF production and replace conventional jet fuel. In 2024, two shipments of 7,000-plus gallons of SAF arrived at the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and the Detroit Metropolitan Airport, marking the first time in Minnesota and Michigan aviation history that SAF was delivered to those airports. Delta achieved a key milestone in September 2025 by taking delivery of more than 400,000 gallons of SAF at Portland International Airport in partnership with Shell, marking the first commercial-scale uplift of SAF at the airport. The neat SAF was shipped to Portland's Zenith Terminal, blended with traditional jet fuel to meet regulatory requirements, then delivered to the airport via barge, truck and pipeline before entering the fuel system. Delta and Shell previously said a two-year agreement in April 2023 for Shell to supply up to 10 million gallons of neat SAF to Delta's Los Angeles hub, increasing the airline's SAF commitments to over 200 million gallons. That agreement also included testing Avelia, a blockchain-powered digital SAF solution launched by Shell and partners, to track SAF delivery and use data with full transparency while avoiding issues such as double-counting. Delta aims to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050, with the company noting that roughly 90% of its carbon emissions come from jet fuel, making SAF a key element of its decarbonization efforts. The carrier targets SAF comprising 10% of its fuel use annually by the end of 2030 and 35% by 2035, subject to third-party investment and timely facility development. The life cycle carbon emissions of producing neat SAF can be up to 80% lower than those of traditional jet fuel, according to Delta. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF California at 1,042.15 cents/gallon and assessed SAF California, withcredits detached, at 539.10 cents/gal on July 14. Platts assessed ATF 30/70 prices in California at 528.68 cents/gal. Platts assessed SAF Illinois at 1,144.45 cents/gal and assessed SAF Illinois, with credits detached, at 546.35 cents/gal, based on an indicative premium of neat SAF to jet kerosene Chicago Pipeline of 201.42 cents/gal. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/072026-burnham-becomes-uk-prime-minister-pledging-cheaper-energy-bills-more-public-control</link><description>Andy Burnham has been officially appointed as the UK&amp;apos;s prime minister July 20, pledging to reindustrialize Britain, tackle the cost of living, and enact greater public control of essential services such as energy and water. Burnham replaces Keir Starmer at the helm of the Labour Party, a little over two years after Starmer led Labour to a landslide election victory, returning the party to power</description><title>Burnham becomes UK prime minister, pledging cheaper energy bills, more public control</title><pubDate>20 July 2026 12:09:44 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Alex Blackburne</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon July 20, 2026 Burnham becomes UK prime minister, pledging cheaper energy bills, more public control By Alex Blackburne Editor: Pollock Mondal Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS New leader pledges to tackle cost of living Eyes greater 'public control' of utilities Andy Burnham has been officially appointed as the UK's prime minister July 20, pledging to reindustrialize Britain, tackle the cost of living, and enact greater public control of essential services such as energy and water. Burnham replaces Keir Starmer at the helm of the Labour Party, a little over two years after Starmer led Labour to a landslide election victory, returning the party to power for the first time since 2010. The new prime minister's maiden speech as Labour leader on July 17 contained limited policy detail but reinforced several themes that have dominated his public messaging in the run-up to taking office. Burnham promised to lead the UK to a place "where life is more affordable" -- a tacit acknowledgment that UK households and industrial users continue to face some of the world's highest energy bills. In a separate speech in late June, the new prime minister pledged to set out a 10-year plan to bring down the cost of energy and other essential services for households and businesses. UK Energy Minister Michael Shanks, speaking at an AI conference on July 14, said "affordability is the government's number one mission and will be even more of a focus when Andy Burnham [becomes] prime minister." Clean power push News reports over the weekend (July 19-20) suggested that Burnham is preparing a cost-of-living package as one of his first actions as prime minister, aimed at cutting household energy bills. The Guardian on July 18 reported that Burnham is considering overhauling gas standing charges, shifting renewable energy levies into general taxation, and reducing value-added tax on electricity. The proposals could save households about GBP130 annually while making heat pumps cheaper to run compared to gas boilers, according to the report. For Burnham, the political test will be whether such promises to cut bills can be reconciled with the investment required to decarbonize the grid, expand renewables and maintain supply security. Starmer's government made its pursuit of a clean power system by 2030 a central element of its administration, overseeing two renewables auctions during its tenure. More than 24 gigawatts of new capacity were awarded in the two auctions. The next auction, Allocation Round 8, opened for applications on July 20 as Burnham became prime minister. The auction aims to maintain momentum for a sector already racing to meet the 2030 clean power target, which envisages a UK electricity system that is 95% low-carbon by the end of the decade, backed by a 5% strategic reserve of gas-fired generation. The plan implies a quadrupling of offshore wind capacity, a tripling of solar and a doubling of onshore wind from the time when Labour took office. Yet, delivery remains uncertain. Analysts at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA estimate that unabated gas will still account for about 19% of domestic UK generation by 2030, well above the clean power plan's 5% target, though sharply lower than roughly 35% in 2023, the last full year before Labour came to power. Public control Among other key priorities, Burnham has repeatedly spoken of enacting "greater public control" of Britain's utilities, including energy, water and transport -- language that has raised questions about how far the new government could go in reshaping privately owned utilities. "If we don't have sufficient public control over the cost of the essentials, how can we have control over inflation, public spending and the rest of the economy?" Burnham said in his July 17 speech. Investors have already shown sensitivity to Burnham's rhetoric. On May 15, as he positioned himself to challenge Starmer, UK utility stocks recorded their fourth-largest daily decline since privatization 40 years ago, amid concerns that a more radical Labour leadership could revisit ownership models or tighten state direction of the sector. Full-scale nationalization, however, remains unlikely, according to industry observers. Peter Bisztyga, head of European utilities and renewables at BofA Global Research, said buying back utilities would cost "hundreds of billions" of pounds, which "seems improbable given the UK's fiscal position." The analyst also noted that the sector is already subject to significant regulatory controls. A more probable route could be to use public institutions to influence investment, rather than taking assets outright into state ownership. Industry observers see scope for Great British Energy, the government-owned energy company created after Labour's 2024 election victory, to take a larger role in developing clean power projects and shaping capital flows into the sector. Great British Energy, which aims to deliver at least 15 GW of clean energy generation and storage by 2030, has already invested in a floating wind project in Scotland and is also progressing plans to build the UK's first fleet of small modular reactors. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/072026-brazilian-storage-auctions-to-attract-3-bil-4-bil-investment-association-says</link><description>Brazilian battery suppliers are expected to invest between Real 16 billion and Real 20 billion ($3.1 billion-$3.9 billion) in the two storage system auctions scheduled for December 2026, according to the National Storage Systems Association. With both auctions expected to attract broad participation from battery suppliers, the association, known as ABSAE, anticipates they will offer between 4 GW</description><title>Brazilian storage auctions to attract $3 bil-$4 bil investment, association says</title><pubDate>20 July 2026 21:19:32 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felipe Peroni</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 20, 2026 Brazilian storage auctions to attract $3 bil-$4 bil investment, association says By Felipe Peroni Editor: Richard Rubin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Storage auctions estimated to add 4-5 GW capacity by 2028 Location bonus to attract batteries near solar/wind power hubs Nationwide wind and solar curtailments reach 24% in July Brazilian battery suppliers are expected to invest between Real 16 billion and Real 20 billion ($3.1 billion-$3.9 billion) in the two storage system auctions scheduled for December 2026, according to the National Storage Systems Association. With both auctions expected to attract broad participation from battery suppliers, the association, known as ABSAE, anticipates they will offer between 4 GW and 5 GW of storage capacity, it said in a July 17 statement. The contracts will have a 15-year duration, with supply expected to begin in 2028, it said. If the investment is confirmed, it could make Brazil one of the largest storage markets in Latin America, alongside Chile. The reserve capacity auction was considered a positive option to stimulate battery introduction, mirroring experiences in other countries, such as England and Portugal, ABSAE Executive Director Fabio Lima told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. The first auction, on Dec. 2, will be restricted to projects that meet national content requirements. A second auction on Dec. 4 will be open to all projects. Despite the difference, companies are expected to participate on both auctions. "National content requirements are very flexible, and Brazil has enough production to supply a good part of battery system components," Lima said. It is yet unclear how the demand will be split between the two auctions, but Lima expects this to be clarified before December. "We expect a very competitive auction, with many developers trying to offer the lowest price, and mainly attracting large suppliers rather than small companies," according to Laura Souza, partner at Brazilian law firm TozziniFreire. Curtailments Moreover, incentives are planned for projects in areas with high solar and wind generation capacity, which could help mitigate growing curtailments in Brazil. The auction includes a bonus mechanism that grants preference to projects planned for regions where the electric system lacks robustness. While the goal is to drive investment in areas where the electric system is less stable, the listed substations are mostly located in Brazil's Northeast and north of Minas Gerais state, where there is also a concentration of solar and wind power generation. "Many of these substations chosen for the bonus policy are heavily affected by curtailment, so it makes perfect sense to incentivize battery investments in these regions," Laura Souza said. Brazil's Northeast is responsible for 44.5 GW of wind and solar capacity generation, or 77.5% of the country's total capacity for these sources, according to the national electricity regulator, Aneel. But further expansion is threatened by growing curtailments, as wind and solar intermittent nature create bottlenecks during peak generation hours. Renewable companies have paused investments until regulators define a clear scenario. Until July 18, nationwide wind and solar curtailments reached 24.1% of potential generation during the month, compared with 18.3% in June, according to figures from the National System Operator. Battery systems, however, are believed to be a part of the solution. Aneel is conducting a public consultation to define curtailment rules, including which units will be most affected, but the process is taking longer than expected. "We lack clear rules to organize and distribute curtailments among generators, and before these rules are implemented, there is no clarity to allow companies to develop solutions," Lima said. Latin America The auction could allow Brazil to catch up with its neighbors in storage systems, especially if ABSAE's estimate of 4-5 GW is confirmed. Some market estimates are even higher than this figure, according to sources, but there is divergence about the auction's outcome. "I believe 5 GW is an ambitious estimate, especially being the first auction of this type in Brazil," Souza said. Chile has been a highlight in the region, with capacity estimated to reach 4.7 GW in 2026, according to S&amp;P Global Energy's Clean Power Installations Outlook, published July 8. Chilean batteries are being installed mainly near solar power plants, which make up a relevant part of the country's electricity capacity. In May, Chile's solar photovoltaic capacity was 12.25 GW, or 32.3% of the country's total generation capacity of 38 GW, according to data from the local generators association, Generadoras. Wind power capacity ranked second, at 6 GW, or 15.7% of the total. Latin America's total energy storage capacity is estimated to reach 13.3 GW in 2027, according to S&amp;P Global Energy Horizon analysts. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/072026-factbox-energy-commodities-in-focus-as-burnham-becomes-uk-pm</link><description>Andy Burnham replaced Keir Starmer as UK prime minister on July 20, after the ex-Manchester mayor swept to victory in the Makerfield by-election in June and ran uncontested for the leadership of the Labour Party. The new PM has a challenge on his hands when it comes to energy and commodities, from the impact of the Iran war to balancing the energy transition with appeals from the North Sea oil and</description><title>FACTBOX: Energy, commodities in focus as Burnham becomes UK PM</title><pubDate>20 July 2026 19:26:12 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Refined Products, Crude Oil, Energy Transition, Jet Fuel, Gasoline, Emissions, Carbon July 20, 2026 FACTBOX: Energy, commodities in focus as Burnham becomes UK PM Staff Editor: Derek Sands Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Replaced Starmer July 20 after by-election win Oil, gas fuel, other prices up amid Iran conflict Industry reading tea leaves for strategic pivot Andy Burnham replaced Keir Starmer as UK prime minister on July 20, after the ex-Manchester mayor swept to victory in the Makerfield by-election in June and ran uncontested for the leadership of the Labour Party. The new PM has a challenge on his hands when it comes to energy and commodities, from the impact of the Iran war to balancing the energy transition with appeals from the North Sea oil and gas industry and the chemicals and metals sectors. Burnham quickly moved net-zero champion Ed Miliband from the energy ministry to the foreign office, and appointed John Healey as chancellor. Oil industry insiders seeking a strategic pivot will be closely watching an upcoming decision on whether to approve the delayed Rosebank and Jackdaw oil and gas projects. Policy Burnham is yet to lay out a North Sea oil and gas policy but promised in a recent speech to "safeguard sovereign manufacturing and production capability in critical sectors like steel, defense, energy, food and farming." Industry eyes were trained on his picks for chancellor and energy secretary, with Miliband accused of holding up key projects and pushing through exploration bans. The UK North Sea has seen international oil company exits and consolidations in recent years, driven partly by Energy Profits Levy, which raised the headline tax rate to 78%. That is due to be replaced by an Oil and Gas Price Mechanism in or before 2030. The government has signaled that its supportive policies on hydrogen and carbon capture and storage would continue under Burnham, though the sectors face further delays to key policy and funding decisions. The industry is still awaiting a delayed hydrogen policy update, first promised by the end of 2025, and the results of the second electrolytic hydrogen allocation round, while progress on a second round of CCS cluster funding has stalled. On metals policy, Burnham is likely to accelerate a radical industrial approach, with greater state involvement, tougher trade protection, and more support for strategic metals supply chains. Critical minerals efforts are also expected to expand through allied partnerships, focused on securing battery and defense metals. On carbon, the focus has shifted to whether the UK-EU Summit, originally scheduled for July 22, will proceed in the coming weeks, with London repeatedly identifying linking its carbon market with the EU Emissions Trading System as a priority for the meeting. That could drive gradual convergence between UK and EU carbon prices. In May, Starmer's government said it would abolish its Carbon Price Support tax on fossil fuel generators from April 2028, saying the levy had achieved its objective of driving coal off the grid and was no longer needed as the country's emissions trading system had matured. Analysts will be watching whether Burnham maintains this policy. Oil refiners are lobbying to be included in the UK's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, which would impose emissions charges on foreign producers. The Treasury appeared to rule out a refining CBAM before 2028. Infrastructure Burnham is expected to face early decisions on whether to give final approvals to the 70,000 b/d Rosebank oil field and the Jackdaw gas field, operated by Equinor-Shell joint venture Adura. The two fields, which could supply 10% of UK gas demand, have faced challenges from climate groups. Fields across the mature North Sea basin have seen significant declines in recent years, leading midstream players such as Ineos FPS to warn that sluggish output is jeopardizing the UK's pipeline infrastructure. On the downstream side, the UK today has just four refineries, compared to 19 half a century ago, with Grangemouth and Lindsey closing in 2025. The government is due to publish its revised strategy on the downstream oil industry in the autumn. On metals, the July 16 nationalization of British Steel reflects Labour's emphasis on the strategic importance of primary steelmaking. Core measures should also endure, including the July 1 steel safeguards, the UK's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism timetable, and support for electric arc furnace investment, such as for Tata Steel. Labour's Clean Power 2030 mission envisages a UK electricity system that is 95% low-carbon, with a 5% strategic reserve of gas-fired power plants. It includes quadrupling offshore wind, tripling solar and doubling onshore wind capacity. Starmer's government oversaw two renewable energy auctions during its tenure, awarding over 24 gigawatts of new capacity across the two rounds. The next auction, Allocation Round 8, opened for applications on July 20. UK power demand rose from 298 terawatt-hours in 2023 to 305 TWh in 2025, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysts, who forecast demand growing to 352 TWh by 2030. Labour has also heralded a "new golden age" of nuclear power in the UK, committing to build the 3.3-GW Sizewell C plant and facilitating the roll-out of the country's first small modular reactors. Flows Oil and gas still dominate the UK energy mix, with electricity only accounting for about 18.3% of primary energy in 2024, government data shows. UK oil and gas production has fallen precipitously this century, with oil output at 657,580 b/d in April, down from around 2.2 million b/d in 2001, according official data. The UK exported 584,000 b/d of crude in June, mostly to European refiners, and imported 360,000 b/d of refined products, according to data from S&amp;P Global Commodities at Sea. Starmer's government delayed a ban on diesel and jet fuel made from Russian oil in third countries, but committed to end the temporary sanctions waiver from 2027. Gas production was 29.7 Bcm in 2025, compared to demand of over 60 Bcm, according to government data. LNG has helped compensate, with imports totaling some 8.7 Bcm through H1 2026, according to CERA data, up roughly 10% year over year. CERA analysts estimate that unabated gas will account for around 19% of domestic generation by 2030, rather than the targeted 5% under the clean power plan, but down from roughly 35% in 2023. Prices UK crude grades Forties and Brent help underpin Platts Dated Brent, the world's leading physical crude benchmark, which was last assessed at $84.66/b on July 17, having soared beyond $144/b in April amid the Iran war. UK retail prices for gasoline jumped by more than one-fifth in the first two months of the Middle East conflict, while diesel prices rose by 36%. Prices have since eased, but remain around 15% above prewar levels at GBP150.53/liter for gasoline and GBP165.52/l for diesel, government data shows. Like the rest of Europe, UK gas prices have risen significantly in the past several weeks due to the resurging tensions in the Middle East. Since hitting a recent low in mid-June, the Platts-assessed UK NBP month-ahead gas price had gained some 46% as of July 17 when it was assessed at Eur55.86/megawatt-hour. On the power side, UK households and industrial users face some of the world's highest electricity bills, with Burnham â who favors greater public control of utilities â partly blaming privatization in the 1980s. Platts assessed UK baseload power for 2027 delivery at GBP92.16/MWh (Eur108.36/MWh) on July 17, above the benchmark German Cal 2027 contract, which has risen to the highest since 2023. From April 2028 onward, UK power is below German power due to the end of the carbon price support, with Summer 2028 last assessed by Platts at GBP63.35/MWh. UK carbon prices held steady July 20. UK Allowances were trading at GBP58.75/mtCO2e at 0810 GMT, down 0.08% from the previous settlement. Platts assessed UKAs for December 2026 at GBP58.81/mtCO2e on July 17, compared with GBP60.49/mtCO2e on June 19, days before Starmer handed in his resignation. A 5 pence fuel tax cut for diesel and gasoline is due to start being unwound from 2027, after repeated delays from successive governments. The tax cut was first introduced in 2022 in response to the Russia-Ukraine war, and last extended in May. On steel, Platts last assessed HRC in the UK on July 16 at GBP705/metric ton DDP West Midlands, stable week over week, but up GBP180/mt since the start of the year. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070726-petronas-calls-for-cross-sector-cost-sharing-to-scale-domestic-saf</link><description>Durable cross-sector partnerships aimed at building a domestic sustainable aviation fuel market require alignment on financial risks and cost-sharing rather than just a shared environmental goal, according to a senior official from state-owned oil and gas company Petronas. Speaking at the MyAero Sustainable Aviation Asia-Pacific Symposium, Harlina Pikri, General Manager of Strategy &amp;amp;</description><title>Petronas calls for cross-sector cost-sharing to scale domestic SAF</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 17:56:43 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 07, 2026 Petronas calls for cross-sector cost-sharing to scale domestic SAF By Samyak Pandey Editor: Juan Tolentino Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Malaysia positions as regional SAF producer Petronas invests in biorefinery capacity 1% SAF blending mandate evaluated as start Durable cross-sector partnerships aimed at building a domestic sustainable aviation fuel market require alignment on financial risks and cost-sharing rather than just a shared environmental goal, according to a senior official from state-owned oil and gas company Petronas. Speaking at the MyAero Sustainable Aviation Asia-Pacific Symposium, Harlina Pikri, General Manager of Strategy &amp; Sustainability at Petronas, said that while Malaysia possesses the structural infrastructure and raw feedstocks to become a credible regional producer rather than a mere importer, scaling the nascent value chain hinges on how costs and commercial risks are distributed fairly across policymakers, airlines and financiers. "We have the ingredients to become a credible regional SAF ecosystem player, not just a SAF user," Fikri said in a panel, citing Malaysia's population of roughly 32 million alongside 42 million annual visitors, an established aviation sector, existing airport fueling infrastructure across 13 terminals and accessible sustainable feedstock pathways as core structural advantages. The oil company delivered Malaysia's first locally blended SAF for Malaysia Airlines flights in 2025. The initiative aligns with the Malaysian government's National Energy Transition Roadmap, which aims to achieve a 47% SAF blending mandate by 2050. Cross-sector alignment On collaboration, Fikri argued that durable cross-sector partnerships require alignment on shared outcomes rather than shared interest, stressing that policymakers, fuel producers, airports, airlines, financiers and infrastructure operators must agree not just on the goal of lower emissions but on how roles, costs and risks are distributed fairly across the value chain. "Everyone wants to lower their emissions, but the real test is whether policymakers, fuel producers, airports, airlines, financiers, and infrastructure operators are aligned on what success looks like, who carries which roles, and how costs and risks are managed fairly," she said, noting that Malaysia's SAF value chain is "still moving" and the industry is "still finding the right solution." She said Petronas is evaluating a potential 1% SAF blending mandate as a starting point to provide sufficient investment certainty for the company's biorefinery commitments and broader collaboration efforts in Malaysia. Diversifies feedstock beyond HEFA and Euglena partnerships Fikri said Petronas is investing in partnership with Euglena biorefinery projects, signaling a deliberate move to diversify beyond hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) as the supply of used cooking oil becomes increasingly constrained globally, echoing concerns raised elsewhere about post-2035 feedstock limitations facing the dominant HEFA pathway. "As more biorefineries are built on HEFA, and as UCO becomes constrained, there is clearly a need to establish the next pathway, and to determine how the industry can enable that," she said, framing feedstock pathway diversification as central to generating broader bio-economy growth for Malaysia. Fikri added that Petronas views its own entry into SAF and biorefinery investments as a deliberate step into the energy transition, distinct from the company's historically oil-dominant portfolio, and describes collaboration across feedstock supply, technology, airlines, and government policy as essential to building a "sustainable and credible" SAF ecosystem in Malaysia. The Pengerang Integrated Complex in Johor, with a capacity of about 650,000 mt/year, is a joint venture between Petronas, Eni and Euglena. This facility has received a license to construct but has not yet commenced production. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,405/mt July 7, down $20/mt from July 6. The SAF FOB Straits premium was assessed at $1,497.50/mt over Platts Jet Kero FOB Singapore forward curve (MOPs), down $34.50/mt from July 6. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/062326-colombias-ecopetrol-partners-on-green-hydrogen-based-synthetic-saf-project</link><description>Colombian state oil company Ecopetrol has signed an agreement with German development agency GIZ to study the construction of a pilot plant for e-sustainable aviation fuel at its Cartagena refinery, leveraging green hydrogen as feedstock and potentially positioning Colombia as a regional leader in sustainable aviation fuel production. The partners will carry out feasibility and engineering studies</description><title>Colombia&amp;apos;s Ecopetrol partners on green hydrogen-based synthetic SAF project</title><pubDate>23 June 2026 18:29:19 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Agriculture, Refined Products, Hydrogen, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel June 23, 2026 Colombia's Ecopetrol partners on green hydrogen-based synthetic SAF project By Samyak Pandey Editor: Bill Montgomery Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Ecopetrol partners with GIZ on e-SAF pilot plant Pilot facility targets 800 mt of hydrogen yearly Colombia positions itself as regional SAF leader Colombian state oil company Ecopetrol has signed an agreement with German development agency GIZ to study the construction of a pilot plant for e-sustainable aviation fuel at its Cartagena refinery, leveraging green hydrogen as feedstock and potentially positioning Colombia as a regional leader in sustainable aviation fuel production. The partners will carry out feasibility and engineering studies over the next 24 months for a power-to-liquid facility to produce e-SAF, Ecopetrol said late last week. The proposed plant would use infrastructure from Ecopetrol's Coral project, under construction at the Cartagena refinery and expected to produce up to 800 metric tons of green hydrogen annually. GIZ will provide technical assistance and expertise in power-to-X and hydrogen technologies as part of the collaboration, with funding from Germany's federal government's PtX program supporting the feasibility study. The partnership reflects growing international interest in developing overseas hydrogen and e-fuel supply chains, particularly as European importers seek alternatives to Russian gas. Germany has increasingly invested in overseas green hydrogen projects to shore up future fuel supplies, with its previous national hydrogen strategy anticipating that up to 70% of its 2030 hydrogen demand would be met through imports. Energy transition push E-SAFs are produced by combining green hydrogen with captured CO2 through a chemical synthesis process. Ecopetrol already produces small batches of green hydrogen from a pilot setup at Cartagena, fueling a bus fleet. The Coral project is expected to add a 5-MW green hydrogen plant powered by a 22-MW solar farm that is already operational at the refinery. The US-made electrolyzer began installation last year, with plans to replace a portion of the refinery's gray hydrogen consumption. "This is a combination of assets, technical capabilities, and international cooperation that will accelerate technological validation and reduce risks in future scaling," Ecopetrol said in a statement. "The project integrates Ecopetrol's historical experience in the production of fuels and biofuels, now applied to the development of non-fossil synthetic liquid fuels." Under its low-carbon hydrogen strategy, Ecopetrol plans to produce green, blue and white hydrogen to slash Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions by 50% by 2050. "With this alliance, Ecopetrol strengthens its low-emission hydrogen and synthetic fuel production capabilities, consolidates its leadership in the energy transition, and positions Colombia as a benchmark in the development of sustainable aviation fuels in Latin America," Andres Felipe Camacho, leader of Ecopetrol's Low Emission Energy team, said. Colombia has emerged as a prospective green hydrogen producer due to its strong renewable energy resources and access to international shipping routes, attracting interest from potential European importers. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF California at 988.22 cents/gal and SAF (H-S) CA (credits det) at 494.43 cents/gal June 22, based on a spread of neat SAF to Jet Kero LA CA pipeline of 195.12 cents/gal. Platts considered SAF CIF NWE with transportation costs. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/refined-products/062226-brazils-petrobras-approves-plan-to-build-15000-bd-saf-biodiesel-plant-at-rpbc-refinery</link><description>The board of directors at Brazilian state-led oil company Petrobras approved the final investment decision to build a plant to make renewable sustainable aviation fuel and diesel at the RPBC refinery in Sao Paulo state, according to Petrobras. &amp;quot;Petrobras will advance to the final phase of hiring and contract signing with this approval,&amp;quot; Petrobras said in a filing submitted to local stock</description><title>Brazil&amp;apos;s Petrobras approves plan to build 15,000 b/d SAF, biodiesel plant at RPBC refinery</title><pubDate>22 June 2026 20:43:28 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jeff Fick</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel June 22, 2026 Brazil's Petrobras approves plan to build 15,000 b/d SAF, biodiesel plant at RPBC refinery By Jeff Fick Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Investments set at $1.2 billion Tenders launched in Aug 2025 Latest biofuels advancement The board of directors at Brazilian state-led oil company Petrobras approved the final investment decision to build a plant to make renewable sustainable aviation fuel and diesel at the RPBC refinery in Sao Paulo state, according to Petrobras. "Petrobras will advance to the final phase of hiring and contract signing with this approval," Petrobras said in a filing submitted to local stock regulators after markets closed June 19. "The start of construction work is expected to start by the end of 2026." The plant will have an installed capacity to produce 15,000 barrels/day, Petrobras said. The plant will produce SBC, or synthetic blending components, used to produce SAF as well as renewable diesel from hydrotreated vegetable oil, or HVO. The primary raw material will be vegetable oils and animal fats, with installed capacity to process up to 950,000 metric tons each year. Petrobras launched the first tenders for the project in August 2025, dividing construction and engineering work into five separate packages of contracts, according to the company. The first package included units to process and treat raw materials needed to remove impurities, which included storage tanks for soybean oil, animal fat and processed liquids. The contracts are expected to be signed in the second half of 2026, Petrobras said. The final approval of the renewable fuels plant marked Petrobras' latest advance in projects aimed at increasing the company's role in Brazil's transition to a low-carbon energy environment, especially in the production of next-generation biofuels such as biodiesel and SAF. Petrobras' initial efforts focused on adding renewable material to existing hydrocarbon-based diesel and jet fuel via co-processing units. The renewable fuels production is in line with commitments made by Brazil under the country's "Fuel of the Future" program launched in 2023. Under the program, aviation companies in Brazil were required to meet the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation's targets to reduce carbon dioxide emissions from international flights starting in 2027. Petrobras also plans to start operations at the RPR Refinaria Riograndense in Rio Grande do Sul state in the second half of 2026, according to the company. The 17,000 b/d refinery is currently being converted to full renewable biofuels production in partnership with petrochemicals maker Braskem and Ultrapar. First certified SAF delivery Petrobras delivered the world's first-ever lot of SAF made from soy that received CORSIA Low ILUC Risk certification from the International Civil Aviation Organization on June 17, according to the company. The certification guarantees that the soybean used as raw material to produce the fuel was not linked to deforestation or indirectly encouraged deforestation. The lot totaled 3,800 cubic meters and contained 1% renewable composition, Petrobras said. The fuel was produced at Petrobras' REDUC refinery outside Rio de Janeiro and sold to Vibra, Petrobras' former fuels-distribution unit, Petrobras said. The soybean oil used to produce the SAF was supplied and certified as compliant with CORSIA Low ILUC Risk requirements by Bunge. Petrobras made its first-ever deliveries of SAF wholly produced in Brazil in December 2025, when 3,000 cubic meters of the fuel were delivered to the international airport in Rio de Janeiro, according to the company. That SAF delivery was also produced at REDUC, but used corn oil as the primary raw material and contained 1.2% renewable content. In addition to the dedicated plant at RPBC, Petrobras is already producing or plans to start SAF production at several other refineries. Petrobras expects to produce SAF at the REPLAN refinery in Sao Paulo state and the REGAP refinery in Minas Gerais state in 2026. The REVAP refinery in Sao Paulo state, meanwhile, produced SAF in September 2025 as part of test runs that utilized the co-processing of vegetable oil with crude oil. Petrobras currently has installed capacity to produce about 74,000 cubic meters of so-called Diesel R, which contains renewable content from co-processing, according to the company. Sales of Diesel R5, which contains 5% renewable content obtained from co-processing regular diesel with raw materials such as soybean oil, started in 2022 at RPBC and the REPAR refinery in Parana state in 2024, according to the company. Diesel R5 has about 60% lower carbon emissions compared with regular ULSD. The REDUC refinery in Rio de Janeiro state and the REPLAN refinery in Sao Paulo state also have equipment installed that can produce Diesel R5. Tests to increase the renewable portion of Diesel R to 10% started in 2025, according to Petrobras. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/071426-brazilian-government-lifts-cap-on-voluntary-biodiesel-blending-creates-barrier-to-imports</link><description>Brazil&amp;apos;s National Energy Policy Council, or CNPE, approved measures July 14 aimed at strengthening the country&amp;apos;s biodiesel industry, including a ban on imports for compliance with the diesel blend mandate and the expansion of a voluntary use of the biofuel in percentages higher than the mandatory level. The measures were approved alongside the increase in Brazil&amp;apos;s mandatory ethanol blend in</description><title>Brazilian government lifts cap on voluntary biodiesel blending, creates barrier to imports</title><pubDate>14 July 2026 22:31:43 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Gabriela Brumatti</name><name>Vinicius Damazio</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Biofuels, Renewables, Vegetable Oils July 14, 2026 Brazilian government lifts cap on voluntary biodiesel blending, creates barrier to imports By Gabriela Brumatti and Vinicius Damazio Editor: Bill Montgomery Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Brazil bans imports for mandate compliance Government eases access to voluntary blend Increase on radar due to price scenario Brazil's National Energy Policy Council, or CNPE, approved measures July 14 aimed at strengthening the country's biodiesel industry, including a ban on imports for compliance with the diesel blend mandate and the expansion of a voluntary use of the biofuel in percentages higher than the mandatory level. The measures were approved alongside the increase in Brazil's mandatory ethanol blend in gasoline to E32 and form part of the government's broader Fuel of the Future strategy to expand renewable fuels and reduce dependence on imported fossil fuels. Barrier to imports Under one resolution, imported biodiesel may not be used to comply with Brazil's mandatory biodiesel blending requirement, which currently stands at 15%. The formal barrier to imports responds to a concern in the biodiesel sector regarding the CNPE resolution from April 1, which left pending whether the biodiesel market would partially open to imports. The measure established at that time that at least 80% of the volume of biodiesel sold in the country had to come from family farming, but it did not clarify whether the remaining volume could be imported. The absence of formal regulations restricting imports could create market confusion, according to industry players, although uncertainty has also prevented distributors from venturing into importing the biofuel, market participants told Platts. The decision is expected to be welcomed by Brazil's biodiesel industry, which has consistently argued that the country has sufficient installed production capacity to fully meet domestic demand. Industry groups have also warned that imported biodiesel could undermine investment, reduce utilization rates and pressure margins for local producers. By reserving the mandatory blending market for domestic production, the measure is also expected to support demand for Brazilian biodiesel producers and, indirectly, soybean oil, the country's primary biodiesel feedstock. Voluntary use of higher biodiesel blends In a separate resolution, the CNPE also approved rules allowing the voluntary use of biodiesel in a volume exceeding the percentage mandated for the national blend in captive fleets, public transportation systems, agricultural machinery, mining equipment, railways, inland waterway transport and power generation applications. The new measure allows consumers in those segments to voluntarily adopt higher biodiesel blends whenever technically compatible with their engines and equipment, creating an additional market for domestic producers beyond the mandatory national blend. Although the Future Fuel Law had already allowed the practice of adding biodiesel levels exceeding the mandatory mandate, a 2015 CNPE resolution still required formal authorization from the national oil regulator ANP for commercially voluntary blends above 10,000 liters. This imbalance between the measures was considered a barrier to the sector's ability to blend larger volumes, even with more attractive prices. Under the previous model, which required formal authorization from the ANP, 13 companies -- mostly biodiesel producers and firms in the river, road and rail transport sectors -- were permitted to use higher biodiesel blend for specific applications. The new measure requires industry participants to just report the use of these blends to the ANP, waiving prior consent. This step is expected to facilitate the process for players considering increasing the biodiesel content in diesel, particularly given the more favorable price scenario that has emerged for the biofuel as the war in the Middle East disrupted the global fuel market. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed Biodiesel DAP Paulinia for one- to seven-day delivery at Real 6,250/cubic meter July 14, from Real 6,394/cubic meter Feb. 27, prior to the war escalation. Meanwhile, Platts assessed Brazilian ultra low sulfur diesel in Paulinia at Real 5,301/cubic meter July 14, from Real 3,553/cubic meter Feb. 27. CNPE said the repeal is administrative in nature and is intended to simplify and organize Brazil's biofuels regulatory framework. It does not alter the rules governing the commercialization of biodiesel or voluntary blending, nor does it create new obligations or modify rights established under current legislation. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/carriers-attempt-extra-loaders-amid-india-export-rush</link><description>Carriers add extra-loaders as India export demand surges, tightening capacity and lifting freight rates to the US East Coast and Europe.</description><title>Carriers attempt extra-loaders to US, Europe to capitalize on Indian export rush</title><pubDate>24 July 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Bency Mathew</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Jul 24, 2026 Carriers attempt extra-loaders to US, Europe to capitalize on Indian export rush By Bency Mathew Ocean carriers on Indian westbound trades to the US East Coast and North Europe are deploying extra-loaders to capitalize on soaring booking rates and buoyant export demand, market sources say. CMA CGM seems to be moving faster than competitors to seize on the market boom. The French liner has already had an additional India-Europe âEpicâ service sailing scheduled this week while marshaling resources to operate an India-USEC âIndamexâ service ad-hoc voyage in August, freight forwarder sources told the Journal of Commerce. The 5,090-TEU CMA CGM Dolphin with an estimated arrival in Nhava Sheva of July 17 is said to be the first Epic extra-loader, the sources added. âMore extra-loader operations are contingent on vessel availability,â said a source who didnât want to be identified. Additionally, sources believe a planned return of the Indamex to a regular Red Sea/Suez Canal routing next month should help CMA CGM ship more boxes to North America by avoiding the structural gaps currently in the rotation. Cargo rollovers rising With vessel space increasingly scarce, cargo rollovers on certain premier westbound services out of Indiaâs key gateway ports of Nhava Sheva and Mundra have been as high as 2,000 to 3,000 TEUs per sailing in recent weeks, industry sources say. âCapacity cuts via blank sailings or service withdrawals and a simultaneous pickup in overall demand have led to freight rates spiking significantly compared with just a few weeks ago, but [Indian] shippers still cannot secure all the space they need even at these elevated rates,â Sanjay Tejwani, CEO of consulting firm 365 Logistics, told the Journal of Commerce. âWith the traditional peak season underway and continued geopolitical uncertainty impacting global shipping and fuel prices, the situation is unlikely to improve anytime soon.â Carrier sources in India say they have been able to substantially push Indian exports to the USEC by pooling allocations released from the Middle East region. Several recent Indamex and TPI (Hapag-Lloyd) larger vessel departures out of Nhava Sheva/Mundra have lifted up to 6,000 TEUs per call, an increase of 1,000 to 1,500 TEUs a week per service from the levels normally handled. Maerskâs âMECLâ service on the USEC lane is also said to have boosted capacity from a staggered phase-in of bigger vessels through 2026. The carrier declined to comment. Meanwhile, carriers have already pushed spot rates for Nhava Sheva-New York bookings on early-August sailings up to $7,500 to $8,500 per FEU, data indicates. Platts, a sister company of the Journal of Commerce within S&amp;P Global, assessed India-USEC spot rates at $6,725/FEU as of July 16, up 25% week over week and the highest since August 2024. Forwarder executives believe carriers have an opportunity to hold elevated India-USEC rates longer than previously anticipated, with deployed capacity tightening further following the exit of Ocean Network Expressâ âWINâ service, which also meant Cosco Shipping and HMM losing their slot rights on that loop. Coscoâs bookings to North America are now confined to weekly slots on the Indamex, estimated at 1,400 to 1,500 TEUs. Industry estimates point to a near 30% decline in overall average nominal weekly capacity on the India-USEC route because of the service cutbacks, down from about 38,500 TEUs in Week 23 across six services to approximately 28,000 TEUs in Week 31 across four services. Container volumes from India to all of the US, meanwhile, came in at 104,250 TEUs in June, down from 110,520 TEUs in May, according to PIERS, a sister product of the Journal of Commerce. Juneâs imports were up marginally year over year. This article was originally published by the Journal of Commerce on July 17, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071726-brussels-redesigns-business-friendly-ets-with-slower-emissions-cuts</link><description>The European Commission proposed a substantial redesign of the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17, slowing the pace of emissions reductions beyond 2030, delivering Eur6 billion ($6.9 billion) in additional free permits to manufacturers, and introducing controlled access to carbon removals and international credits while deploying more than Eur100 billion toward industrial decarbonization</description><title>Brussels redesigns &amp;apos;business friendly&amp;apos; ETS with slower emissions cuts</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 15:28:58 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Felix Njini</name><name>Adam Easton</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 17, 2026 Brussels redesigns 'business friendly' ETS with slower emissions cuts By Eklavya Gupte, Felix Njini, and Adam Easton Editor: Pollock Mondal Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Ties free permits to EU investment 'Free allocation does not mean free cash': Hoekstra International credits limited to 2% from 2036 LRF adjustment addresses 'unlevel playing field' The European Commission proposed a substantial redesign of the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17, slowing the pace of emissions reductions beyond 2030, delivering Eur6 billion ($6.9 billion) in additional free permits to manufacturers, and introducing controlled access to carbon removals and international credits while deploying more than Eur100 billion toward industrial decarbonization through a new financing instrument. "Today's proposal on the ETS brings together three key goals: sustained truly ambitious climate action, much more competitiveness and a huge boost for our independence," Climate Commissioner Wopke Hoekstra said in a press briefing calling the approach more "business-friendly." "It advances climate action, but at the same time, it transforms the ETS into a genuine engine for innovation and investments and reindustrializing Europe for the clean economy of the future." The overhaul adjusts the Linear Reduction Factor to 3.7% for 2031-2035 and 1.7% for 2036-2040, down from the current 4.3% rate, providing what the commission called "breathing space" for industry as Europe pursues its legally binding target to cut emissions by 90% by 2040. The LRF is the annual fixed percentage by which the total number of emission allowances is reduced in the EU ETS. The revised trajectory means emission allowances will continue to be issued into the 2040s, addressing concerns that the current pace would eliminate the cap around 2040 and leave hard-to-abate sectors without viable compliance options. The commission also proposed what it described as a "carefully designed and limited integration" of 250 million metric tons of high-quality permanent domestic carbon removals into the ETS. Only domestic permanent removals certified under the Carbon Removal Certification Framework will be eligible for ETS compliance, with storage subject to monitoring and verification rules. From 2036, companies will be able to use international credits to meet up to 2% of compliance obligations, creating additional emissions space as Europe pursues its binding emissions target. Investment focus The proposal establishes the Industrial Decarbonization Bank with Eur100 billion in funding for decarbonization projects across ETS sectors, with an initial Eur30 billion Investment Booster phase available before 2030. Member states will be required to spend 50% of national ETS revenues on investments in ETS sectors, adding more than Eur100 billion in investments before the end of the decade, according to the commission. The move addresses what Hoekstra called insufficient reinvestment in industrial decarbonization, noting that of the roughly 80% of ETS revenues flowing to member states, "less than 10% has been spent on industrial decarbonization." "Industry, in our view, rightly demands that significantly more should flow back to decarbonize these sectors," Hoekstra said. Free allocation to industry will continue beyond 2030 but become conditional on operators developing "Invest in EU Decarbonisation Plans" and investing an amount equivalent to 100% of the value of their free allocation into decarbonization projects in Europe. The requirement addresses concerns about companies "pocketing the free allocations and then selling them on the market and using the money elsewhere," according to Hoekstra. "Free allocation does not mean free cash," he said. "100% of the free allowances will need to be invested in Europe in decarbonization." A separate proposal aims to increase free allocation by Eur6 billion for 2026-2030, while for sectors covered by the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, the phaseout of free allocation will be extended until 2038. The Market Stability Reserve will be adjusted for a shrinking market, with the absorption rate dropping to 12% from 24%, allowing more permits to remain in circulation longer and supporting market liquidity as the cap tightens. Member state reactions EU carbon prices were initially up over 2% after the proposal was announced, but prices stabilized by the afternoon of July 17. EU Allowances for December 2026 were trading at Eur79.11/metric ton of CO2 equivalent at 1435 GMT, according to Intercontinental Exchange data. Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk said the reforms delivered a "positive response to Polish expectations," signaling that Warsaw had secured more favorable terms within the overhaul. "We've been saying this from the very beginning: Poland will not respect the original version of the ETS," Tusk told journalists in the Polish parliament, Sejm. Tusk said Poland has a "very large deficit of allowances" and highlighted that the country would be among the beneficiaries of European funds under the reforms. "Poland has to buy more of them. The Commission understands this, and from today on, Poland has an even more privileged position compared to other countries," he said. The reforms provide enhanced access to the Investment Booster for lower-income member states, with guaranteed allocations designed to address disparities in allowance holdings and compliance costs among EU economies. The reforms come amid mounting political pressure from European industry groups, and member states concerned about competitiveness as carbon prices have traded above Eur60/mt for much of 2026, adding to production costs for energy-intensive manufacturers. EUAs surged to 30-month highs near Eur93/mtCO2e in mid-January before plunging nearly Eur30/mtCO2e by March, as leaders from major EU economies called for major changes to the ETS, arguing that stringent climate rules were undermining industrial competitiveness. Hoekstra acknowledged that "the world has changed considerably with key European industries facing an unlevel playing field," citing "heavy state subsidies, dumping, dubious labor conditions abroad" affecting European sectors. Transport, waste expansion The commission also proposed to extend ETS coverage to all flights departing from European Economic Area airports to destinations within 5,000 km of the EU's geographic center, and to all business jet flights (incoming and departing), while maintaining alignment with the International Civil Aviation Organization's Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation (CORSIA) scheme. A mechanism to avoid double carbon pricing where both systems apply will be introduced, with a 2032 review to assess CORSIA's effectiveness. "Currently, the ETS only covers the EEA, and quite a few countries subsidize their airlines in ways we do not," Hoekstra said, explaining the rationale for the geographic expansion. The changes mean "a flight from Brussels to one of the Greek Islands will be treated in the same way as a flight arriving in the neighborhood but then outside of the EU." The EC also said that CORSIA "has not been sufficiently strengthened yet" and plans to conduct a new assessment on its implementation in 2032. "By then, results of the functioning of the scheme in terms of offsetting will be apparent," the EC said. "On [the] contrary, if CORSIA still does not deliver by then, the commission may consider extending the scope to full departing flights." For maritime transport, the ETS scope will be extended to vessels between 400 and 5,000 gross tonnage, down from the current 5,000 gross threshold, improving effectiveness and leveling the playing field among ship categories. The proposal includes provisions to avoid double payment if the International Maritime Organization implements a global pricing measure. Meanwhile, municipal waste incineration will be gradually integrated from 2031 to 2034, with installations required to surrender allowances for 25% of verified emissions in 2031, rising to 100% by 2034. National opt-outs are possible until 2035 if countries meet two of three conditions: equivalent national carbon tax, progress on recycling targets, or progress on landfill reduction. The inclusion aims to "encourage waste prevention and recycling, making it more cost effective than incineration and giving a real boost to the circular economy," Hoekstra said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071726-taiwans-saf-ambitions-run-through-ethanol-market-development-industry-experts</link><description>Taiwan may need to build a domestic fuel ethanol market before it can scale a sustainable aviation fuel industry, given that alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) technology is identified as key pathway for its SAF market development, according to S&amp;amp;P Global Horizons and Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research. A policy white paper released by Taiwan&amp;apos;s Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research in June argues</description><title>Taiwan&amp;apos;s SAF ambitions run through ethanol market development: industry experts</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 10:55:58 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 17, 2026 Taiwanâs SAF ambitions run through ethanol market development: industry experts By Mia Pei Editor: Rizwan Choudhury Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Think tank picks ATJ pathway for SAF production E10 mandate needed to support ethanol supply Taiwan lacks announced domestic SAF projects Taiwan may need to build a domestic fuel ethanol market before it can scale a sustainable aviation fuel industry, given that alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) technology is identified as key pathway for its SAF market development, according to S&amp;P Global Horizons and Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research. A policy white paper released by Taiwan's Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research in June argues that ATJ should become Taiwan's principal SAF production pathway through 2035 because the island lacks sufficient waste oils to support large-scale hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) production. However, Horizons analyst Chua Wei Jun said Taiwan lacks a nationwide E10 gasoline mandate that can support ATJ production over the longer term. "A nationwide E10 mandate can act as a stepping stone for domestic ATJ supply development in the longer term, as higher electric vehicle penetration can divert a surplus of fuel ethanol toward a stable feedstock supply for ATJ production," Chua said. Taiwan currently does not have nationwide ethanol blending, with E3 gasoline available only at selected retail stations, he said, adding that its fuel ethanol is almost entirely imported rather than domestically produced. "Mandating nationwide E10 will require infrastructure upgrades, such as blending and storage facilities, as well as upgrades to existing pump stations," Chua said. Horizons estimates a nationwide E10 mandate would require about 1 billion liters/year of fuel ethanol. Although an ethanol blending policy would initially increase ethanol demand, higher EV adoption over the longer term could free surplus ethanol previously blended into gasoline, creating a stable domestic feedstock pool for ATJ production. This echoes LanzaJet's view on the ATJ outlook. Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet's Asia Pacific regional director, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview that increasing electrification of road transport would fundamentally reduce gasoline blending demand. "Alcohol-to-jet is the next technology to scale after HEFA," van Ewijk said. "As we get more EVs on the roads, you're going to have more ethanol available for SAF." Unlike HEFA, which relies largely on limited supplies of waste oils and fats, ATJ can utilize ethanol regardless of how it is produced, van Ewijk said. He said concerns that ATJ would compete with road fuel markets are likely to diminish over time, making ethanol an increasingly attractive long-term SAF feedstock compared with waste oils, which face structural supply constraints. The Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research's report also highlighted ATJ's greater scalability over the longer term as the market can draw on internationally certified ethanol imports while leveraging Taiwan's refining and petrochemical expertise. The report also urges Taiwan to establish a national SAF mandate and long-term investment support mechanisms before 2030, highlighting the policy certainty needed for production investments. Platts data showed that as of July 7, there were no announced or speculative SAF projects in Taiwan. However, the Asia Pacific region's overall HEFA production capacity, based on announced plants with a max diesel or modulated configuration, stands at around 8 million metric tons in 2026 and 11 million mt in 2030. The announced capacity of ATJ-SPK projects in the region stands at 46,000 mt in 2026 and 906,000 mt in 2030. The estimated capacity of speculative ATJ-SPK projects is projected at over 2.7 million mt in 2030, bringing the total ATJ-SPK capacity to nearly 4 million mt then, based on the data. Platts assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,475/metric ton on July 16, unchanged day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071726-thailand-seeks-saf-supply-over-mandates-with-technology-investment-catalysts</link><description>Thailand is prioritizing supply-chain development and institutional reforms for sustainable aviation fuel blending while seeking foreign investment and technology for domestic feedstock production, rather than introducing mandates, Dr. Pongpat Thiensiri, deputy director general of the Civil Aviation Authority of Thailand, told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, in an interview during the SAF APAC</description><title>Thailand seeks SAF supply over mandates with technology, investment catalysts</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 09:36:06 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 17, 2026 Thailand seeks SAF supply over mandates with technology, investment catalysts By Mia Pei Editor: Arushi Jain Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Civil Aviation Authority keeps 1% SAF target voluntary Thailand's agricultural base offers opportunity Thailand is prioritizing supply-chain development and institutional reforms for sustainable aviation fuel blending while seeking foreign investment and technology for domestic feedstock production, rather than introducing mandates, Dr. Pongpat Thiensiri, deputy director general of the Civil Aviation Authority of Thailand, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview during the SAF APAC Summit 2026 in Melbourne, Australia. Thiensiri said CAAT will establish its first sustainability department later in 2026 to coordinate the country's aviation decarbonization strategy, with Thailand's immediate priority as building a commercially viable SAF ecosystem rather than imposing mandates on its strategically important airline sector before production capacity catches up. "It will be necessary in the years to come, but at the moment we don't want to enforce strict regulations on the airlines," Thiensiri said. "We don't want to rush. We need to make the infrastructure ready, the demand and supply balanced." CAAT intends to keep the current 0.5%-1% SAF uptake target voluntary, review it in 2028-2030 and enforce mandatory SAF utilization in 2031 or later. Thailand's current SAF production capacity of 6 million liters annually is slated to scale up to 24 million liters if the country can tap into its massive agricultural residues, he said at a keynote speech during the summit. Aviation remains critical to Thailand's economy, where tourism is a major source of national income, making airline competitiveness a key policy consideration, he said. Thiensiri said geopolitical events, such as the US-Iran conflict, had highlighted how vulnerable airlines are, prompting carriers to seek government support as fuel costs rose before recovering through operational efficiency improvements. Challenges and opportunities "The biggest challenges (to scale up the SAF market in Thailand) are supply availability, cost, feedstock readiness, certifications and market confidence," Thiensiri said. He said Thailand's biggest opportunity lies in its agricultural base. While its abundant crops could become SAF feedstocks, the country lacks sufficient technology to efficiently convert many of them into aviation fuel. Technology transfer and overseas investment would allow the country to extract greater value from its domestic agricultural base, thereby creating opportunities for overseas companies, said Thiensiri. He said investors need clear policy direction, stable regulation and visibility of future demand before committing capital. Despite Thailand having had three prime ministers over the past three years, continuity in the SAF policy helped build confidence among lenders and project developers, Thiensiri said. Thiensiri cited UOB Thailand's financing of Bangchak's SAF project as evidence that policy certainty can unlock investment: Bangchak secured a Baht 6.5 billion transition finance package from UOB in late 2024 to build Thailand's first commercial SAF plant, which entered commercial production in May. Beyond policy certainty, Thailand must convince investors that SAF demand will be sufficiently large to justify new production capacity, he said. "We need to provide greater confidence to producers and investors that SAF is no longer an alternative; it's a must now ... We need to create a larger and more scalable market." According to Thiensiri, regional cooperation on feedstocks, technology and supply chains would help achieve that scale rather than countries pursuing isolated national markets. Thailand seeks to build a regional value chain rather than competing with neighboring countries, he said. He envisages Australia contributing feedstocks and research, ASEAN countries sharing technologies with Singapore and Malaysia complementing regional refining and logistics, and cross-border investment to create a larger SAF market. Thailand's success should not be judged by domestic production volumes, but by whether it can create a self-sustaining aviation decarbonization ecosystem that balances environmental goals with airline competitiveness, he said. Platts assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,475/metric tons on July 16, unchanged day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/071726-taiwan-south-korea-push-alcohol-to-jet-as-asia-next-saf-pathway</link><description>Alcohol-to-jet technology is gaining commercial traction in Taiwan and South Korea as both markets position ethanol-based sustainable aviation fuel as the pathway best suited to overcome domestic feedstock constraints, with policy developments and industry engagement accelerating across the region even as analysts warn that demand-side mandates remain the critical missing piece. Taiwan&amp;apos;s</description><title>Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet as Asia next SAF pathway</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 19:27:59 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel, Gasoline, LPG, Naphtha, Vegetable Oils July 17, 2026 Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet as Asia next SAF pathway By Samyak Pandey Editor: Benjamin Morse Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet SAF tech Taiwan's SAF demand to reach 182,000 mt by 2030 Asia-Pacific ATJ capacity to hit 4 mil mt by 2030 Alcohol-to-jet technology is gaining commercial traction in Taiwan and South Korea as both markets position ethanol-based sustainable aviation fuel as the pathway best suited to overcome domestic feedstock constraints, with policy developments and industry engagement accelerating across the region even as analysts warn that demand-side mandates remain the critical missing piece. Taiwan's sustainable aviation fuel demand could reach 182,000 mt by 2030 under a 5% blending mandate, while South Korea hosted a July 2-3 conference on biofuels and SAF that highlighted alcohol-to-jet's role in meeting the country's 2030 blending targets, according to the US Grains and BioProducts Council (USGBC). The parallel momentum in both markets reflects a broader strategic shift across Asia-Pacific, where rising electric vehicle adoption is expected to free ethanol currently blended into gasoline and ease concerns over future waste-based oil-derived feedstock constraints that threaten to limit hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids production. Taiwan has completed its national standard for E10 ethanol-blended gasoline, establishing a regulatory framework that could accelerate bioethanol adoption in its transport sector as policymakers seek to reduce carbon emissions and enhance energy security. The Bureau of Standards, Metrology and Inspection under the Ministry of Economic Affairs officially announced two national standards for E10 ethanol gasoline, CNS 12614 for unleaded gasoline and CNS 15109 for denatured fuel ethanol, marking a new stage in Taiwan's ethanol gasoline policy. "Alcohol-to-jet is the next technology to scale after HEFA," Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet's regional director for Asia Pacific, said. "As we get more EVs on the roads, you're going to have more ethanol available for SAF." Taiwan's ATJ pivot A policy white paper released by Taiwan's Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research argues that ATJ should become Taiwan's principal SAF production pathway through 2035 because Taiwan lacks sufficient waste oils to support large-scale HEFA production. The projection assumes 2% annual growth in aviation fuel demand from a 2025 base of 3.28 million mt, with demand potentially reaching 200,500 mt under an optimistic scenario assuming 4% annual growth driven by Taiwan's strengthened role as a regional air transport hub. The white paper sets 2035 as a critical policy review point, arguing that the global supply of oils and fats for first-generation HEFA technology will reach a ceiling by then. By establishing a robust bioethanol import system, Taiwan could position itself as a regional conversion and blending hub, effectively addressing the critical constraint of insufficient domestic oilseed feedstock, Chen added. The white paper proposes a phased policy framework with 2030 serving as a transition point from demonstration to institutionalized implementation, recommending that Taiwan's Ministry of Transportation prioritize setting a 3% or 5% SAF blending target by 2030 to establish clear market signals. However, S&amp;P Global Horizons analyst Chua Wei Jun said Taiwan currently has E3 gasoline available only at selected retail stations, he said, adding that its fuel ethanol is almost entirely imported rather than domestically produced. "A nationwide E10 mandate can act as a stepping stone for domestic ATJ supply development in the longer term, as higher electric vehicle penetration can divert a surplus of fuel ethanol toward a stable feedstock supply for ATJ production," Chua said. Horizons estimates a nationwide E10 mandate would require about 1 billion liters per year of fuel ethanol. South Korea engagement as capacity buildout accelerates The USGBC conference engaged major South Korean policymakers, refiners, airlines, researchers, fuel suppliers and energy stakeholders about the role of ethanol and other biofuels in advancing energy security, transportation decarbonization and sustainable fuel development. Asia-Pacific's ATJ capacity could reach nearly 4 million mt by 2030 when combining announced and speculative projects, compared with just 46,000 mt in 2026, according to S&amp;P Global Energy data. That would still trail the region's HEFA capacity, which stands at around 8 million mt in 2026 and is projected to reach 11 million mt by 2030 based on announced plants with maximum diesel or modulated configuration. The announced capacity of ATJ-SPK projects in the region stands at 906,000 mt by 2030, while estimated speculative projects add over 2.7 million mt, bringing total ATJ-SPK capacity to nearly 4 million mt by decade's end. Feedstock diversification critical Sustainable aviation fuel producers across Asia-Pacific must aggressively diversify away from used cooking oil toward palm residues, non-edible oilseed crops, microalgae, and alcohol-to-jet pathways, experts said warning that reliance on a narrow feedstock base represents the biggest structural risk facing new SAF projects. Caleb Wurth, regional director for USGBC said volume constraints will force rapid diversification. With the major volumes aviation requires, all feedstocks available that are responsible and fit the end goal of decarbonization will be needed, including sustainable corn in the US, palm products in Malaysia, coconut products in the Philippines and starch products in Thailand. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,475/metric ton July 17, unchanged from July 16. Platts assessed SAF HEFA-SPK FOB China at $2,462/mt July 17, unchanged on day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071526-environmental-tribal-groups-sue-to-block-trump-esa-rule-changes-to-habitat</link><description>Environmental and tribal groups filed three federal lawsuits July 14 challenging a Trump administration rule that removes habitat protections under the Endangered Species Act, creating regulatory uncertainty for energy project developers seeking permits despite industry support for the changes. The rule â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; announced July 10 and published in the Federal Register July 14 â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; eliminates the definition</description><title>Environmental, tribal groups sue to block Trump ESA rule changes to habitat</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 22:37:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Thomas Tiernan</name><name>Karin Rives</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Crude Oil, Natural Gas, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 15, 2026 Environmental, tribal groups sue to block Trump ESA rule changes to habitat By Thomas Tiernan and Karin Rives Editor: Maya Weber Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Energy attorneys say rule creates uncertainty Lawsuits claim rule violates ESA, court precedent Environmental and tribal groups filed three federal lawsuits July 14 challenging a Trump administration rule that removes habitat protections under the Endangered Species Act, creating regulatory uncertainty for energy project developers seeking permits despite industry support for the changes. The rule â announced July 10 and published in the Federal Register July 14 â eliminates the definition of "harm" to species habitat without providing a replacement, prompting attorneys who represent energy clients to warn that companies could face litigation over how federal agencies interpret the law going forward. The lawsuits allege that the rule defies the text and purpose of the ESA and reverses 50 years of administrative policy, as well as a 1995 US Supreme Court precedent. The suits were filed in federal district courts in California and Washington State. The groups claim the rule violates the language of the law and is arbitrary and capricious under the Administrative Procedure Act. They also argue that the Interior and Commerce departments failed to comply with the National Environmental Policy Act when issuing the rule. The groups contend that the rule will create confusion for industries seeking federal permits by removing regulatory certainty over what will be required for incidental take statements under the ESA, despite what they describe as a clear requirement in the law to account for habitat destruction or modification. The Interior Department pushed back on the suits' assertions. The lawsuits seek to preserve "a decades-old regulatory overreach that expanded the Endangered Species Act beyond the authority granted by Congress," an Interior spokesperson said July 15. The role of federal agencies is to implement the ESA as written, "not to expand its reach through interpretations favored by advocacy organizations," the spokesperson added. "The department will vigorously defend its authority to implement the law according to its plain text," the spokesperson said. Ambiguity, disagreement may continue Numerous federal agencies have historically considered potential harm to protected species' habitat when conducting energy project reviews. Agencies' biological opinions include incidental take statements, which set the extent of legally permitted harm to, or deaths of, protected species by project developers under the ESA. Because the definition of "harm" has been removed without replacement, the US Fish and Wildlife Service and National Marine Fisheries Service are expected to narrow their reviews for incidental take statements, Seth Barsky, a partner at Bracewell, said during a July 14 interview. Energy companies would be wise to consult with federal agencies on how the new rule will be implemented, Barsky and other attorneys said. Due to lawsuits challenging the rule and potential project-by-project challenges to future incidental take statements, "it is possible that the issue of whether and to what extent impacts to listed species' habitat qualify as 'take' under the ESA could be in flux for quite some time," Rebecca Hays Barho, a partner at Nossaman, said in a July 14 email. "Ultimately, the issue may not be resolved until Congress or the Supreme Court weighs in." Just as there has been "ambiguity and disagreement" when the definition of harm to habitat was included in regulatory proceedings, "it is likely that there will continue to be ambiguity with respect to how the agencies view 'take'" under the ESA with the new rule, Barho added. "Approaches could vary across regions and across different classes of species," and federal courts may differ on how they interpret habitat modifications. The FWS and the NMFS said they will address habitat-related impacts through other provisions in the statute, including Section 7 consultations and Section 5 land acquisition authorities. Lawsuits filed in Western courts Earthjustice submitted one of the newly filed lawsuits on behalf of plaintiffs including the Center for Biological Diversity, Columbia Riverkeeper, Conservation Northwest and the Sierra Club. The plaintiffs asked the US District Court in Seattle to vacate the rule, declare it invalid and reinstate the regulatory definition of "harm" to species habitat that agencies used for decades. The ESA's long-standing regulatory definition of harm "reflected an overwhelming body of scientific evidence demonstrating that loss of habitat imperils species in multiple ways," such as disruptions affecting breeding, feeding and shelter, the plaintiffs said. The Swinomish Indian Tribal Community and Squaxin Island Tribe also challenged the rule in the US District Court in Seattle, asserting that the agencies' new interpretation of the ESA regarding habitat means salmon populations in the region are unlikely to survive habitat destruction. A third legal challenge was filed by the Environmental Protection Information Center, the Western Environmental Law Center, Friends of the Shasta River and others in the US District Court in the Northern District of California. "No longer protecting where grizzlies, salmon, and owls live will make them go extinct," Pete Frost, an attorney with the Western Environmental Law Center, said in a statement. "We're hopeful the court will clarify what the Endangered Species Act has always meant." "The recission of the harm definition will have an immediate effect on pending biological opinions" for projects being reviewed by the federal agencies where endangered species habitat is threatened, environmental groups said. Industry support The American Petroleum Institute and other industry groups argued in comments on the proposed rule in 2025 that the definition of harm should be narrowed to include only acts that directly kill or injure fish or wildlife. "The US oil and natural gas industry has taken significant steps to minimize its impacts on wildlife and the environment while continuing to produce essential energy for the American public," Holly Hopkins, vice president of upstream policy for the API, said in a statement. "We remain committed to supporting commonsense ESA policies that both protect wildlife and support American energy leadership." Considering habitat degradation or modification that kills or injures wildlife stretches the term "harm" beyond its natural meaning and creates overlap with other provisions of the ESA, agencies said in the final rule. When issuing an incidental take permit, the Interior secretary "will no longer consider the effects of a proposed action on the species' habitat, nor will the permit contain terms and conditions requiring permittees" to account for habitat modification and degradation, according to the rule. The Western Energy Alliance declined to comment on the final rule until it has discussed it with its members. However, in its 2025 comments on the proposal, the Alliance supported the rule, saying it would "ensure that moving forward, ESA will not be used to prohibit productive human activities such as energy development that may affect habitat but do not actually result in the taking of species." Legal precedent questions In the recently released rule, the agencies adopted the view of three dissenting justices in the 1995 Supreme Court decision â Babbitt v. Sweet Home Chapter of Communities for a Great Oregon â and determined that the existing definition of "harm" was not the best reading of the ESA. Earthjustice, by contrast, said the 1995 ruling remains the law of the land and that the agencies' reliance on the 2024 Supreme Court decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, which ended courts' practice of deferring to federal agencies, is in error. Rather, the agencies' adoption of a policy that runs counter to the ESA and favors an executive branch interpretation of the statute is the very type of interpretation the Supreme Court rejected in Loper Bright, Earthjustice claimed. Relying on a dissenting view from the high court for a new rule is "certainly unusual," because the majority in the Sweet Home ruling upheld the regulation at issue, said Barsky of Bracewell. Because the lawsuits were filed in federal district courts, they "probably have a good chance" of receiving favorable rulings because district court judges typically do not feel comfortable going in a different direction than a Supreme Court precedent, Barsky added during the interview. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071526-new-white-house-rule-would-put-political-appointees-in-charge-of-federal-grants</link><description>Political appointees will review and sign off on all federal grants under a new rule the Trump administration said will ensure that no tax dollars support &amp;quot;anti-American&amp;quot; values or agendas deemed to be far left-wing. The regulation is now being finalized after the public comment period closed July 13. The rule would also alter federal procurement requirements by eliminating sustainability,</description><title>New White House rule would put political appointees in charge of federal grants</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 21:28:44 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Karin Rives</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Natural Gas, Emissions, Carbon, Renewables July 15, 2026 New White House rule would put political appointees in charge of federal grants By Karin Rives Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Rule would eliminate peer review panels' power 94% of commenters oppose the change Political appointees will review and sign off on all federal grants under a new rule the Trump administration said will ensure that no tax dollars support "anti-American" values or agendas deemed to be far left-wing. The regulation is now being finalized after the public comment period closed July 13. The rule would also alter federal procurement requirements by eliminating sustainability, energy-efficiency and recycled content provisions from government purchasing. The changes would go into effect Oct. 1. The sweeping rule proposed by the White House Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on May 29 would significantly change how the federal government awards more than $1 trillion in grants, cooperative agreements and other financial assistance. The grants go to states, tribes, nonprofits, research organizations and thousands of other recipients. Today, grant proposals are reviewed by a panel of peers, scientists and professionals who score grant applications on which funding decisions are made. Under the new rule, such peer panels would only have an advisory role. The plan proposed by the OMB, which serves the executive branch under Director Russ Vought, received nearly half a million comments from individuals, public interest groups and legal scholars. Of the 53,000-plus comments published so far, 94% opposed the proposed change, according to independent Claude AI analysis by data scientist Abigail Haddad. The OMB said the changes are needed to improve transparency and accountability after the Biden administration awarded what Vought's office said were billions of dollars in unlawful grants that promoted "far-left" and "neo-Marxist" projects. The proposed rule specifically highlights grants focused on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) along with gender issues, and also revises how grants can be terminated "when the award no longer advances federal agency priorities." The termination clause follows the Trump administration's decisions in 2025 to freeze and cancel billions in grants for climate-related projects and disaster mitigation along with other programs, over which multiple lawsuits are still pending. Twenty states in June also sued the administration over federal agencies implementing President Donald Trump's executive order to eliminate DEI initiatives by federal contractors. The presidential order is cited in the OMB rule. Pushback from scientists, lawmakers Science, environmental and public interest groups opposed to the rule say it will undermine research and development in the US. "Grants leading to breakthroughs in many areas critical to the US energy economy such as LED lighting, advanced batteries and geothermal energy were given to a wide variety of people and institutions selected purely on the technical merits of their proposals," wrote Henry Kelly, a former official with the US Department of Energy, in his comment to the OMB. "Some of the most important innovations came from groups unfamiliar to our unbiased reviewers. A political review by people unfamiliar with the technical merits would certainly have blocked some of the most creative of these proposals." Others expressed concern over the rule allowing federal contracts to be canceled at any time by a political appointee. "The proposed rule restricts and marginalizes the scientific review of individual research projects, giving political appointees the ability to terminate research projects at any stage of a project's lifecycle for reasons well beyond scientific merit and potential societal benefit," Carlos MartÃ­n, vice president of research and policy engagement for the research group Resources for the Future, wrote in his comment to OMB. In a June 26 letter to Vought, 127 lawmakers also weighed in to say the proposed rule would subject "congressionally-mandated spending to excessive political control." The OMB said the changes will ensure that "recipients are held accountable when they fail to meet relevant standards." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/062326-uk-hydrogen-ccs-sectors-await-direction-from-new-prime-minister</link><description>The resignation of Keir Starmer as UK prime minister has created further uncertainty for the country&amp;apos;s low-carbon hydrogen sector, bringing the prospect of further delays to key funding and policy decisions, though the favorite to replace him could give the industry a boost. Starmer announced his resignation June 22, ending a two-year tenure marked by an aggressive push to decarbonize Britain&amp;apos;s</description><title>UK hydrogen, CCS sectors await direction from new prime minister</title><pubDate>23 June 2026 16:58:21 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Hydrogen June 23, 2026 UK hydrogen, CCS sectors await direction from new prime minister By James Burgess Editor: Jonathan Fox Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS UK hydrogen sector awaits funding decisions Starmer's exit creates policy uncertainty The resignation of Keir Starmer as UK prime minister has created further uncertainty for the country's low-carbon hydrogen sector, bringing the prospect of further delays to key funding and policy decisions, though the favorite to replace him could give the industry a boost. Starmer announced his resignation June 22, ending a two-year tenure marked by an aggressive push to decarbonize Britain's power sector and by persistent concerns over high energy costs. Energy Secretary Ed Miliband has led a strong drive to increase the country's renewable power generation, and continued policies from the previous government to roll out low-carbon hydrogen and carbon capture and storage projects. The UK clean hydrogen and CCS sectors have suffered a series of setbacks and delays, some caused by political uncertainty. There was a first delay to hydrogen project funding decisions after the Labour government won the last election in July 2024, followed by renewed commitments to the sector, and a funding pledge for CCS. However, the industry is still awaiting a delayed hydrogen policy update, first promised by the end of 2025, and progress on a second round of CCS cluster funding has stalled. "The UK's CCUS sector has made significant strides forward, with the first two clusters in Teesside and the North West and North Wales now in delivery," Olivia Powis, CEO of the Carbon Capture and Storage Association, said in a June 23 statement. "The CCSA remains committed to working closely with the government to build on this progress and maintain momentum." The winners of the country's second electrolytic hydrogen allocation round are also still awaiting the results, following the shortlisting of 27 projects in April 2025. Industry representatives have repeatedly called for urgent action to avoid delays in investment. "We still do not have a confirmed date for either the Hydrogen Allocation Round 2, or the Hydrogen Strategy refresh," Hydrogen UK CEO Clare Jackson told Platts by email on June 23. "This is holding up investment and has a clear opportunity cost to UK plc." Jackson called on the next prime minister "to create the policy certainty the industry needs as soon as possible." The Hydrogen Energy Association, a fellow industry group, echoed the call. "The hydrogen sector is committed, capable and ready to deliver investment, skilled jobs and long-term benefits for the UK's energy security, industrial competitiveness and net zero ambitions," HEA CEO Emma Guthrie told Platts by email on June 23. Hydrogen-friendly successor? Starmer's departure and the contest to appoint a successor are likely to further stall decision-making in the short term. But the leading contender to be Starmer's successor, former Manchester mayor Andy Burnham, has form for supporting hydrogen projects, political consultancy Beyond2050 said. "Burnham has historically been engaged with, and supportive of, the UK's hydrogen sector," the group said in an email on June 19. "Greater Manchester Combined Authority has had its own Hydrogen Strategy since 2021, and a refreshed version was consulted last year (now running from 2025-2030)." Beyond2050 also noted that Burnham had been supportive of Carlton Power's planned renewable hydrogen production site in Trafford, in the Greater Manchester area, which has received funding under HAR1. Burnham confirmed his intention to run for leader shortly after Starmer resigned. Miliband is also touted as a possible finance minister in a Burnham government, which could lead to continued backing for clean energy projects. Guthrie said the HEA hoped for progress on HAR2 and the publication of the updated hydrogen strategy. "The sector is now awaiting the Invitation to Offer stage, with many companies relying on this next milestone to progress projects and unlock investment decisions," she said, noting an updated strategy would provide "important long-term direction for the industry." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/070926-white-house-picks-science-skeptic-to-head-flagship-climate-research-program</link><description>A 36-year-old US research program Congress created to help the country respond to climate change will be reinstated and led by a climate contrarian who has questioned mainstream science. The US Global Change Research Program (USGCRP) will be revived, the White House confirmed on July 9 without commenting on the new leader. Matthew Wielicki, a former assistant professor at the University of</description><title>White House picks &amp;apos;professor-in-exile&amp;apos; to head flagship climate research program</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 21:48:47 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Karin Rives</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions July 09, 2026 White House picks 'professor-in-exile' to head flagship climate research program Karin Rives Editor: Jasmin Melvin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Scientists question new director's credentials National Climate Assessment work remains halted A 36-year-old US research program Congress created to help the country respond to climate change will be reinstated and led by a climate contrarian who has questioned mainstream science. The US Global Change Research Program (USGCRP) will be revived, the White House confirmed on July 9 without commenting on the new leader. Matthew Wielicki, a former assistant professor at the University of Alabama, has updated his X social media profile to say he is the director of the USGCRP. Wielicki resigned from Alabama's department of geological sciences in 2023 over the university's diversity, equity and inclusion policies. He has criticized a "climate doom narrative" that does not allow for divergent views, and he describes himself on his website as an "earth science professor-in-exile." "The Trump administration is committed to using the best scientific information to inform public policy," a White House spokesperson said in an email. "For too long, the USGCRP has been used as a vehicle for political agendas instead of sound science. We look forward to restoring the USGCRP and ensuring it fulfills its legal mandate." The administration halted the program in April 2025 and issued a stop-work order to the contractor leading work on the now-delayed Sixth National Climate Assessment. Consulting firm ICF International had a $33.9 million contract to coordinate the project, which involves scientists across 14 federal agencies and academia. Past reports were also removed from government websites. Future of national climate report uncertain It is unclear how or when work on the report will resume. Wielicki did not immediately respond to questions sent through his website. "It would not be easy to start over where we were, because you need technical support and a real commitment," said Jesse Keenan, an associate professor at the Tulane School of Architecture who was working on a chapter for the report when the research program ground to a halt. The National Climate Assessment, published every four years, undergoes several layers of rigorous scientific and editorial review, a public review and an independent review by the National Academy of Sciences, Keenan said in an interview. "Communities, businesses, emergency managers, infrastructure planners and policymakers across the country rely on this comprehensive report to understand climate risks and make informed decisions that help protect people's health, safety, livelihoods and local economies," Carlos Martinez, a senior climate scientist at the Union for Concerned Scientists, said in a statement. Under the Biden administration, one of the climate assessments was criticized for including occasional language that some scientists felt was policy-driven, but they also said the report as a whole was based on rigorous and evidence-based research. Martinez said Wielicki was not qualified for the job and could "jeopardize the integrity of one of the nation's most important climate science resources." Among those congratulating the new USGCRP director on his new appointment was Judith Curry, co-author of a climate report that US Energy Secretary Chris Wright commissioned in spring of 2025. The report was crafted to help support the Trump administration's repeal of the 2009 greenhouse gas endangerment finding, which underpins all federal climate policy. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071526-new-zealand-introduces-amendments-to-climate-change-act</link><description>New Zealand has amended its Climate Change Response Act, which would expand the scope of its emissions trading scheme to recognize additional carbon removal activities beyond forestry and remove some industrial allocation review requirements, the Ministry for Cities, Environment, Regions and Transport said July 15. The Climate Change Response Amendment Bill, or CCRA, introduced to Parliament on</description><title>New Zealand introduces amendments to climate change act</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 07:47:14 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Angelica Garcia</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 15, 2026 New Zealand introduces amendments to climate change act By Angelica Garcia Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS To scrap industrial allocation reviews to boost investment Bill enables non-forestry carbon removals in trading scheme New Zealand has amended its Climate Change Response Act, which would expand the scope of its emissions trading scheme to recognize additional carbon removal activities beyond forestry and remove some industrial allocation review requirements, the Ministry for Cities, Environment, Regions and Transport said July 15. The Climate Change Response Amendment Bill, or CCRA, introduced to Parliament on July 15, proposes adding "carbon removal activities" as a category that can be recognized under the New Zealand ETS, while removing allocative baseline and eligibility reviews for industrial allocation. "Forestry is already a critical part of New Zealand's approach to removing greenhouse gases from the atmosphere. However, the government also wants to ensure businesses and organizations can explore other ways to reduce the impact of their emissions," the ministry said in a statement. The changes would not immediately include new carbon removal activities in the ETS, but would establish the regulatory pathway for future additions, simplifying and accelerating the approval process, according to the ministry. Carbon removal pathway The bill proposes changes that would establish a framework for evaluating and approving new removal methods without requiring primary legislation for each addition. The ministry said it has been exploring opportunities to recognize and reward non-forestry removals in carbon markets as part of efforts to diversify New Zealand's emissions-reduction toolkit. The bill also creates a pathway for new emissions sources, excluding agriculture, to be added to the ETS in the future through the same streamlined process. "The CCRA and the NZ ETS are our key tools to transition New Zealand to a low-emissions, resilient future," Climate Change Minister Simon Watts said in a separate statement July 15. "It is critical that they are working smoothly to deliver emissions reductions and help us meet our climate targets. That is why we are making changes like strengthening oversight of the NZ ETS market." Industrial allocation changes The legislation removes two components of current industrial allocation settings that the ministry said risk disincentivizing decarbonization investments. Allocative baseline reviews and eligibility reviews would be eliminated, except for limited technical exceptions, addressing concerns that allocations could be reviewed and reduced after investments have been made. "Currently, these two processes mean it is possible for an allocation to be reviewed and reduced after investments are made, which then impacts the financial viability of making that investment," the ministry said. The changes would retain phaseout rate reviews as the primary tool for managing industrial allocation volumes, while making their timing more flexible by allowing reviews once every five years, rather than linking them to emissions budget periods, according to the ministry. The minister would be required to consider firms' decarbonization investments, including reductions in emissions intensity or gross emissions, when reviewing phaseout rates, the ministry said. Annual updates to allocative baselines related to electricity costs would continue, and any reviews currently in process would be completed, the ministry said. The adjustments aim to balance the cost of industrial allocation against the environmental, social and economic effects of New Zealand companies potentially relocating overseas, according to the ministry. Market governance The bill proposes establishing market governance for the trading of New Zealand units in the ETS secondary market, including provisions to support market transparency and enable government monitoring of trading activity. The Financial Markets Authority would be designated as the enforcement agency for two discrete market conduct standards, with penalties applying to breaches of new market governance requirements, according to the ministry. The market oversight changes aim to improve transparency and enhance the availability of market information to the government, the ministry said. The provisions would also support market confidence and stability as the ETS expands to include new types of carbon removal activities. The legislation proposes moving ETS settings to a biennial process from the current annual cycle, with decisions made every two years after the bill passes into law, the ministry said. The 2026 and 2027 ETS settings processes would proceed as usual to provide market clarity while the amendment bill moves through parliament, it said. The bill includes provisions to allow flexibility for reestablishing forests after significant disruptions, such as severe weather events, helping foresters avoid deforestation liabilities when clearance occurs due to events beyond their control. The legislation would also bring CO2 imports into the ETS to ensure that international suppliers of liquid CO2 face the same costs as domestic producers, according to the ministry. The bill will be referred to a select committee for public submissions, with information on the submission process to be made available through Parliament, the ministry said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071526-ihi-starts-ammonia-fueled-engine-demo-for-land-power-generation</link><description>IHI Power Systems and IHI Corp. commenced demonstration of a land-based power generation plant powered by a 6,000 kW-class ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine at Ota Works in Gunma Prefecture, Japan, IHI said July 15. Leveraging its work on ammonia-fueled marine engines, IPS is advancing the development of a land-based ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine capable of achieving ammonia fuel ratios</description><title>IHI starts ammonia-fueled engine demo for land power generation</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 12:03:07 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Coal, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Fertilizers, Chemicals, Renewables July 15, 2026 IHI starts ammonia-fueled engine demo for land power generation By Ruchira Singh Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS IHI starts 6,000 kW ammonia engine demo System targets 90% emissions reduction rate Commercial sales planned for fiscal 2027 IHI Power Systems and IHI Corp. commenced demonstration of a land-based power generation plant powered by a 6,000 kW-class ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine at Ota Works in Gunma Prefecture, Japan, IHI said July 15. Leveraging its work on ammonia-fueled marine engines, IPS is advancing the development of a land-based ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine capable of achieving ammonia fuel ratios and greenhouse gas emissions reductions of more than 90%, it said. "Through this demonstration program, IPS will verify the safety and operability of the complete power generation system, including auxiliary facilities," it said in a statement. "In addition to advancing ammonia conversion technologies for coal-fired boilers and developing 100% ammonia-fired gas turbines, the IHI Group is now extending ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine technology into the land-based power generation sector." The demonstration testing is scheduled for completion during the Japanese fiscal year 2026 (April-March), with commercial sales planned to commence in fiscal year 2027, it said. The IHI Group is promoting the expansion of the ammonia value chain through both fuel ammonia supply and development and fuel utilization combustion technologies of ammonia, it said. "Through these efforts, IHI Group aims to expand its portfolio of power generation solutions capable of meeting the needs of customers striving towards a low-carbon society in Japan and around the world," it said. Broad range of applications The power generation system is intended for a broad range of applications, including industrial facilities, remote islands in Japan and overseas, data centers, mining operations, and industrial parks, where highly efficient low-carbon power sources are increasingly required. The system is expected to provide a pathway for the gradual low-carbon transition of existing diesel power generation facilities fueled by heavy fuel oil or diesel, thereby supporting demand for fuel ammonia, it said. "IPS will continue to pursue the development of fully ammonia-fueled engines with the ultimate goal of achieving zero CO2 emissions and contributing to the realization of a carbon-neutral society," it added. Japan certified a low-carbon ammonia project developed by IHI and ACME in India's Odisha as part of the country's Yen 3 trillion ($18.5 billion) hydrogen price-gap subsidy, the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry said June 30. Additionally, 177,000 mt/year of capacity has been earmarked under Japan's Long-Term Decarbonized Power Source Auction to supply decarbonized fuel to Japan's power sector over a long-term horizon, ACME said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the India Renewable Hydrogen Term Contract at $3.24/kg July 9, down 0.61% month over month. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-interview-south-korean-airlines-target-price-driven-intermediary-corsia-procurement-kis</link><description>South Korean airlines are procuring their Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation credits via Korea Investment &amp;amp; Securities to mitigate potential counterparty risk, while credit preference is driven primarily by price, KIS Manager Hwan Young Chang told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, July 15. Chang said KIS is acting as an intermediary between overseas developers,</description><title>INTERVIEW: South Korean airlines target price-driven intermediary CORSIA procurement: KIS</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 16:01:46 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ben Carding</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 INTERVIEW: South Korean airlines target price-driven intermediary CORSIA procurement: KIS By Ben Carding Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS South Korean airlines mitigate counterparty risk CORSIA prices expected at $13-$15/mtCO2e by end of Phase 1 Middle East war stals Korean demand South Korean airlines are procuring their Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation credits via Korea Investment &amp; Securities to mitigate potential counterparty risk, while credit preference is driven primarily by price, KIS Manager Hwan Young Chang told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, July 15. Chang said KIS is acting as an intermediary between overseas developers, brokers and South Korean airlines seeking to buy CORSIA eligible emissions units, or CEEUs. Intermediary-led procurement "Based on our meetings with Korean airlines, the most common hurdle preventing them from purchasing CEEUs directly from overseas entities is potential counterparty risk," said Chang. "They are concerned about the difficulty of taking legal action, particularly if the governing law is not Korean and favors the counterparty ... however, by signing an offtake agreement with KIS, the governing law remains within South Korea," the executive added. "Additionally, we possess a strong financial standing should we need to procure credits from the market or third party." In the past week, market participants have attributed an uptick in CORSIA prices to Asian requests for proposals by Asian airlines, which have been led by intermediaries, namely a tender from Abatable for over 440,000 metric tons. Price-driven focus Chang said that South Korean airlines' credit purchases are primarily compliance-driven, with price being the key criterion, while non-South Korean airlines place greater emphasis on project type. "This difference stems from Korean airlines viewing this activity purely from a cost and compliance perspective, whereas non-Korean airlines often view it as part of their [environmental, social and governance] strategy and marketing/PR efforts directed at customers," Chang said. "Korean airlines believe that once a project issues CORSIA-eligible credits, it has met the regulatory body's basic thresholds and is sufficient for compliance purposes," he added. Chang said that South Korean airlines understand that credit prices "have bottomed out, considering prices were above $20/metric tons of CO2 equivalent at the beginning of the year." The Platts CEC assessment, which reflects the price of fully eligible CORSIA credits, hit a Phase 1 record low at $9.45/mtCO2e July 1, and was most recently assessed at $10.50/mtCO2e July 15, driven by an uptick in Asian RFP activity, according to market sources. CORSIA Phase 1 runs from 2024 to 2026 and is voluntary, involving 130 member states of the International Civil Aviation Organization who must comply with offsetting requirements. Chang anticipated that CORSIA prices will reach $13-$15/mtCO2e by the end of Phase 1. Stalled South Korean demand South Korean airlines, namely Korean Air and Asiana Airlines, are taking a cautious approach to the procurement of CORSIA credits due to the conflict in the Middle East, with more detailed discussions expected between the late third quarter and early fourth quarter of this year. "These two carriers are currently merging and will eventually consolidate into Korean Air. For this reason, coupled with geopolitical tensions in the Middle East, Korean airlines are taking a very cautious approach to their CEEU procurement," Chang said. "While they are interested in signing offtake contracts now, the actual transactions will likely occur in 2027. By then, they anticipate that most uncertainties will be resolved before the end of the first phase," he added. Chang said there are 11 airlines in South Korea with CORSIA obligations, and KIS estimates annual credit demand from these airlines exceeds 3 million credits, with 80% of that demand from Korean Air and Asiana Airlines. Smaller low-cost carriers in South Korea, which mostly operate domestic or regional Asian routes, typically have a demand obligation lower than 20,000 mt/year, Chang said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-interview-repair-targets-modular-electrochemical-co2-capture-to-cut-energy-use</link><description>Startup RepAir Carbon is developing a modular electrochemical approach to carbon capture designed to work at low CO2 concentrations, expanding the range of industrial applications where carbon capture and storage could be deployed, and dramatically lowering energy use for the capture process. The technology uses a solid-state electrochemical cell to capture CO2 at concentrations below 5%, where</description><title>INTERVIEW: RepAir targets modular electrochemical CO2 capture to cut energy use</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 16:11:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 INTERVIEW: RepAir targets modular electrochemical CO2 capture to cut energy use By James Burgess Editor: Alisdair Bowles Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Energy use 450 kWh/mt CO2 vs 2-3 MWh for liquid solvents 90% capture rate achieved at 1% CO2 in Norway Company targets 2026 for commercial stack deployment Startup RepAir Carbon is developing a modular electrochemical approach to carbon capture designed to work at low CO2 concentrations, expanding the range of industrial applications where carbon capture and storage could be deployed, and dramatically lowering energy use for the capture process. The technology uses a solid-state electrochemical cell to capture CO2 at concentrations below 5%, where more established technologies can struggle. "The technology is at the crossroads between batteries and fuel cells, but applicable to carbon capture," RepAir Vice President for Strategy &amp; Growth Jean-Philippe Hiegel told Platts in an interview. The electrochemical process uses one electron per molecule of CO2 removed, with flue gases flowing over an electrode. "We try to leverage the precision of electrochemistry," he said. The technology uses an anion-exchange membrane to bind CO2 molecules in a three-layer cell, where a redox reaction binds CO2 to hydroxide ions. The lower concentration capability could be relevant for sectors like aluminum, where smelter off-gas CO2 concentrations are around 1%, Hiegel said. The company is working with aluminum producers on feasibility studies to evaluate deployment at scale for process emissions, he said. In a test at 1% CO2 concentration in Norway, the system used 450 kWh/metric ton CO2 captured and achieved a 90% capture rate, Hiegel said. Traditional liquid solvent capture systems typically require 2-3 MWh/mt CO2 captured and generally work down to 5% CO2 concentrations, requiring a lot of heat with high energy intensity. "That is where the energy intensity is undoing the economics" of conventional carbon capture, Hiegel said. "We remove heat from the equation." RepAir is deploying 1,000 square centimeter cells and aims to install a commercial stack in 2026, Hiegel said. "We believe this is now commercial scale," he said. Larger capture units can be constructed, with modules stacked both vertically and horizontally up to 25 meters high. "We scale by modularity," Hiegel said. He said the next step towards commercialization was to de-risk the technology, deploying a stack on site. The company has secured Eur12.5 million ($14.3 million) in blended funding from the European Innovation Council and EIC Fund in 2025, comprising Eur2.5 million in grant funding and Eur10 million in equity investment. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed nearest December EU ETS CO2 allowances at Eur81.17/mt ($93.03/mt) on July 15. CO2 emissions concentration by sector Sector Typical CO2 concentration (%) Ammonia 40+ Hydrogen via steam methane reforming 40+ Cement 15-20 Steel 15-20 Post-combustion gas power generation 3-5 Aluminum 1 Direct Air Capture 0.04 Source: S&amp;P Global Energy, RepAir US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071626-atj-poised-for-post-2030-growth-as-evs-free-ethanol-supply-policy-remains-key-hurdle-lanzajet</link><description>Alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) sustainable aviation fuel could emerge as the next major production pathway after 2030 as rising electric vehicle adoption frees ethanol currently blended into gasoline, easing concerns over future feedstock constraints, Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet&amp;apos;s regional director for Asia Pacific, told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. While hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) will</description><title>ATJ poised for post-2030 growth as EVs free ethanol supply; policy remains key hurdle: LanzaJet</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 06:49:03 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 16, 2026 ATJ poised for post-2030 growth as EVs free ethanol supply; policy remains key hurdle: LanzaJet By Mia Pei Editor: Namrata Srivastava Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS HEFA remains dominant SAF pathway until 2030 EV adoption frees ethanol for ATJ Policy gaps hinder APAC SAF scaling Alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) sustainable aviation fuel could emerge as the next major production pathway after 2030 as rising electric vehicle adoption frees ethanol currently blended into gasoline, easing concerns over future feedstock constraints, Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet's regional director for Asia Pacific, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. While hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) will remain the dominant SAF technology through the end of the decade, ethanol-based SAF is well-positioned for commercial expansion beyond 2030 because ethanol availability and production are expected to increase rather than tighten, van Ewijk said in a sideline interview at the SAF APAC Summit in Melbourne. "Alcohol-to-jet is the next technology to scale after HEFA," van Ewijk said. "As we get more EVs on the roads, you're going to have more ethanol available for SAF." Unlike HEFA, which relies largely on limited supplies of waste oils and fats, ATJ can utilize ethanol regardless of how it is produced, said van Ewijk. "We already produce around 120 billion liters of ethanol globally every year," van Ewijk said. "The technology doesn't care where the ethanol comes from." Platts assessed SAF (ETJ) Cost of Production w/o Credits USGC at 158.25 cents/gal July 15, down 7.63 cents/gal from the previous day. He expects HEFA to remain the dominant SAF pathway until around 2030 but said several industry outlooks indicate that feedstock constraints could begin to emerge around then, creating an opportunity for ATJ technologies to scale. Asia-Pacific could become one of the largest ATJ markets globally, given its rapidly expanding aviation sector and abundant agricultural resources, van Ewijk said, highlighting Australia, Thailand, and India as countries with strong domestic ethanol industries, while Japan, South Korea, and Singapore could develop significant import-based production models. S&amp;P Global Energy data show that, as of July 7, HEFA production capacity in the Asia Pacific region, based on announced plants with a max diesel or modulated configuration, stands at around 8 million metric tons in 2026 and 11 million mt in 2030. The announced capacity of ATJ-SPK projects in the region, however, stands at 46,000 mt in 2026 and 906,000 mt in 2030. The estimated capacity of speculative ATJ-SPK projects is projected at over 2.7 million mt in 2030, bringing the total ATJ-SPK capacities to nearly 4 million mt then, based on the data. Policy hurdle Despite the favorable feedstock outlook, van Ewijk said the biggest obstacle facing the industry is no longer technology or raw materials but policy. "SAF is a policy-enabled market. It wouldn't exist without those policies," he said. "The key bottleneck to really scaling up in Asia-Pacific is getting the right mix of demand-side and supply-side policies." He said governments across the region have made significant progress in introducing production incentives, but demand-side measures remain underdeveloped, with Australia illustrating that imbalance. The country has introduced grant funding through the Australian Renewable Energy Agency, production incentives under the A$1.1 billion Cleaner Fuels Program, and financing support through government investment vehicles. However, "the missing piece has always been demand-side policy," van Ewijk noted. The Australian government announced earlier that it would soon launch industry consultation on the demand-side policy. Supply-side incentives help lower production costs, while demand-side measures create guaranteed markets and de-risk long-term offtake agreements needed to secure project financing, he added. Without mandates, airlines remain reluctant to sign long-term SAF purchase agreements because doing so voluntarily could put them at a competitive disadvantage compared with rivals who continue to use conventional jet fuel. "Mandates level the playing field," said van Ewijk. He cited Japan as one of the region's policy leaders, pointing to its 10% SAF target by 2030 and generous government support for project development. South Korea's blending mandate and Singapore's SAF levy model are also closely watched across the industry. Van Ewijk added that geopolitical developments have further strengthened governments' interest in domestic SAF production. "The biggest change over the past year has been energy security," he said, noting that disruptions arising from the Middle East conflict underscored the vulnerability of fuel-importing countries such as Australia and New Zealand. Domestic SAF production, he said, offers not only emissions reductions but also greater resilience against future fuel supply disruptions. The US-based SAF company licenses its alcohol-to-jet technology. Its Freedom Pines Fuels facility in Georgia, which can produce up to 10 million gal/year of sustainable fuels, became fully operational in 2025, based on LanzaJet's website. The company is also advancing projects with Jet Zero Australia, Cosmo Oil in Japan, Air New Zealand, and Indian Oil, and raised $47 million in new capital in February 2026 to support its global expansion, according to the company website. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-flexibility-is-key-to-increasing-the-scope-and-impact-of-carbon-markets-vitol</link><description>Carbon markets in Europe and globally can expand to further cut greenhouse gas emissions only if built with sufficient flexibility tools that make carbon prices equitable across regions, Ariel Perez, Head of Carbon Trading EMEA at Vitol and a veteran of carbon markets, said. &amp;quot;We are testing the limit of how far [carbon prices] can go,&amp;quot; Perez said in an interview with Platts. &amp;quot;There are signs in</description><title>Flexibility is key to increasing the scope and impact of carbon markets: Vitol</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 15:11:48 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Silvia Favasuli</name><name>Charlotte Radford</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 Flexibility is key to increasing the scope and impact of carbon markets: Vitol By Silvia Favasuli and Charlotte Radford Editor: Juan Tolentino Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Carbon price limits are being tested in Europe ETS need flexibility through carbon credits to scale Price convergence is possible at below European prices Carbon markets in Europe and globally can expand to further cut greenhouse gas emissions only if built with sufficient flexibility tools that make carbon prices equitable across regions, Ariel Perez, Head of Carbon Trading EMEA at Vitol and a veteran of carbon markets, said. "We are testing the limit of how far [carbon prices] can go," Perez said in an interview with Platts. "There are signs in Europe [of this]," he said. His remarks come on the eve of a review of the European Emission Trading System, one of the largest compliance carbon markets globally and the first of its kind, that will aim, among other things, to address concerns about the risk of de-industrialization in a continent where carbon prices are currently trading at about Eur80/mtCO2e, well above the price seen in other regions. "How are we going to have 40%-50% of extra emissions reduction at the price where they are now? Countries are going to sign up for equitable systems based on collaboration," Perez said. Talking at an event earlier in June, Perez pointed out the risk of having a large premium on carbon prices in Europe versus elsewhere: "The EU cannot have a price of carbon at Eur100/mtCO2e, if the rest of the world is not on the same path because the lost competitiveness and lost political support is irreversible," he said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed its EU Emission Allowance Nearest-December price assessment at Eur81.17/mtCO2e on July 15, down from a peak of Eur92.09/mtCO2e on Jan. 15. While other countries implementing ETS systems or carbon taxes allow for a limited use of carbon credits, the EU has resisted doing so, missing out, according to Perez, on the opportunity to import much lower abatement costs and bring down the cost of carbon without reducing climate action, he told Platts. Vitol has been urging the EU to integrate high-integrity international carbon credits under Article 6 of the Paris Agreement into the European ETS scheme and published a white paper on the topic earlier in April. A global price for carbon The integration of international carbon credits within compliance carbon schemes worldwide would help distribute the high cost of carbon paid in Europe to other regions and create global carbon price convergence below the price of EU allowances, Perez said: "The point is to spread carbon pricing." Carbon credits are issued by projects typically located in the Global South, where it's cheaper to implement them, but are traded globally, with most buyers sitting in the Global North, meaning global demand and supply dynamics help set their price. Perez sees the price Article 6 credits, when integrated in the EU ETS systems and in other carbon schemes globally under the same set of rules, converging at a global weighted average price that will be lower than the price of carbon allowances under the EU ETS scheme but above the cost of abatement in the Global South. "With $15 to $20/mtCO2e, you replace biomass with clean cooking solutions with the most recent technology and highest integrity. You can also save millions of hectares [of forests] per year, depending on the price of soybeans [and other competing commodities] in the region," Perez said. "People can be surprised at how low the price of carbon can be to have an impact, but to have maximum impact, there needs to be linkages among systems." The Platts CCP Cookstoves Sub-Saharan Africa Current Year price assessment â an indicator of the price of higher integrity cookstoves credits â was assessed at $13.50/mtCO2e on July 15. Price fragmentation Carbon markets are currently deeply fragmented. If companies covered by the EU's ETS are currently exposed to prices at about Eur80/mtCO2e, compliance systems elsewhere, such as China's ETS, the Australian Carbon Credit Unit (ACCU) Scheme or the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI) in the US, are seeing much lower prices. The lack of price convergence affects the competitiveness of companies exporting their goods and can lead to carbon leakage, whereby companies simply relocate their factories to areas with less stringent environmental rules or cheaper carbon prices. In 2026, the EU introduced the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) to address the problem, a carbon tax paid by companies importing goods into the EU and located in countries without a carbon scheme comparable to the EU's ETS. While this measure has triggered the rise of new ETS systems (or plans to do so), it doesn't create the conditions for global price convergence, according to Perez. "CBAM is a useful tool to incentivize trading partners to put in place ETS systems, but it's not the right one to incentivize them to have the same ambition as the EU." Different abatement costs globally mean that the price of carbon needed to make dirty fuels or polluting industrial processes less competitive with their greener alternatives is much higher in Europe than elsewhere, especially in the Global South. "You need to look at the cost of reducing emissions in Europe versus the cost of reducing emissions internationally â it's not comparable" Perez sees the proposed penalties for [polluting vessels under] the International Maritime Organization, the cost of Sustainable Aviation Fuel, and the German Greenhouse Gas Reduction Quota (THG-Quote) as indicators of the cost of decarbonizing the middle- and high-hanging fruits in Europe. But the cost of abatement in less developed countries is not such a quickly moving target, according to Perez: "With $25/mt and below, which can go to $50/mt with restrictions, you can decarbonize." In such a context, incorporating international credits into ETS systems is the inevitable answer to reducing the cost of decarbonization, according to Perez. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-update-europe-oil-and-gas-s101696713</link><description>Oil supply swings from excess to shortage--and back? Oil and products prices spike. We anticipated increasing oversupply and lower oil prices in 2026--until the unprecedented disruption in the Strait of Hormuz caused initial panic. European gas benchmarks are up. Title Transfer Facility prices jumped too, but not to 2022 levels. Only 3% of global gas has been affected, but the loss of 20% of liquified natural gas squeezed supply for Asian and European spot purchasers. Market resilience has been </description><title>Industry Credit Outlook Update Europe: Oil and Gas</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 14:22:22 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-interview-wildlife-works-weighs-new-mai-ndombe-redd-credits-issuance-after-four-year-gap</link><description>Wildlife Works Carbon is exploring options to issue new carbon credits from its Mai Ndombe and Kasigau REDD+ forestry conservation projects after changes in carbon emissions accounting methodology stalled fresh issuances over the past four years. The Mai Ndombe forestry conservation project in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which spans 300,000 hectares of tropical rainforest, has not issued new</description><title>INTERVIEW: Wildlife Works weighs new Mai Ndombe REDD+ credits issuance after four-year gap</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 11:15:46 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felix Njini</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 INTERVIEW: Wildlife Works weighs new Mai Ndombe REDD+ credits issuance after four-year gap By Felix Njini Editor: Alisdair Bowles Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Wildlife Works eyes African projects credit issuance options Methodology changes have halted new credits for four years Mai Ndombe prices drop to 25 cents/mtCO2e on exchanges Wildlife Works Carbon is exploring options to issue new carbon credits from its Mai Ndombe and Kasigau REDD+ forestry conservation projects after changes in carbon emissions accounting methodology stalled fresh issuances over the past four years. The Mai Ndombe forestry conservation project in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which spans 300,000 hectares of tropical rainforest, has not issued new credits since 2022 after Verra inactivated the VM0009 methodology the project used, WWC's CEO and founder Michael Korchinsky told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview. The Kasigau project, a 200,000 hectare forestry conservation project in Kenya, is in a similar predicament. Mai Ndombe and Kasigau need to transition to Verra's VM0048 methodology or look for other registries under which to issue new credits, the CEO said. "It's been a challenge that we have not been able to issue for four years, but we hope the wait is over, and that this year we will be a year in which we can begin issuances again," Korchinsky said. Verra's new datasets developed under VM0048 (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation) enable developers to register projects using standardized baselines -- which determine the volume of carbon credits a project can generate by comparing actual forest loss against modeled deforestation risk. But it's not an immediate solution WWC seeks for its African forestry projects, Korchinsky said. "The lack of a methodology solution in the case of Mai Ndombe or data for use of the methodology in the case of Kasigau is still preventing us from moving ahead with Verra for both projects," Korchinsky said. When Mai Ndombe was threatened by commercial logging in the early 2000s, a REDD+ conservation project was agreed with authorities to help preserve the rainforests, using carbon credits sales revenues to usher in conservation alongside local communities. At the time it was estimated that more than 100 million tons of CO2 emissions would be reduced over three decades. However, Rainforest Foundation UK alleged in 2020 that the Mai Ndombe project lacked integrity, was not inclusive enough, and overstated the community and environmental benefits. WWC dismissed the allegations, arguing they were not backed by evidence. Then in January 2023, the UK's Guardian newspaper alleged that more than 90% of Verra-certified REDD+ projects globally were not impacting deforestation and that the credits were worthless. In the wake of the allegations, Platts' Nature-Based Southeast Asia price assessment â the global assessment for REDD+ credits at the time â slumped, falling to $8.20/mtCO2e on Feb. 9, 2023 from $10.95/mtCO2e less than a month earlier. For the Mai Ndombe project specifically, credits with a vintage 2018 that were trading at $14.30/mtCO2e in June 2022 were being offered at around $6/mtCO2e a year later, according to Platts data. 'We like the idea that there is a choice' WWC wants to issue new credits from its Kasigau project but, just like in DRC, it is still not clear when Verra will transition the projects to VM0048, Korchinsky said. "So, it's not just about the data not being available," he said. "There is no methodological support for it under VM0048. Whether that becomes a different methodology under Verra or whether it's a module that they add to VM0048, that's not clear to us at this point." The VM0048 is a framework that is to be used together with other modules for specific activity types, Verra says on its website. "What's missing are the baselines. We don't have the baseline from Verra for either project [DRC or Kenya]," Korchinsky said. "So, we can't speculate on the volumes we are going to issue. But historically, those are projects that issue, give or take, 4 million credits [per year]." The last issuance was in 2022, and the new issuances are planned for vintages starting from 2023, according to the founder. The Mai Ndombe project could also explore other standards like Equitable Earth to issue, but no final decision has been made, Korchinsky said. Verra is still the default standard that Mai Ndombe and Kasigau want to issue the new credits under, he said. "If they [Verra] do produce the data, then we would be able to move, but it's not a secret that we have also been working with a group of people to try and see if we can introduce or see if the market is ready for an alternative," Korchinsky said. "Equitable Earth is attempting to be a global standard for forest carbon projects. And we like that standard, and we like the people there, and we like the idea that there's a choice." Equitable Earth declined to comment. Equitable Earth uses the M002 Terrestrial Forest Conservation methodology, which is designed to support high-integrity avoided unplanned deforestation and degradation projects, it says on its website. "We like the idea that the market would have more than one choice for projects like ours because it would prevent situations where one standard basically stops the activity in the market for four years," the WWC founder said. The stalled credit issuances could pose financial challenges as running the forestry conservation projects is costly, Korchinsky said. New investors planning forestry conservation could face delays because "the economic models are dependent on baselines," Korchinsky said. "It's not fair to the communities and to everybody that's been involved to have been in limbo for so long without a clear path forward," he added. Verra did not respond to emailed requests for comment. What are Mai Ndombe credits worth? Some Mai Ndombe credits are currently offered at prices ranging from 25 cents/mtCO2e for 2016 vintage and 24 cents/mtCO2e for 2018 vintage on CBL Xpansiv, a secondary exchange for environmental markets. Earlier this month 20,000 mt of REDD+, 2020 vintage, were being offered at 95 cents/mtCO2e, while 100,000 mt, vintage 2019, were offered at 40 cents/mtCO2e, a broker said. Some of the project's biggest buyers include Eni Upstream and Shell. Eni Upstream retired more than 5.9 million Mai Ndombe credits between February 2025 and February 2026, Verra registry data shows. "We have sold or contracted to sell all our inventory, so I'd say buyers still want the high-quality credits from our projects," Korchinsky said. Some units from Kasigau phase II, Kenya REDD+, 2021 vintage, were being offered at $3.20/mtCO2e, a trader said. "The prices we get on the primary market have remained strong for our credits. People still buy from us at strong prices, even knowing that there are these credits out there on the secondary market," Korchinsky said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item></channel></rss>